US20040044048A1 - (R)-chiral halogenated 1-substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity - Google Patents

(R)-chiral halogenated 1-substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20040044048A1
US20040044048A1 US10/357,960 US35796003A US2004044048A1 US 20040044048 A1 US20040044048 A1 US 20040044048A1 US 35796003 A US35796003 A US 35796003A US 2004044048 A1 US2004044048 A1 US 2004044048A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
hydrido
fluoro
chloro
group
fluorophenoxy
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/357,960
Inventor
James Sikorski
Richard Durley
Margaret Grapperhaus
Mark Massa
Emily Reinhard
Yvette Fobian
Michael Tollefson
Lijuan Wang
Brian Hickory
Monica Norton
William Vernier
Deborah Mischke
Michele Promo
Ashton Hamme
Dale Spangler
Melvin Rueppel
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
GD Searle LLC
Original Assignee
GD Searle LLC
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by GD Searle LLC filed Critical GD Searle LLC
Priority to US10/357,960 priority Critical patent/US20040044048A1/en
Publication of US20040044048A1 publication Critical patent/US20040044048A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/34Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/38Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D307/40Radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C07D307/42Singly bound oxygen atoms
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13Amines
    • A61K31/135Amines having aromatic rings, e.g. ketamine, nortriptyline
    • A61K31/138Aryloxyalkylamines, e.g. propranolol, tamoxifen, phenoxybenzamine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/53751,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/5381,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic ring systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C217/00Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/78Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/80Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of non-condensed six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C217/82Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of non-condensed six-membered aromatic rings of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C217/84Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of non-condensed six-membered aromatic rings of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring the oxygen atom of at least one of the etherified hydroxy groups being further bound to an acyclic carbon atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C217/00Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/78Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/80Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of non-condensed six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C217/82Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of non-condensed six-membered aromatic rings of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C217/84Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of non-condensed six-membered aromatic rings of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring the oxygen atom of at least one of the etherified hydroxy groups being further bound to an acyclic carbon atom
    • C07C217/86Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of non-condensed six-membered aromatic rings of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring the oxygen atom of at least one of the etherified hydroxy groups being further bound to an acyclic carbon atom to an acyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical containing six-membered aromatic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C217/00Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/78Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/80Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of non-condensed six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C217/82Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of non-condensed six-membered aromatic rings of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C217/88Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of non-condensed six-membered aromatic rings of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring the oxygen atom of at least one of the etherified hydroxy groups being further bound to a carbon atom of a ring other than a six-membered aromatic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C217/00Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/78Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C217/80Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of non-condensed six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C217/82Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of non-condensed six-membered aromatic rings of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C217/90Compounds containing amino and etherified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton having amino groups and etherified hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of non-condensed six-membered aromatic rings of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring the oxygen atom of at least one of the etherified hydroxy groups being further bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring, e.g. amino-diphenylethers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C239/00Compounds containing nitrogen-to-halogen bonds; Hydroxylamino compounds or ethers or esters thereof
    • C07C239/08Hydroxylamino compounds or their ethers or esters
    • C07C239/20Hydroxylamino compounds or their ethers or esters having oxygen atoms of hydroxylamino groups etherified
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/10Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/18Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atom of at least one of the thio groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/19Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atom of at least one of the thio groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton with singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/10Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/18Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atom of at least one of the thio groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/20Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atom of at least one of the thio groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton with singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/23Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/31Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atom of at least one of the thio groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/32Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atom of at least one of the thio groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton having at least one of the nitrogen atoms bound to an acyclic carbon atom of the carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/63One oxygen atom
    • C07D213/65One oxygen atom attached in position 3 or 5
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D251/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings
    • C07D251/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D251/12Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D251/26Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hetero atoms directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D251/40Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D251/42One nitrogen atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/14Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/20Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen by nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07BGENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C07B2200/00Indexing scheme relating to specific properties of organic compounds
    • C07B2200/07Optical isomers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/02Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a three-membered ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/06Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring
    • C07C2601/08Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a five-membered ring the ring being saturated
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/12Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring
    • C07C2601/14The ring being saturated

Definitions

  • This invention is in the field of treating cardiovascular disease, and specifically relates to compounds, compositions, methods for treating atherosclerosis and other coronary artery disease, and methods for making compounds of this invention. More particularly, the invention relates to (R)-chiral halogenated 1-substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanol compounds that inhibit cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP), also known as plasma lipid transfer protein-I.
  • CETP cholesteryl ester transfer protein
  • HDL high density lipoprotein
  • LDL low density lipoprotein
  • VLDL very low density lipoprotein
  • Atherosclerosis Since low levels of HDL cholesterol increase the risk of atherosclerosis, methods for elevating plasma HDL cholesterol would be therapeutically beneficial for the treatment of atherosclerosis and other diseases associated with accumulation of lipid in the blood vessels. These diseases include, but are not limited to, coronary heart disease, peripheral vascular disease, and stroke.
  • Atherosclerosis underlies most coronary artery disease (CAD), a major cause of morbidity and mortality in modern society.
  • CAD coronary artery disease
  • High LDL cholesterol above 180 mg/dl
  • low HDL cholesterol below 35 mg/dl
  • CETP is a plasma protein that facilitates the movement of cholesteryl esters and triglycerides between the various lipoproteins in the blood (Tall, J. Lipid Res ., 34, 1255-74 (1993)).
  • the movement of cholesteryl ester from HDL to LDL by CETP has the effect of lowering HDL cholesterol. It therefore follows that inhibition of CETP should lead to elevation of plasma HDL cholesterol and lowering of plasma LDL cholesterol, thereby providing a therapeutically beneficial plasma lipid profile (McCarthy, Medicinal Res. Revs ., 13, 139-59 (1993); Sitori, Pharmac. Ther ., 67,443-47 (1995)).
  • U.S. Pat. No. 2,700,686 issued to Dickey and Towne, describes N-(2-haloalkyl-2-hydroxyethyl)amines in which the amine is further substituted with either 1 to 2 aliphatic groups or one aromatic group and one aliphatic group.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 2,700,686 further describes a process to prepare the N-(2-haloalkyl-2-hydroxyethyl)amines by reacting halogenated-1,2-epoxyalkanes with the corresponding aliphatic amines and N-alkylanilines and their use as dye intermediates.
  • the present invention provides chiral compounds that can be used to inhibit cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP) activity and that have the general structure:
  • the present invention includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically effective amount of the chiral compounds of this invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • this invention relates to methods of using these chiral inhibitors as therapeutic agents in humans to inhibit cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP) activity, thereby decreasing the concentrations of low density lipoprotein (LDL) and raising the level of high density lipoprotein (HDL), resulting in a therapeutically beneficial plasma lipid profile.
  • the compounds and methods of this invention can also be used to treat dyslipidemia (hypoalphalipoproteinemia), hyperlipoproteinaemia (chylomicronemia and hyperapobetalipoproteinemia), peripheral vascular disease, hypercholesterolaemia, atherosclerosis, coronary artery disease and other CETP-mediated disorders.
  • the compounds can also be used in prophylactic treatment of subjects who are at risk of developing such disorders.
  • the compounds can be used to lower the risk of atherosclerosis.
  • the compounds of this invention would be also useful in prevention of cerebral vascular accident (CVA) or stroke. Besides being useful for human treatment, these compounds are also useful for veterinary treatment of companion animals, exotic animals and farm animals such as primates, rabbits, pigs, horses, and the like.
  • the present invention relates to a class of compounds comprising (R)-chiral halogenated 1-substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols which are beneficial in the therapeutic and prophylactic treatment of coronary artery disease as given in Formula I-H (also referred to herein as generic polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl (R)-chiral halogenated 1-substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols):
  • n is an integer selected from 1 through 4;
  • X is oxy
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxymethyl, and haloalkenyloxymethyl with the proviso that R 1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than both R 2 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(A)Q wherein A is Formula (II) and Q is Formula (III);
  • R 16 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, arylthioalkyl, aralkoxyalkyl, heteroaralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloal
  • D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one of D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 can be a covalent bond, no more than one of D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 can be O, no more than one of D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 can be S, one of D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 must be a covalent bond when two of D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 are O and S, and no more than four of D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 can be N;
  • D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one can be a covalent bond, no more than one of D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 can be O, no more than one of D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 can be S, no more than two of D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 can be O and S, one of D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 must be a covalent bond when two of D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 are O and S, and no more than four of D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 can be N;
  • R 2 is hydrido
  • R 2 can be selected from the group consisting of hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, aralkoxyalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylthioalkyl, perhaloaryl, perhaloaralkyl,
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, halo, cyano, aryloxy, hydroxyalkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, acyl, acylamido, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, aralkylthioalkyl, heteroaralkylthioalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, arylthioalkyl
  • Y is selected from a group consisting of a covalent single bond, (C(R 14 ) 2 ) q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2 and (CH(R 14 )) g —W—(CH(R 14 )) p wherein g and p are integers independently selected from 0 through 1;
  • R 14 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, halo, cyano, aryloxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, sulfhydryl, acylamido, alkoxy, alkylthio, arylthio, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxyalkyl, aralkoxyalkylalkoxy, alkylsulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylthioalkyl, heteroaralkoxythioalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, arylthioalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • R 14 and R 15 can be taken together to form a spacer selected from a moiety having a chain length of 2 to 5 atoms to form a heterocyclyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members;
  • R 14 and R 14 when bonded to the different atoms, can be taken together to form a group selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, alkylene, haloalkylene, and a spacer selected from a group consisting of a moiety having a chain length of 2 to 5 atoms connected to form a ring selected from the group of a saturated cycloalkyl having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, a cycloalkenyl having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, and a heterocyclyl having from 5 through 8 contiguous members;
  • R 14 and R 14 when bonded to the same atom can be taken together to form a group selected from the group consisting of oxo, thiono, alkylene, haloalkylene, and a spacer selected from the group consisting of a moiety having a chain length of 3 to 7 atoms connected to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkyl having from 4 through 8 contiguous members, a cycloalkenyl having from 4 through 8 contiguous members, and a heterocyclyl having from 4 through 8 contiguous members;
  • W is selected from the group consisting of O, C(O), C(S), C(O)N(R 14 ), C(S)N(R 14 ), (R 14 )NC(O), (R 14 NC(S), S, S(O), S(O) 2 , S(O) 2 N(R 14 ), (R 14 )NS(O) 2 , and N(R 14 ) with the proviso that R 14 is selected from other than halo and cyano;
  • Z is independently selected from a group consisting of a covalent single bond, (C(R 15 ) 2 ) q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2, (CH(R 15 )) j —W—(CH(R 15 )) k wherein j and k are integers independently selected from 0 through 1 with the proviso that, when Z is a covalent single bond, an R 15 substituent is not attached to Z;
  • R 15 is independently selected, when Z is (C(R 15 ) 2 ) q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2, from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, halo, cyano, aryloxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, sulfhydryl, acylamido, alkoxy, alkylthio, arylthio, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxyalkyl, aralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylthioalkyl, heteroaralkylthioalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, alkylthio,
  • R 15 and R 15 when bonded to the different atoms, can be taken together to form a group selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, alkylene, haloalkylene, and a spacer selected from a group consisting of a moiety having a chain length of 2 to 5 atoms connected to form a ring selected from the group of a saturated cycloalkyl having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, a cycloalkenyl having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, and a heterocyclyl having from 5 through 8 contiguous members;
  • R 15 and R 15 when bonded to the same atom, can be taken together to form a group selected from the group consisting of oxo, thiono, alkylene, haloalkylene, and a spacer selected from the group consisting of a moiety having a chain length of 3 to 7 atoms connected to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkyl having from 4 through 8 contiguous members, a cycloalkenyl having from 4 through 8 contiguous members, and a heterocyclyl having from 4 through 8 contiguous members;
  • R 15 is independently selected, when Z is (CH(R 15 )) j —W—(CH(R 15 ))k wherein j and k are integers independently selected from 0 through 1, from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, cyano, aryloxy, carboxyl, acyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, hydroxyalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, acylamido, alkoxy, alkylthio, arylthio, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, aralkoxyalkyl, heteroaralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, arylthioalkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , and R 13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, carboxy, heteroaralkylthio, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkylamino, acylalkyl, acylalkoxy, aroylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, heterocyclyl, perhaloaralkyl, aralkylsulfonyl, aralkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylsulfinyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, cycloalkylsulfinyl, cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl, cycloal
  • R 4 and R 5 , R 5 and R 6 , R 6 and R 7 , R 7 and R 8 , R 9 and R 10 , R 10 and R 11 , R 11 and R 12 , and R 12 and R 13 can be independently selected to form spacer pairs wherein a spacer pair is taken together to form a linear moiety having from 3 through 6 contiguous atoms connecting the points of bonding of said spacer pair members to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkenyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members, a partially saturated heterocyclyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members, a heteroaryl ring having 5 through 6 contiguous members, and an aryl with the provisos that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R 4 and R 5 , R 5 and R 6 , R 6 and R 7 , and R 7 and R 8 , can be used at the same time and that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R 9 and
  • R 4 and R 9 , R 4 and R 13 , R 8 and R 9 , and R 8 and R 13 can be independently selected to form a spacer pair wherein said spacer pair is taken together to form a linear moiety wherein said linear moiety forms a ring selected from the group consisting of a partially saturated heterocyclyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members and a heteroaryl ring having from 5 through 6 contiguous members with the proviso that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R 4 and R 9 , R 4 and R 13 , R 8 and R 9 , and R 8 and R 13 can be used at the same time;
  • R 5 and R 10 , R 5 and R 12 , R 7 and R 10 , and R 7 and R 12 can be independently selected to form a spacer pair wherein said spacer pair is taken together to form a linear moiety wherein said linear moiety forms a C8 to C13 heterocyclyl ring having from 8 through 13 contiguous members with the proviso that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R 5 and R 10 , R 5 and R 12 , R 7 and R 10 , and R 7 and R 12 can be used at the same time.
  • D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 are each carbon with the proviso that at least one of D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, wherein D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one of D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 can be a covalent bond, no more than one of D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 can be O, no more than one of D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 can be S, one of D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 must be a covalent bond when two of D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 are O and S, and no more than four of D 3 ,
  • D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 can be selected from the group consisting of C, O, S, N and covalent bond with the provisos that D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 are each carbon and at least one of D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N wherein, when D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 are selected from the group consisting of C, O, S, covalent bond, and N, no more than one of D 1 D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 can be a covalent bond, no more than one of D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 can be O, no more than one of D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 can be S, one of D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 must be a covalent bond when two of
  • n is an integer selected from 1 through 4;
  • X is oxy
  • R 16 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acyl, aroyl, and trialkylsilyl;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxymethyl, and haloalkenyloxymethyl with the proviso that R 1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than both R 2 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(A)Q wherein A is Formula (II) and Q is Formula (III);
  • R 2 is hydrido
  • R 2 can be selected from the group consisting of aryl, aralkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, perhaloaryl, perhaloaralkyl, perhaloaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, dicyanoalkyl, and carboalkoxycyanoalkyl with the proviso that R 2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R 1 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(A)Q;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, aryl, aralkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl with the provisos that (CHR 3 ) n —N(A)Q has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 2 ;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond and (C(R 14 ) 2 ) q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2;
  • R 14 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond, (C(R 15 ) 2 ) q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2, and (CH(R 15 )) j —W—(CH(R 15 )) k wherein j and k are integers independently selected from 0 through 1;
  • W is oxy
  • R 15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl;
  • R 4 , R 8 , R 9 , and R 13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, haloalkyl, and alkyl;
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , and R 12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, carboxy, heteroaralkylthio, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkylamino, acylalkyl, acylalkoxy, aroylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, heterocyclyl, haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, hydroxy, amino, thio, nitro, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, arylamino, aralkylamino, arylthio, arylthioalkyl,alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfona
  • R 4 and R 5 , R 5 and R 6 , R 6 and R 7 , R 7 and R 8 , R 9 and R 10 , R 10 and R 11 , R 11 and R 12 , and R 12 and R 13 spacer pairs can be independently selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkylenedioxy, aralkylene, diacyl, haloalkylene, and aryloxylene with the provisos that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R 4 and R 5 , R 5 and R 6 , R 6 and R 7 , and R 7 and R 8 can be used at the same time and that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R 9 and R 10 , R 10 and R 11 , R 11 and R 12 , and R 12 and R 13 can be used at the same time.
  • D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 are each carbon;
  • D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and covalent bond with the provisos that at least one of D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, wherein no more than one of D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 can be a covalent bond, no more than one of D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 can be O, no more than one of D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 can be S, one of D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 must be a covalent bond when two of D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 are O and S, and no more than four of D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 can be N;
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 3;
  • X is oxy
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, and heptafluoropropyl;
  • R 16 is selected from the group consisting of acetyl, benzoyl, dimethyl tert -butylsilyl, hydrido, and trimethylsilyl;
  • R 2 is hydrido
  • R 2 can be selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, vinyl, phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, chloromethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, and pentafluorophenoxymethyl with the proviso that R 2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R 1 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(A)Q;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, acetyl, methoxy, ethoxy, methyl, ethyl, propyl, vinyl, phenyl, methoxymethyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, heptafluoropropyl, pentafluorophenyl, and pentafluorophenoxymethyl with the provisos that (CHR 3 ) n —N(A)Q has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 2 .
  • D 3 , D 4 , J 3 , J 4 and K 2 are each carbon;
  • D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and covalent bond with the provisos that at least one of D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, wherein no more than one of D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 can be a covalent bond, no more than one of D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 can be O, no more than one of D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 can be S, one of D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 must be a covalent bond when two of D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 are O and S, and no more than four of D 1 , D 2 , J 1 , J 2 and K 1 can be N;
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 3;
  • X is oxy
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, and heptafluoropropyl;
  • R 16 is selected from the group consisting of acetyl, benzoyl, dimethyl tert-butylsilyl, hydrido, and trimethylsilyl;
  • R 2 is hydrido
  • R 2 can be selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, vinyl, phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 1,1 ,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, chloromethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, and pentafluorophenoxymethyl with the proviso that R 2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R 1 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(A)Q;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, acetyl, methoxy, ethoxy, methyl, ethyl, propyl, vinyl, phenyl, methoxymethyl, 4trifluoromethylphenyl, trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, heptafluoropropyl, pentafluorophenyl, and pentafluorophenoxymethyl with the provisos that (CHR 3 ) n —N(A)Q has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 2 .
  • the compounds correspond to the Formula I-C (also referred to herein as phenyl (R)-chiral halogenated 1-substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols):
  • n is an integer selected from 1 through 4;
  • R 16 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, acyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, trialkylsilyl, and a spacer selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond and a linear spacer moiety having a chain length of 1 to 4 atoms linked to the point of bonding of any aromatic substituent selected from the group consisting of R 4 , R 8 , R 9 , and R 13 to form a heterocyclyl ring having from 5 through 10 contiguous members with the proviso that said linear spacer moiety is other than covalent single bond when R 2 is alkyl;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxymethyl, and haloalkenyloxymethyl with the proviso that R 1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than both R 2 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp wherein Ap is Formula (II-P) and Qp is Formula (III-P);
  • R 2 is hydrido
  • R 2 can be selected from the group consisting of aryl, aralkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, perhaloaryl, perhaloaralkyl, perhaloaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, dicyanoalkyl, and carboalkoxycyanoalkyl with the proviso that R 2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R 1 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, aryl, aralkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl with the provisos that (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 2 ;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond and (C(R 14 ) 2 ) q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond, (C(R 15 ) 2 ) q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2, and (CH(R 15 )) j —W—(CH(R 15 )) k wherein j and k are integers independently selected from 0 through 1;
  • W is selected from the group consisting of O, C(O), C(S), C(O)N(R 14 ), C(S)N(R 14 ), (R 14 )NC(O), (R 14 )NC(S), S, S(O), S(O) 2 , S(O) 2 N(R 14 ), (R 14 )NS(O) 2 , and N(R 14 ) with the proviso that R 14 is other than cyano;
  • R 15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocarboalkoxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboalkoxycyanoalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl;
  • R 4 , R 8 , R 9 , and R 13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, haloalkyl, and alkyl;
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , and R 12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, carboxy, heteroaralkylthio, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkylamino, acylalkyl, acylalkoxy, aroylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, heterocyclyl, perhaloaralkyl, aralkylsulfonyl, aralkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylsulfinyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, cycloalkylsulfinyl, cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, cycloalkyl,
  • R 4 and R 5 , R 5 and R 6 , R 6 and R 7 , R 7 and R 8 , R 9 and R 10 , R 10 and R 11 , R 11 and R 12 , and R 12 and R 13 can be independently selected to form spacer pairs wherein a spacer pair is taken together to form a linear moiety having from 3 through 6 contiguous atoms connecting the points of bonding of said spacer pair members to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkenyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members, a partially saturated heterocyclyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members, a heteroaryl ring having 5 through 6 contiguous members, and an aryl with the provisos that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R 4 and R 5 , R 5 and R 6 , R 6 and R 7 , and R 7 and R 8 , can be used at the same time and that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R 9 and
  • n is an integer selected from 1 through 4;
  • R 16 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acyl, aroyl, and trialkylsilyl;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxymethyl, and haloalkenyloxymethyl with the proviso that R 1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than both R 2 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp wherein Ap is Formula (II-P) and Qp is Formula (III-P);
  • R 2 is hydrido
  • R 2 can be selected from the group consisting of aryl, aralkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, perhaloaryl, perhaloaralkyl, perhaloaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, dicyanoalkyl, and carboalkoxycyanoalkyl with the proviso that R 2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R 1 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, aryl, aralkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl with the provisos that (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 2 ;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond and (C(R 14 ) 2 ) q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2;
  • R 14 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond, (C(R 15 ) 2 ) q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2, and (CH(R 15 )) j —W—(CH(R 15 )) k wherein j and k are integers independently selected from 0 through 1;
  • W is oxy
  • R 15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl;
  • R 4 , R 8 , R 9 , and R 13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, haloalkyl, and alkyl;
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , and R 12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, carboxy, heteroaralkylthio, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkylamino, acylalkyl, acylalkoxy, aroylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, heterocyclyl, haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, hydroxy, amino, thio, nitro, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, arylamino, aralkylamino, arylthio, arylthioalkyl,alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfona
  • R 4 and R 5 , R 5 and R 6 , R 6 and R 7 , R 7 and R 8 , R 9 and R 10 , R 10 and R 11 , R 11 and R 12 , and R 12 and R 13 spacer pairs can be independently selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkylenedioxy, aralkylene, diacyl, haloalkylene, and aryloxylene with the provisos that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R 4 and R 5 , R 5 and R 6 , R 6 and R 7 , and R 7 and R 8 can be used at the same time and that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R 9 and R 10 , R 10 and R 11 , R 11 and R 12 , and R 12 and R 13 can be used at the same time.
  • n is an integer selected from 1 through 2;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of haloalkyl and haloalkoxymethyl with the proviso that R 1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than both R 2 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp wherein Ap is Formula (II-P) and Qp is Formula (III-P);
  • R 16 is hydrido
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, perhaloaryl, perhaloaralkyl, perhaloaryloxyalkyl, and heteroaryl with the proviso that R 2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R 1 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, and haloalkoxyalkyl with the provisos that (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 2 ;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond and alkylene
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond and alkylene
  • R 14 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, and haloalkyl;
  • R 15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, and haloalkyl;
  • R 4 , R 8 , R 9 , and R 13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and halo;
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , and R 12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, aryl, alkylthio, arylamino, arylthio, aroyl, arylsulfonyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaryloxy, alkoxy, aralkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, cycloalkylalkanoyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, haloalkylthio, hydroxyhaloalkyl, heteroaralkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroarylthio, and heteroarylsulfonyl.
  • n is the integer 1;
  • R 16 is hydrido
  • R 1 is haloalkyl with the proviso that R 1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochernical system ranking than both R 2 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp wherein Ap is Formula (II-P) and Qp is Formula (III-P);
  • R 2 is hydrido
  • R 2 can be selected from the group consisting of alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, and haloalkoxy with the proviso that R 2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R 1 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, and haloalkyl with the provisos that (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 2 ;
  • Y is alkylene
  • R 14 is hydrido
  • R 4 , R 8 , R 9 , and R 13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and halo;
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , and R 12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, aryl, alkylthio, arylamino, arylthio, aroyl, arylsulfonyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaryloxy, alkoxy, aralkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, cycloalkylalkanoyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, haloalkylthio, hydroxyhaloalkyl, heteroaralkoxy, and heteroaryloxyalkyl.
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 3;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl
  • R 16 is selected from the group consisting of acetyl, benzoyl, dimethyl tert -butylsilyl, hydrido, and trimethylsilyl;
  • R 2 is hydrido
  • R 2 can be selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, vinyl, phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, chloromethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, and and pentafluorophenoxymethyl with the proviso that R 2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R 1 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, acetyl, methoxy, ethoxy, methyl, ethyl, propyl, vinyl, phenyl, methoxymethyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, heptafluoropropyl, pentafluorophenyl, and pentafluorophenoxymethyl with the provisos that (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 2 .
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl with the proviso that R 1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than both R 2 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp wherein Ap is Formula (II-P) and Qp is Formula (III-P);
  • R 2 is hydrido
  • R 2 can be selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, vinyl, phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, and 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl with the proviso that R 2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R 1 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, methyl, ethyl, vinyl, methoxymethyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl with the provisos that (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 2 .
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl with the proviso that R 1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than both R 2 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp wherein Ap is Formula (II-P) and Qp is Formula (III-P);
  • R 2 is hydrido
  • R 2 can be selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, and 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl with the proviso that R 2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R 1 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, methyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, and chlorodifluoromethyl with the provisos that (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 2 .
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl with the proviso that R 1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than both R 2 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp wherein Ap is Formula (II-P) and Qp is Formula (III-P);
  • R 2 is hydrido
  • R 2 can be phenyl with the proviso that R 2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R 1 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, trifluoromethyl, and difluoromethyl with the provisos that (CHR 3 ) n —N(Ap)Qp has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 2 .
  • K 1 and K 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C and N;
  • n is an integer selected from 1 through 3;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxymethyl, and haloalkenyloxymethyl with the proviso that R 1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than both R 2 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(Apch)Qph wherein Apch is Formula (II-PCH) and Qph is Formula (III-PH);
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, aralkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, perhaloaryl, perhaloaralkyl, perhaloaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, and carboalkoxycyanoalkyl with the proviso that R 2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R 1 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(Apch)Qph;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, halo, cyano, aryl, aralkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboalkoxycyanoalkyl, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl with the provisos that (CHR 3 ) n —N(Apch)Qph has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 2 ;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond and (C(R 14 ) 2 ) q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2;
  • R 14 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocarboalkoxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboalkoxycyanoalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond, (C(R 15 ) 2 ) q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2, and (CH(R 15 )) j —W—(CH(R 15 )) k wherein j and k are integers independently selected from 0 through 1;
  • W is selected from the group consisting of O, C(O), S, S(O), and S(O) 2 ;
  • R 15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocarboalkoxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboalkoxycyanoalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl;
  • R 8 , R 9 , and R 13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, haloalkyl, and alkyl;
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , and R 12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, carboxy, heteroaralkylthio, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkylamino, acylalkyl, acylalkoxy, aroylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, heterocyclyl, perhaloaralkyl, aralkylsulfonyl, aralkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylsulfinyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, cycloalkylsulfinyl, cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, cycloalkyl,
  • R 5 and R 6 , R 6 and R 7 , R 7 and R 8 , R 9 and R 10 , R 10 and R 11 , R 11 and R 12 , and R 12 and R 13 can be independently selected to form spacer pairs wherein a spacer pair is taken together to form a linear moiety having from 3 through 6 contiguous atoms connecting the points of bonding of said spacer pair members to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkenyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members, a partially saturated heterocyclyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members, a heteroaryl ring having 5 through 6 contiguous members, and an aryl with the provisos that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R 5 and R 6 , R 6 and R 7 , and R 7 and R 8 , can be used at the same time and that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R 9 and R 10 , R 10 and R 11 , R 11 and
  • n is the integer 1;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl with the proviso that R 1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemincal system ranking than both R 2 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(Apch)Qph wherein Apch is Formula (II-PCH) and Qph is Formula (III-PH);
  • R 2 is hydrido
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, vinyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, and 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl with the proviso that R 2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R 1 and (CHR 3 ) n —N(Apch)Qph;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, vinyl, phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, methoxymethyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl with the provisos that (CHR 3 ) n —N(Apch)Qph has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 2 .
  • n is the integer 1;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl;
  • R 2 is hydrido
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, vinyl, phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, methoxymethyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl with the provisos that (CHR 3 ) n —N(Apch)Qph has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R 2 .
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of methylene, ethylene, and ethylidene
  • R 4 , R 8 , R 9 , and R 13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and fluoro with the proviso that there is no R 4 , R 8 , R 9 , or R 13 when the embodiment is a compound of Formula Cyclo I-H;
  • R 5 and R 10 are independently selected from the group consisting of 4-aminophenoxy, benzoyl, benzyl, benzyloxy, 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-bromo-3-fluorophenoxy, 4-bromo-2-nitrophenoxy, 3-bromobenzyloxy, 4-bromobenzyloxy, 4-bromophenoxy, 5-bromopyrid-2-yloxy, 4-butoxyphenoxy, chloro, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2-chlorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 3-chlorofluorobenzyl, 3-chlorofluorophenyl, 3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chloro-3-methylphenoxy, 2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenoxy, 3-chlorophenoxy
  • R 6 and R 11 are independently selected from the group consisting of chloro, fluoro, hydrido, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, trifluoromethyl, and trifluoromethoxy;
  • R 7 and R 12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, fluoro, and trifluoromethyl.
  • Y is methylene
  • R 4 , R 8 , R 9 , and R 13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and fluoro with the proviso that there is no R 4 , R 8 , R 9 , or R 13 when the embodiment is a compound of Formula Cyclo I-H;
  • R 5 and R 10 are independently selected from the group consisting of benzyloxy, 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-bromo-3-fluorophenoxy, 3-bromobenzyloxy, 4-bromophenoxy,4-butoxyphenoxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 2-chlorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 4-chloro-3-methylphenoxy, 2-chlorofluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenoxy, 3-chloroethylphenoxy, 3-chloromethylphenoxy,3-chlorofluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-fluorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenylamino, 5-chloropyrid-3-yloxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclobutyl, cyclohexylmethoxy, cyclopentoxy, cyclopentyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl, cycloprop
  • R 6 and R 11 are independently selected from the group consisting of chloro, fluoro, hydrido, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, and trifluoromethyl;
  • R 7 and R 12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, fluoro, and trifluoromethyl.
  • Y is methylene
  • Z is covalent single bond
  • R 4 , R 8 , R 9 , and R 13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and fluoro with the proviso that there is no R 4 , R 8 , R 9 , or R 13 when the embodiment is a compound of Formula Cyclo I-H;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 2,3-dichlorophenoxy, 3,4-dichlorophenoxy, 3-difluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3,5-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 3-ethylphenoxy, 3-ethyl-5-methylphenoxy, 4-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy, 3-isopropylphenoxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 3-pentafluoroethylphenoxy, 3-tert-butylphenoxy, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenoxy, 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyloxy), 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy,3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, and 3-trifluoromethylthiophenoxy;
  • R 10 is selected from the group consisting of cyclopentyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, 2-furyl, 1,1-bis-trifluoromethyl-1-hydroxymethyl, isobutyl, isopropoxy, pentafluoroethyl, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl, and trifluoromethylthio;
  • R 6 and R 11 are independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro and hydrido;
  • R 7 and R 12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and fluoro.
  • Standard single letter elemental symbols are used to represent specific types of atoms unless otherwise defined.
  • the symbol “C” represents a carbon atom.
  • the symbol “O” represents an oxygen atom.
  • the symbol “N” represents a nitrogen atom.
  • the symbol “P” represents a phosphorus atom.
  • the symbol “S” represents a sulfur atom.
  • the symbol “H” represents a hydrogen atom. Double letter elemental symbols are used as defined for the elements of the periodical table (i.e., Cl represents chlorine, Se represents selenium, etc.).
  • alkyl either alone or within other terms such as “haloalkyl” and “alkylthio”, means an acyclic alkyl radical containing from 1 to about 10, preferably from 1 to about 8 carbon atoms and more preferably 1 to about 6 carbon atoms. Said alkyl radicals may be optionally substituted with groups as defined below.
  • radicals include methyl, ethyl, chloroethyl, hydroxyethyl, n-propyl, oxopropyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyanobutyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, aminopentyl, iso-amyl, hexyl, octyl and the like.
  • alkenyl refers to an unsaturated, acyclic hydrocarbon radical in so much as it contains at least one double bond.
  • alkenyl radicals contain from about 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably from about 2 to about 8 carbon atoms and more preferably 2 to about 6 carbon atoms.
  • Said alkenyl radicals may be optionally substituted with groups as defined below.
  • alkenyl radicals examples include propenyl, 2-chloropropenyl, buten-1-yl, isobutenyl, penten-1-yl, 2-2-methylbuten-1-yl, 3-methylbuten-1-yl, hexen-1-yl, 3-hydroxyhexen-1-yl, hepten-1-yl, and octen-1-yl, and the like.
  • alkynyl refers to an unsaturated, acyclic hydrocarbon radical in so much as it contains one or more triple bonds, such radicals containing about 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably having from about 2 to about 8 carbon atoms and more preferably having 2 to about 6 carbon atoms. Said alkynyl radicals may be optionally substituted with groups as defined below.
  • alkynyl radicals examples include ethynyl, propynyl, hydroxypropynyl, butyn-1-yl, butyn-2-yl, pentyn-1-yl, pentyn-2-yl, 4-methoxypentyn-2-yl, 3-methylbutyn-1-yl, hexyn-1-yl, hexyn-2-yl, hexyn-3-yl, 3,3-dimethylbutyn-1-yl radicals and the like.
  • hydro denotes a single hydrogen atom (H).
  • This hydrido radical may be attached, for example, to an oxygen atom to form a “hydroxyl” radical, one hydrido radical may be attached to a carbon atom to form a “methine” radical ( ⁇ CH—), or two hydrido radicals may be attached to a carbon atom to form a “methylene” (—CH 2 —) radical.
  • carbon radical denotes a carbon atom without any covalent bonds and capable of forming four covalent bonds.
  • cyano denotes a carbon radical having three of four covalent bonds shared by a nitrogen atom.
  • hydroxyalkyl embraces radicals wherein any one or more of the alkyl carbon atoms is substituted with a hydroxyl as defined above. Specifically embraced are monohydroxyalkyl, dihydroxyalkyl and polyhydroxyalkyl radicals.
  • alkanoyl embraces radicals wherein one or more of the terminal alkyl carbon atoms are substituted with one or more carbonyl radicals as defined below. Specifically embraced are monocarbonylalkyl and dicarbonylalkyl radicals. Examples of monocarbonylalkyl radicals include formyl, acetyl, and pentanoyl. Examples of dicarbonylalkyl radicals include oxalyl, malonyl, and succinyl.
  • alkylene radical denotes linear or branched radicals having from 1 to about 10 carbon atoms and having attachment points for two or more covalent bonds. Examples of such radicals are methylene, ethylene, ethylidene, methylethylene, and isopropylidene.
  • alkenylene radical denotes linear or branched radicals having from 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and having attachment points for two or more covalent bonds.
  • alkenylene radicals are 1,1-vinylidene (CH 2 ⁇ C), 1,2-vinylidene (—CH ⁇ CH—), and 1,4-butadienyl (—CH ⁇ CH—CH ⁇ CH—).
  • halo means halogens such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atoms.
  • haloalkyl embraces radicals wherein any one or more of the alkyl carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above. Specifically embraced are monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl radicals.
  • a monohaloalkyl radical for one example, may have either a bromo, chloro or a fluoro atom within the radical.
  • Dihalo radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals and polyhaloalkyl radicals may have more than two of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals.
  • More preferred haloalkyl radicals are “lower haloalkyl” radicals having one to about six carbon atoms.
  • haloalkyl radicals include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, difluorochloromethyl, dichlorofluoromethyl, difluoroethyl, difluoropropyl, dichloroethyl and dichloropropyl.
  • hydroxyhaloalkyl embraces radicals wherein any one or more of the haloalkyl carbon atoms is substituted with hydroxy as defined above.
  • examples of “hydroxyhaloalkyl” radicals include hexafluorohydoxypropyl.
  • haloalkylene radical denotes alkylene radicals wherein any one or more of the alkylene carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above.
  • Dihalo alkylene radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals and polyhaloalkylene radicals may have more than two of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals.
  • More preferred haloalkylene radicals are “lower haloalkylene” radicals having one to about six carbon atoms. Examples of “haloalkylene” radicals include difluoromethylene, tetrafluoroethylene, tetrachloroethylene, alkyl substituted monofluoromethylene, and aryl substituted trifluoromethylene.
  • haloalkenyl denotes linear or branched radicals having from 1 to about 10 carbon atoms and having one or more double bonds wherein any one or more of the alkenyl carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above.
  • Dihaloalkenyl radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals and polyhaloalkenyl radicals may have more than two of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals.
  • alkoxy and “alkoxyalkyl” embrace linear or branched oxy-containing radicals each having alkyl portions of one to about ten carbon atoms, such as methoxy radical.
  • alkoxyalkyl also embraces alkyl radicals having one or more alkoxy radicals attached to the alkyl radical, that is, to form monoalkoxyalkyl and dialkoxyalkyl radicals. More preferred alkoxy radicals are “lower alkoxy” radicals having one to six carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, isopropoxy and tert-butoxy alkyls.
  • alkoxy radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide “haloalkoxy” and “haloalkoxyalkyl” radicals.
  • haloalkoxy radicals include fluoromethoxy, chloromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, fluoroethoxy, tetrafluoroethoxy, pentafluoroethoxy, and fluoropropoxy.
  • haloalkoxyalkyl radicals include fluoromethoxymethyl, chloromethoxyethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethoxyethyl, and trifluoroethoxymethyl.
  • alkenyloxy and “alkenyloxyalkyl” embrace linear or branched oxy-containing radicals each having alkenyl portions of two to about ten carbon atoms, such as ethenyloxy or propenyloxy radical.
  • alkenyloxyalkyl also embraces alkenyl radicals having one or more alkenyloxy radicals attached to the alkyl radical, that is, to form monoalkenyloxyalkyl and dialkenyloxyalkyl radicals. More preferred alkenyloxy radicals are “lower alkenyloxy” radicals having two to six carbon atoms.
  • radicals examples include ethenyloxy, propenyloxy, butenyloxy, and isopropenyloxy alkyls.
  • the “alkenyloxy” radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide “haloalkenyloxy” radicals.
  • haloalkenyloxy examples include trifluoroethenyloxy, fluoroethenyloxy, difluoroethenyhloxy, and fluoropropenyloxy.
  • haloalkoxyalkyl also embraces alkyl radicals having one or more haloalkoxy radicals attached to the alkyl radical, that is, to form monohaloalkoxyalkyl and dihaloalkoxyalkyl radicals.
  • haloalkenyloxy also embraces oxygen radicals having one or more haloalkenyloxy radicals attached to the oxygen radical, that is, to form monohaloalkenyloxy and dihaloalkenyloxy radicals.
  • haloalkenyloxyalkyl also embraces alkyl radicals having one or more haloalkenyloxy radicals attached to the alkyl radical, that is, to form monohaloalkenyloxyalkyl and dihaloalkenyloxyalkyl radicals.
  • alkylenedioxy radicals denotes alkylene radicals having at least two oxygens bonded to a single alkylene group.
  • alkylenedioxy radicals include methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, alkylsubstituted methylenedioxy, and arylsubstituted methylenedioxy.
  • haloalkylenedioxy radicals denotes haloalkylene radicals having at least two oxy groups bonded to a single haloalkyl group.
  • haloalkylenedioxy radicals include difluoromethylenedioxy, tetrafluoroethylenedioxy, tetrachloroethylenedioxy, alkylsubstituted monofluoromethylenedioxy, and arylsubstituted monofluoromethylenedioxy.
  • aryl alone or in combination, means a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one, two or three rings wherein such rings may be attached together in a pendant manner or may be fused.
  • fused means that a second ring is present (ie, attached or formed) by having two adjacent atoms in common (ie, shared) with the first ring.
  • fused is equivalent to the term “condensed”.
  • aryl embraces aromatic radicals such as phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indane and biphenyl.
  • perhaloaryl embraces aromatic radicals such as phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indane and biphenyl wherein the aryl radical is substituted with 3 or more halo radicals as defined below.
  • heterocyclyl embraces saturated, partially saturated and unsaturated heteroatom-containing ring-shaped radicals having from 5 through ring members selected from carbon, nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, wherein at least one ring atom is a heteroatom.
  • Heterocyclyl radicals may contain one, two or three rings wherein such rings may be attached in a pendant manner or may be fused.
  • saturated heterocyclic radicals include saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocylic group containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms [e.g.
  • partially saturated heterocyclyl radicals include dihydrothiophene, dihydropyran, dihydrofuran and dihydrothiazole.
  • heteroaryl radicals examples include unsaturated 5 to 6 membered heteromonocyclyl group containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms, for example, pyrrolyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazolyl [e.g., 4H-1,2,4-triazolyl, 1H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-1,2,3-triazolyl, etc.] tetrazolyl [e.g.
  • benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, etc.] unsaturated 5 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, for example, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl [e.g., 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, etc.] etc.; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g., benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, etc.] and the like.
  • the term also embraces radicals where heterocyclic radicals are fused with aryl radicals.
  • fused bicyclic radicals examples include benzofuran, benzothiophene, and the like.
  • Said “heterocyclyl” group may have 1 to 3 substituents as defined below.
  • Preferred heterocyclic radicals include five to twelve membered fused or unfused radicals.
  • heterocyclic radicals include pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyridyloxy, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, tetrazolyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, pyrrolindinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, piperidinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, morpholinyl, 1,4-dit
  • alkylsulfonyl embraces alkyl radicals attached to a sulfonyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above.
  • Alkylsulfonylalkyl embraces alkylsulfonyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above.
  • Haloalkylsulfonyl embraces haloalkyl radicals attached to a sulfonyl radical, where haloalkyl is defined as above.
  • Haloalkylsulfonylalkyl embraces haloalkylsulfonyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above.
  • the term “aminosulfonyl” denotes an amino radical attached to a sulfonyl radical.
  • alkylsulfinyl denotes respectively divalent radicals —S(O)—.
  • Alkylsulfinyl embraces alkyl radicals attached to a sulfinyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above.
  • Alkylsulfinylalkyl embraces alkylsulfinyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above.
  • Haloalkylsulfinyl embraces haloalkyl radicals attached to a sulfinyl radical, where haloalkyl is defined as above.
  • Haloalkylsulfinylalkyl embraces haloalkylsulfinyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above.
  • aralkyl embraces aryl-substituted alkyl radicals.
  • Preferable aralkyl radicals are “lower aralkyl” radicals having aryl radicals attached to alkyl radicals having one to six carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include benzyl, diphenylmethyl, triphenylmethyl, phenylethyl and diphenylethyl. The terms benzyl and phenylmethyl are interchangeable.
  • heteroarylkyl embraces heteroaryl-substituted alkyl radicals wherein the heteroaralkyl radical may be additionally substituted with three or more substituents as defined above for aralkyl radicals.
  • perhaloaralkyl embraces aryl-substituted alkyl radicals wherein the aralkyl radical is substituted with three or more halo radicals as defined above.
  • aralkylsulfinyl embraces aralkyl radicals attached to a sulfinyl radical, where aralkyl is defined as above.
  • Aralkylsulfinylalkyl embraces aralkylsulfinyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above.
  • aralkylsulfonyl embraces aralkyl radicals attached to a sulfonyl radical, where aralkyl is defined as above.
  • Aralkylsulfonylalkyl embraces aralkylsulfonyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above.
  • cycloalkyl embraces radicals having three to ten carbon atoms. More preferred cycloalkyl radicals are “lower cycloalkyl” radicals having three to seven carbon atoms. Examples include radicals such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl.
  • cycloalkylalkyl embraces cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl radicals.
  • Preferable cycloalkylalkyl radicals are “lower cycloalkylalkyl” radicals having cycloalkyl radicals attached to alkyl radicals having one to six carbon atoms.
  • radicals examples include cyclohexylhexyl.
  • cycloalkenyl embraces radicals having three to ten carbon atoms and one or more carbon-carbon double bonds.
  • Preferred cycloalkenyl radicals are “lower cycloalkenyl” radicals having three to seven carbon atoms. Examples include radicals such as cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl and cycloheptenyl.
  • halocycloalkyl embraces radicals wherein any one or more of the cycloalkyl carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above.
  • a monohalocycloalkyl radical may have either a bromo, chloro or a fluoro atom within the radical.
  • Dihalo radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals and polyhalocycloalkyl radicals may have more than two of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals.
  • More preferred halocycloalkyl radicals are “lower halocycloalkyl” radicals having three to about eight carbon atoms.
  • halocycloalkyl radicals examples include fluorocyclopropyl, difluorocyclobutyl, trifluorocyclopentyl, tetrafluorocyclohexyl, and dichlorocyclopropyl.
  • halocycloalkenyl embraces radicals wherein any one or more of the cycloalkenyl carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above. Specifically embraced are monohalocycloalkenyl, dihalocycloalkenyl and polyhalocycloalkenyl radicals.
  • cycloalkoxy embraces cycloalkyl radicals attached to an oxy radical. Examples of such radicals includes cyclohexoxy and cyclopentoxy.
  • cycloalkoxyalkyl also embraces alkyl radicals having one or more cycloalkoxy radicals attached to the alkyl radical, that is, to form monocycloalkoxyalkyl and dicycloalkoxyalkyl radicals. Examples of such radicals include cyclohexoxyethyl.
  • cycloalkoxy radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide “halocycloalkoxy” and “halocycloalkoxyalkyl” radicals.
  • cycloalkylalkoxy embraces cycloalkyl radicals attached to an alkoxy radical. Examples of such radicals includes cyclohexylmethoxy and cyclopentylmethoxy.
  • cycloalkenyloxy embraces cycloalkenyl radicals attached to an oxy radical. Examples of such radicals includes cyclohexenyloxy and cyclopentenyloxy.
  • cycloalkenyloxyalkyl also embraces alkyl radicals having one or more cycloalkenyloxy radicals attached to the alkyl radical, that is, to form monocycloalkenyloxyalkyl and dicycloalkenyloxyalkyl radicals. Examples of such radicals include cyclohexenyloxyethyl.
  • cycloalkenyloxy radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide “halocycloalkenyloxy” and “halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl” radicals.
  • cycloalkylenedioxy radicals denotes cycloalkylene radicals having at least two oxygens bonded to a single cycloalkylene group.
  • alkylenedioxy radicals include 1,2-dioxycyclohexylene.
  • cycloalkylsulfinyl embraces cycloalkyl radicals attached to a sulfinyl radical, where cycloalkyl is defined as above.
  • Cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl embraces cycloalkylsulfinyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above.
  • Cycloalkylsulfonyl embraces cycloalkyl radicals attached to a sulfonyl radical, where cycloalkyl is defined as above.
  • Cycloalkylsulfonylalkyl embraces cycloalkylsulfonyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above.
  • cycloalkylalkanoyl embraces radicals wherein one or more of the cycloalkyl carbon atoms are substituted with one or more carbonyl radicals as defined below. Specifically embraced are monocarbonylcycloalkyl and dicarbonylcycloalkyl radicals. Examples of monocarbonylcycloalkyl radicals include cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclohexylacetyl, and cyclopentylcarbonyl. Examples of dicarbonylcycloalkyl radicals include 1,2-dicarbonylcyclohexane..
  • alkylthio embraces radicals containing a linear or branched alkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms, attached to a divalent sulfur atom. More preferred alkylthio radicals are “lower alkylthio” radicals having one to six carbon atoms. An example of “lower alkylthio” is methylthio (CH 3 —S—).
  • the “alkylthio” radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide “haloalkylthio” radicals.
  • radicals include fluoromethylthio, chloromethylthio, trifluoromethylthio, difluoromethylthio, trifluoroethylthio, fluoroethylthio, tetrafluoroethylthio, pentafluoroethylthio, and fluoropropylthio.
  • alkyl aryl amino embraces radicals containing a linear or branched alkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms, and one aryl radical both attached to an amino radical. Examples include N-methylmethoxyaniline, N-ethyl-4-methoxyaniline, and N-methyl-4-trifluoromethoxyaniline.
  • alkylamino denotes “monoalkylamino” and “dialkylamino” containing one or two alkyl radicals, respectively, attached to an amino radical.
  • arylamino denotes “monoarylamino” and “diarylamino” containing one or two aryl radicals, respectively, attached to an amino radical.
  • radicals include N-phenylamino and N-naphthylamino.
  • aralkylamino embraces aralkyl radicals attached to an amino radical, where aralkyl is defined as above.
  • aralkylamino denotes “monoaralkylamino” and “diaralkylamino” containing one or two aralkyl radicals, respectively, attached to an amino radical.
  • aralkylamino further denotes “monoaralkyl monoalkylamino” containing one aralkyl radical and one alkyl radical attached to an amino radical.
  • arylsulfinyl embraces radicals containing an aryl radical, as defined above, attached to a divalent S( ⁇ O) atom.
  • arylsulfinylalkyl denotes arylsulfinyl radicals attached to a linear or branched alkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms.
  • arylsulfonyl embraces aryl radicals attached to a sulfonyl radical, where aryl is defined as above.
  • arylsulfonylalkyl embraces arylsulfonyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above.
  • heteroarylsulfinyl embraces radicals containing an heteroaryl radical, as defined above, attached to a divalent S( ⁇ O) atom.
  • heteroarylsulfinylalkyl denotes heteroarylsulfinyl radicals attached to a linear or branched alkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms.
  • Heteroarylsulfonyl embraces heteroaryl radicals attached to a sulfonyl radical, where heteroaryl is defined as above.
  • Heteroarylsulfonylalkyl embraces heteroarylsulfonyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above.
  • aryloxy embraces aryl radicals, as defined above, attached to an oxygen atom.
  • radicals include phenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 4-chloro-3-methylphenoxy, 3-chloro-4-ethylphenoxy, 3,4-dichlorophenoxy, 4-methylphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-bromo-3-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyloxy, 3-isopropylphenoxy, 3-cyclopropylphenoxy, 3-ethylphenoxy, 4-tert-butylphenoxy, 3-pentafluoroethylphenoxy, and 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenoxy.
  • aroyl embraces aryl radicals, as defined above, attached to an carbonyl radical as defined above. Examples of such radicals include benzoyl and toluoyl.
  • aralkanoyl embraces aralkyl radicals, as defined herein, attached to an carbonyl radical as defined above. Examples of such radicals include, for example, phenylacetyl.
  • aralkoxy embraces oxy-containing aralkyl radicals attached through an oxygen atom to other radicals. More preferred aralkoxy radicals are “lower aralkoxy” radicals having phenyl radicals attached to lower alkoxy radical as described above. Examples of such radicals include benzyloxy, 1-phenylethoxy, 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 3,5-difluorobenyloxy, 3-bromobenzyloxy, 4-propylbenzyloxy, 2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, and 2-phenylethoxy.
  • aryloxyalkyl embraces aryloxy radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. Examples of such radicals include phenoxymethyl.
  • haloaryloxyalkyl embraces aryloxyalkyl radicals, as defined above, wherein one to five halo radicals are attached to an aryloxy group.
  • heteroaroyl embraces heteroaryl radicals, as defined above, attached to an carbonyl radical as defined above. Examples of such radicals include furoyl and nicotinyl.
  • heteroaralkanoyl embraces heteroaralkyl radicals, as defined herein, attached to an carbonyl radical as defined above. Examples of such radicals include, for example, pyridylacetyl and furylbutyryl.
  • heteroaralkoxy embraces oxy-containing heteroaralkyl radicals attached through an oxygen atom to other radicals. More preferred heteroaralkoxy radicals are “lower heteroaralkoxy” radicals having heteroaryl radicals attached to lower alkoxy radical as described above.
  • haloheteroaryloxyalkyl embraces heteroaryloxyalkyl radicals, as defined above, wherein one to four halo radicals are attached to an heteroaryloxy group.
  • heteroarylamino embraces heterocyclyl radicals, as defined above, attached to an amino group. Examples of such radicals include pyridylamino.
  • heteroarylaminoalkyl embraces heteroarylamino radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. Examples of such radicals include pyridylmethylamino.
  • heteroaryloxy embraces heterocyclyl radicals, as defined above, attached to an oxy group.
  • examples of such radicals include 2-thiophenyloxy, 2-pyrimidyloxy, 2-pyridyloxy, 3-pyridyloxy, and 4-pyridyloxy.
  • heteroaryloxyalkyl embraces heteroaryloxy radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. Examples of such radicals include 2-pyridyloxymethyl, 3-pyridyloxyethyl, and 4-pyridyloxymethyl.
  • arylthio embraces aryl radicals, as defined above, attached to an sulfur atom. Examples of such radicals include phenylthio.
  • arylthioalkyl embraces arylthio radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. Examples of such radicals include phenylthiomethyl.
  • alkylthioalkyl embraces alkylthio radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. Examples of such radicals include methylthiomethyl.
  • alkoxyalkyl embraces alkoxy radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. Examples of such radicals include methoxymethyl.
  • carbonyl denotes a carbon radical having two of the four covalent bonds shared with an oxygen atom.
  • carboxy embraces a hydroxyl radical, as defined above, attached to one of two unshared bonds in a carbonyl group.
  • carbboxamide embraces amino, monoalkylamino, dialkylamino, monocycloalkylamino, alkylcycloalkylaminno, and dicycloalkylamino radicals, attached to one of two unshared bonds in a carbonyl group.
  • carbboxamidoalkyl embraces carboxamide radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group.
  • carboxyalkyl embraces a carboxy radical, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group.
  • carboxyalkoxy embraces alkoxy radicals, as defined above, attached to one of two unshared bonds in a carbonyl group.
  • carboaralkoxy embraces aralkoxy radicals, as defined above, attached to one of two unshared bonds in a carbonyl group.
  • monocarboalkoxyalkyl embraces one carboalkoxy radical, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group.
  • dicarboalkoxyalkyl embraces two carboalkoxy radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkylene group.
  • dicyanoalkyl embraces one cyano radical, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group.
  • dicyanoalkylene embraces two cyano radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group.
  • carboalkoxycyanoalkyl embraces one cyano radical, as defined above, attached to an carboalkoxyalkyl group.
  • acyl alone or in combination, means a carbonyl or thionocarbonyl group bonded to a radical selected from, for example, hydrido, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxy, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkylthio, arylthio, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aralkoxy, arylthio, and alkylthioalkyl.
  • acyl are formyl, acetyl, benzoyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthaloyl, malonyl, nicotinyl, and the like.
  • haloalkanoyl embraces one or more halo radicals, as defined herein, attached to an alkanoyl radical as defined above. Examples of such radicals include, for example, chloroacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, bromopropanoyl, and heptafluorobutanoyl.
  • diacyl alone or in combination, means having two or more carbonyl or thionocarbonyl groups bonded to a radical selected from, for example, alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, haloalkylene, alkoxyalkylene, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, and cycloalkenyl.
  • a radical selected from, for example, alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, haloalkylene, alkoxyalkylene, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, and cycloalkenyl.
  • examples of “diacyl” are phthaloyl, malonyl, succinyl, adipoyl, and the like.
  • benzylidenyl radical denotes substituted and unsubstituted benzyl groups having attachment points for two covalent bonds. One attachment point is through the methylene of the benzyl group with the other attachment point through an ortho carbon of the phenyl ring. The methylene group is designated for attached to the lowest numbered position. Examples include the base compound benzylidene of structure:
  • phenoxylidenyl radical denotes substituted and unsubstituted phenoxy groups having attachment points for two covalent bonds. One attachment point is through the oxy of the phenoxy group with the other attachment point through an ortho carbon of the phenyl ring. The oxy group is designated for attached to the lowest numbered position. Examples include the base compound phenoxylidene of structure:
  • phosphono embraces a pentavalent phosphorus attached with two covalent bonds to an oxygen radical.
  • dialkoxyphosphono denotes two alkoxy radicals, as defined above, attached to a phosphono radical with two covalent bonds.
  • diaralkoxyphosphono denotes two aralkoxy radicals, as defined above, attached to a phosphono radical with two covalent bonds.
  • dialkoxyphosphonoalkyl denotes dialkoxyphosphono radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl radical.
  • diaralkoxyphosphonoalkyl denotes diaralkoxyphosphono radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl radical.
  • spacer can include a covalent bond and a linear moiety having a backbone of 1 to 7 continous atoms.
  • the spacer may have 1 to 7 atoms of a univalent or multi-valent chain.
  • Univalent chains may be constituted by a radical selected from ⁇ C(H)—, ⁇ C(R 17 )—, —O—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —NH—, —N(R 17 )—, —N ⁇ , —CH(OH)—, ⁇ C(OH)—, —CH(OR 17 )—, ⁇ C(OR 17 )—, and —C(O)—wherein R 17 is selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, arylthioalkyl,
  • Multi-valent chains may consist of a straight chain of 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 atoms or a straight chain of 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 atoms with a side chain.
  • the chain may be constituted of one or more radicals selected from: lower alkylene, lower alkenyl, —O—, —O—CH 2 —, —S—CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, ethenyl, —CH ⁇ CH(OH)—, —OCH 2 O—, —O(CH 2 ) 2 O—, —NHCH 2 —, —OCH(R 17 )O—, —O(CH 2 CHR 17 )O—, —OCF 2 O—, —O(CF 2 ) 2 O—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —N(H)—, —N(H)O—, —N(R 17 )O
  • Side chains may include substituents such as 1 to 5 non-hydrido substituents such as perhaloaralkyl, aralkylsulfonyl, aralkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylsulfinyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, cycloalkylsulfinyl, cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylamino, N-heteroarylamino—N-alkylarnino, heteroarylaminoalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxylalkyl, haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxylalkyl, heteroaralkoxy,
  • Chiral compounds of the present invention have a hydroxyl group substitutent on a chiral carbon of the alkanol and propanol compounds of the present invention specifically in the R-stereoisomeric configuration based on the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog convention for stereoisomeric carbon atoms.
  • the R-stereoisomeric configuration compounds of the present invention may optionally have one or more additional chiral carbons present in each compound.
  • the R-stereoisomeric configuration compounds of the present invention can exist in tautomeric, geometric, and other stereoisomeric forms.
  • the present invention having a hydroxyl group substitutent on a chiral carbon of the alkanol and propanol compounds in the R-stereoisomeric configuration contemplates all such forms of said invented compounds, including cis- and trans-geometric isomers, E- and Z-geometric isomers, diastereomers, and other mixtures thereof, as falling within the scope of the invention. Pharmaceutically acceptable sales of such tautomeric, geometric or stereoisomeric forms are also included within the invention.
  • the standard definitions for the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog convention and stereochemical system can be found in Pure Applied Chemistry, 1976, Vol. 45, pages 15-30 and Cahn et al., Angewandte Chemie International Edition English, 1966, Vol. 5, pages 385-415.
  • cis and trans denote a form of geometric isomerism in which two carbon atoms connected by a double bond will each have a hydrogen atom on the same side of the double bond (“cis”) or on opposite sides of the double bond (“trans”).
  • Some of the compounds described contain alkenyl groups, and are meant to include both cis and trans or “E” and “Z” geometric forms.
  • Some of the compounds described contain one or more stereocenters in addition to said hydroxyl group substitutent on a chiral carbon of the alkanol and propanol compounds in the R-stereoisomeric configuration and are meant to include R, S, and mixtures of R and S forms for each additional stereocenter present.
  • Some of the compounds described herein may contain one or more ketonic or aldehydic carbonyl groups or combinations thereof alone or as part of a heterocyclic ring system.
  • Such carbonyl groups may exist in part or principally in the “keto” form and in part or principally as one or more “enol” forms of each aldehyde and ketone group present.
  • Compounds of the present invention having aldehydic or ketonic carbonyl groups are meant to include both “keto” and “enol” tautomeric forms.
  • Some of the compounds described herein may contain one or more amide carbonyl groups or combinations thereof alone or as part of a heterocyclic ring system.
  • Such carbonyl groups may exist in part or principally in the “keto” form and in part or principally as one or more “enol” forms of each amide group present.
  • Compounds of the present invention having amidic carbonyl groups are meant to include both “keto” and “enol” tautomeric forms.
  • Said amide carbonyl groups may be both oxo (C ⁇ O) and thiono (C ⁇ S) in type.
  • Some of the compounds described herein may contain one or more imine or enamine groups or combinations thereof. Such groups may exist in part or principally in the “imine” form and in part or principally as one or more “enamine” forms of each group present. Compounds of the present invention having said imine or enamine groups are meant to include both “imine” and “enamine” tautomeric forms.
  • the present invention comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP in association with at least one pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier, adjuvant or diluent.
  • the present invention also comprises a treatment and prophylaxis of coronary artery disease and other CETP-mediated disorders in a subject, comprising administering to the subject having such disorder a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of Formula I-H:
  • compounds of the present invention of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as defined above comprise a treatment and prophylaxis of coronary artery disease and other CETP-mediated disorders in a subject, comprising administering to the subject having such disorder a therapeutically-effective amount of compounds I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP of the present invention or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
  • Compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP are capable of inhibiting activity of cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP), and thus could be used in the manufacture of a medicament, a method for the prophylactic or therapeutic treatment of diseases mediated by CETP, such as peripheral vascular disease, hyperlipidaemia, hypercholesterolemia, and other diseases attributable to either high LDL and low HDL or a combination of both, or a procedure to study the mechanism of action of the cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP) to enable the design of better inhibitors.
  • CETP cholesteryl ester transfer protein
  • the compounds of Formula I-H would be also useful in prevention of cerebral vascular accident (CVA) or stroke.
  • compositions of Formula I-H are also included in the family of compounds of Formula I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP.
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable salts embraces salts commonly used to form alkali metal salts and to form addition salts of free acids or free bases. The nature of the salt is not critical, provided that it is pharmaceutically acceptable.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salts of compounds of Formula I-H may be prepared from inorganic acid or from an organic acid. Examples of such inorganic acids are hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, nitric, carbonic, sulfuric and phosphoric acid.
  • Appropriate organic acids may be selected from aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic, araliphatic, heterocyclic, carboxylic and sulfonic classes of organic acids, examples of which are formic, acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, gluconic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, glucoronic, maleic, fumaric, pyruvic, aspartic, glutamic, benzoic, anthranilic, mesylic, salicylic, p-hydroxybenzoic, phenylacetic, mandelic, embonic (pamoic), methanesulfonic, ethylsulfonic, benzenesulfonic, sulfanilic, stearic, cyclohexylaminosulfonic, algenic, galacturonic acid.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable base addition salts of compounds of Formula V-H include metallic salts made from aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc or organic salts made from N,N′-dibenzylethyleneldiamine, choline, chloroprocaine, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglumine (N-methylglucamine) and procain. All of these salts may be prepared by conventional means from the corresponding compound of Formula I-H by reacting, for example, the appropriate acid or base with the compound of Formula I-H.
  • compositions comprising the active compounds of Formula I-H in association with one or more non-toxic, pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers and/or diluents and/or adjuvants (collectively referred to herein as “carrier” materials) and, if desired, other active ingredients.
  • carrier non-toxic, pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers and/or diluents and/or adjuvants
  • the active compounds of the present invention may be administered by any suitable route, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition adapted to such a route, and in a dose effective for the treatment intended.
  • the active compounds and composition may, for example, be administered orally, intravascularly, intraperitoneally, subcutaneously, intramuscularly or topically.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of, for example, a tablet, capsule, suspension or liquid.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is preferably made in the form of a dosage unit containing a particular amount of the active ingredient. Examples of such dosage units are tablets or capsules.
  • the active ingredient may also be administered by injection as a composition wherein, for example, saline, dextrose or water may be used as a suitable carrier.
  • the amount of therapeutically active compounds which are administered and the dosage regimen for treating a disease condition with the compounds and/or compositions of this invention depends on a variety of factors, including the age, weight, sex and medical condition of the subject, the severity of the disease, the route and frequency of administration, and the particular compound employed, and thus may vary widely.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may contain active ingredients in the range of about 0.1 to 2000 mg, and preferably in the range of about 0.5 to 500 mg.
  • the daily dose can be administered in one to four doses per day.
  • the compounds may be formulated in topical ointment or cream, or as a suppository, containing the active ingredients in a total amount of, for example, 0.075 to 30% w/w, preferably 0.2 to 20% w/w and most preferably 0.4 to 15% w/w.
  • the active ingredients may be employed with either paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base.
  • the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in-water cream base.
  • the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example at least 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol such as propylene glycol, butane-1,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol, polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof.
  • the topical formulation may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the active ingredient through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethylsulfoxide and related analogs.
  • the compounds of this invention can also be administered by a transdermal device. Preferably topical administration will be accomplished using a patch either of the reservoir and porous membrane type or of a solid matrix variety.
  • the active agent is delivered continuously from the reservoir or microcapsules through a membrane into the active agent permeable adhesive, which is in contact with the skin or mucosa of the recipient. If the active agent is absorbed through the skin, a controlled and predetermined flow of the active agent is administered to the recipient.
  • the encapsulating agent may also function as the membrane.
  • the oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner. While the phase may comprise merely an emulsifier, it may comprise a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat.
  • Emulsifiers and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the present invention include Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, and sodium lauryl sulfate, among others.
  • the choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the active compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations is very low.
  • the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers.
  • Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters may be used. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.
  • the active compounds of this combination invention are ordinarily combined with one or more adjuvants appropriate to the indicated route of administration.
  • the compounds may be admixed with lactose, sucrose, starch powder, cellulose esters of alkanoic acids, cellulose alkyl esters, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulfuric acids, gelatin, acacia gum, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or polyvinyl alcohol, and then tableted or encapsulated for convenient administration.
  • Such capsules or tablets may contain a controlled-release formulation as may be provided in a dispersion of active compound in hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose.
  • Formulations for parenteral administration may be in the form of aqueous or non-aqueous isotonic sterile injection solutions or suspensions. These solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders or granules having one or more of the carriers or diluents mentioned for use in the formulations for oral administration.
  • the compounds may be dissolved in water, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethanol, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, benzyl alcohol, sodium chloride, and/or various buffers.
  • Other adjuvants and modes of administration are well and widely known in the pharmaceutical art.
  • the present invention further comprises a process for the preparation of (R)-chiral compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP by reacting suitable secondary amines with (R)-chiral forms of alcohols, epoxides, and cyclic sulfate esters.
  • the present invention also comprises a process for the preparation of (R)-chiral compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP by reacting a suitable secondary amine with a substantially stoichiometric amount of a (R)-chiral epoxide in the presence of a transition metal-based salt.
  • the present invention also comprises a process for the preparation of (R)-chiral precursor compounds useful in the preparation of compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP by reacting a suitable primary amine with a substantially stoichiometric amount of a (R)-chiral epoxide with or without the presence of an added transition metal-based compound.
  • Synthetic Schemes 1 and 2 shows the preparation of compounds of formula XIII (“Generic Secondary Amines”) which are intermediates in the preparation of the compounds of the present invention corresponding to Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated I—Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”), Formula 1-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated I-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-
  • the “Generic Imine” corresponding to Formula XII can be prepared through dehydration techniques generally known in the art and the preferred technique depending on the nature of “Generic Amine-I” of Formula X by reacting it with the “Generic Carbonyl Compound” of Formula XI.
  • Z is a covalent bond, methylene, methine substituted with another subsitutent, ethylene, or another subsituent as defined in Formula I-H
  • the two reactants (X and XI) react by refluxing them in an aprotic solvent, such as hexane, toluene, cyclohexane, benzene, and the like, using a Dean—Stark type trap to remove water.
  • the aprotic solvent is removed in vacuo to yield the “Generic Imine” of Formula XII.
  • Z is an oxygen
  • the “Generic Imine” is an oxime derivative.
  • Oxime type “Generic Imine” compounds are readily prepared from the corresponding O-substituted hydroxylamine and the appropriate aldehyde or ketone type “Generic Carbonyl Compound”.
  • Suitable procedures for forming the hydrazone imines are also described by Shriner, Fuson, and Curtin in The Systematic Indentification of Organic Compounds, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, and by Fieser and Fieser in Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volume 1, John Wiley & Sons, which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Scheme 1 shows the preparation of “Generic Imine” compounds in which the amine functionality is bonded to Z; Z is bonded to A; and Y is bonded to Q.
  • a and Q as defined can be structurally interchanged to prepare “Generic Imine” compounds with similar, identical or different structures.
  • the “Generic Secondary Amines” of Formula XIII can be prepared from the corresponding “Generic Imine” of Formula XII in several ways.
  • the “Generic Imine” hydrazone of Formula XII is partially or completely dissolved in lower alkanols such as ethanol or like solvent containing sufficient organic acid such as acetic acid or mineral acid such as HCl or sulfuric acid to neutralize the hydrazone as described in WO Patent Application No.9738973, Swiss Patent CH 441366 and U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,359,316 and 3,334,017, which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the resulting mixture is then hydrogenated at 0-100° C., more preferrably 20-50° C., and most preferrably between 20-30° C.
  • Isolation of the desired product can be accomplished, for example, by removing the ethanol, adding water, and extracting the aqueous-organic mixture twice with a solvent, such as diethyl ether or methylene chloride, that is immiscible with water.
  • a solvent such as diethyl ether or methylene chloride
  • the combined solvent extract is washed with saturated brine, dried with a drying agent such as anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to yield the “Generic Secondary Amines” hydrazine of Formula XIII. If needed the “Generic Secondary Amines” hydrazine can be further purified by crystallization, distillation at reduced pressure, or liquid chromatography.
  • Isolation of the desired product can be accomplished, for example, by extracting the aqueous layer twice with a solvent, such as diethyl ether or methylene chloride, that is immiscible with water.
  • a solvent such as diethyl ether or methylene chloride
  • the combined solvent extract is washed with saturated brine, dried with a drying agent such as anhydrous MgSO4, and concentrated in vacuo to yield the “Generic Secondary Amines” amine, aniline, or amine of Formula XIII.
  • a drying agent such as anhydrous MgSO4
  • the “Generic Secondary Amines” amine, aniline, or amine derivative can be further purified by crystallization, distillation at reduced pressure, or liquid chromatography.
  • Isolation of the desired product can be accomplished, for example, by removing the methanol or other low boiling solvent in vacuo.
  • the residue is slurried with water and aqueous-organic mixture is extracted twice with a solvent, such as diethyl ether or methylene chloride, that is immiscible with water.
  • the combined solvent extract is washed with saturated brine, dried with a drying agent such as anhydrous MgSO 4 , and concentrated in vacuo to yield the “Generic Secondary Amines” hydroxylamine of Formula XIII. If needed the “Generic Secondary Amines” hydroxylamine can be further purified by crystallization, distillation at reduced pressure, or liquid chromatography.
  • the “Generic Secondary Amines” of Formula XIII can also be prepared, according to Scheme 1 by two alkylation procedures based on the nucleophilic substitution of bromides by amines. In one procedure, “Generic Amine-i” of Formula X is reacted with “Generic Bromide-1” of Formula XXI. In another alkylation procedure, “Generic Amine-2” of Formula XXII is reacted together with “Generic Bromide-2” of Formula XXIII.
  • a “Generic Amine-1” of Formula X is reacted with a “Generic Bromide-2” of Formula XXIII as described in Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry, Fifth Edition, 1989, pages 902 to 905 and references cited therein all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the “Generic Amine-1” is placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a reflux condenser with the capability to either cool or heat the vessel as dictated by the reaction.
  • a suitable “Generic Amine-1” will be selected from primary amine and primary aromatic amine classes of compounds. Cooling may be needed and used should the reaction prove strongly exothermic.
  • a suitable solvent may also be used to dissolve the “Generic Amine-1”.
  • Suitable solvents are hydrocarbons such as toluene, hexane, xylene, and cyclohexane, ethers, amides such as dimethylformamide, esters such as ethyl acetate, ketones such as acetone, and nitrites such as acetonitrile or mixtures of two or more of these solvents.
  • a suitable base is also added to the reaction vessel. Suitable bases include cesium carbonate, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate and sodium bicarbonate. The base will normally be added in at least a stoichmetric quantity compared to the “Generic Amine-1” so as to neutralize liberated acid as it forms.
  • the “Generic Bromide-1” of Formula XXI is then added to the reaction vessel in portions so as to minimize the rate of heat evolution and minimize the concentration of the “Generic Bromide-1”.
  • the “Generic Bromide-1” will be selected from primary and secondary organic alkyl and substituted alkyl halide compounds.
  • the halide will preferrably be a bromide although iodides and chlorides may also be generally used.
  • organic alkyl and substituted alkyl compounds containing readily displaceable primary and secondary groups such as tosylates, mesylates, triflates, and the like.
  • the halides can be generally prepared from the corresponding alcohols by reaction with, for example, concentrated hydrohalic acids such as HBr or by reaction with phosphorus trihalides such as PBr 3 as described in Fieser and Fieser in Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volume 1, John Wiley & Sons, which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the appropriate alcohols can be converted to tosylates, mesylates, and triflates using procedures described below.
  • Addition of the “Generic Bromide-1” is carried out over a period of a few minutes to several hours at temperatures between 0 and 150° C. Preferrably, the addition will take 30-120 minutes at a temperature of 0 to 50° C.
  • the reaction can be stirred until completion. Completion can be monitored, for example, spectroscopically using nuclear magnetic resonance or chromatographically using thin layer, liquid, or gas chromatographic procedures. If the reaction does not proceed to completion, the reactants may be heated until completion is obtained and verified.
  • Isolation of the desired product can be accomplished, for example, when a water immiscible solvent was used for the reaction, by adding water to the finished reaction. Additional base such as sodium carbonate can be added to ensure the reaction is basic (pH of 9 to I1).
  • the organic layer containing the “Generic Secondary Amine” is washed with saturated brine, dried with a drying agent such as anhydrous MgSO 4 , and concentrated in vacuo to yield the “Generic Secondary Amine” amine, aniline, or amine of Formula XIII. If needed the “Generic Secondary Amine” amine, aniline, or amine derivative can be further purified by crystallization, distillation at reduced pressure, or liquid chromatography.
  • a “Generic Amine-2” of Formula XXII is reacted with a “Generic Bromide-2” of Formula XXIII in a method employing pallladium catalyzed carbon-nitrogen bond formation. Suitable procedures for this conversion are described in Wagaw and Buchwald, J. Org. Chem.(1996), 61, 7240-7241, Wolfe, Wagaw and Buchwald, J. Am. Chem. Soc. (1996), 118, 7215-7216, and Wolfe and Buchwald, Tetrahedron Letters (1997), 38(36), 6359-6362 and references cited therein all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the preferred “Generic Bromide-2” of Formula XXIII are generally aryl bromides, aryl triflates, and heteroaryl bromides.
  • Schemes 3, 4, 9, and 10 illustrate the principles of Scheme 1 for the preparation of specifically substituted “Secondary Heteroaryl Amines” (XIIIA-H) having 0 to 2 aryl groups and 0 to 2 aromatic heterocyclyl groups and “Secondary Phenyl Arnines” (XIII-A) having two aryl groups.
  • Synthetic Scheme 2 shows the preparation of the class of compounds of the present invention corresponding to Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”), Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) wherein A and Q are
  • the anion of “Generic Secondary Amine” amines, hydroxylamines, and hydrazines of Formula XIII are readily formed by dissolving the specific amine, hydroxylamine, or hydrazine in an aprotic solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran, toluene, ether, dimethylformamide, and dimethylformamide, under anhydrous conditions.
  • an aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, toluene, ether, dimethylformamide, and dimethylformamide
  • the solution is cooled to a temperature between ⁇ 78 and 0° C., preferrably between ⁇ 78 and ⁇ 60° C. and the anion formed by the addition of at least one equivalent of a strong, aprotic, non-nucleophillic base such as NaH or n-butyllithium under an inert atmosphere for each acidic group present.
  • an appropriate alkyl halide, alkyl benzenesulfonate such as a alkyl tosylate, alkyl mesylate, alkyl triflate or similar alkylating reagent of the general structure:
  • M is a readily displaceable group such as chloride, bromide, iodide, tosylate, triflate, and mesylate
  • X is oxy
  • XXX is a chiral reagent in the indicated (R)-configuration.
  • This material is purified, for example, by eluting through silica gel with 5-40% of a medium polar solvent such as ethyl acetate in a non-polar solvent such as hexanes to yield Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”), Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phen
  • Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”)
  • Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”)
  • Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”)
  • Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”)
  • Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds are purified by additional chromatography or recrystallization. Products are
  • the tosylates of chiral alcohols and racemic mixtures are readily obtained by reacting the corresponding alcohol with tosyl chloride using procedures found in House's Modern Synthetic Reactions, Chapter 7, W. A. Benjamin, Inc.,shriner, Fuson, and Curtin in The Systematic Indentification of Organic Compounds, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, and Fieser and Fieser in Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volume 1, John Wiley & Sons, which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated I-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”)
  • Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”)
  • Formula I-HPC Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”
  • Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”)
  • Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds can also be prepared using Method B of Scheme 2 through the use of racemic (XXX) as described
  • Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”)
  • Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”)
  • Formula I-CP “Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds are prepared by reacting “Generic Secondary Amine” amines, hydroxylamines, and hydrazines of Formula XIII with (R)-chiral oxiranes of the type listed in Table 1 and represented by the general structure:
  • Oxiranes having a specific stereochemical arrangement of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 can be prepared using chiral procedures such as those published in 1995 by Ramachandran, Gong, and Brown in the Journal of Organic Chemistry, Vol. 60, pages 41 to 46; cited references also detail alternate procedures to prepare chiral and achiral epoxides, which are incorporated herein by reference. For example, the specific preparation of R-(+)-1,1,1-trifluoro-2,3-epoxypropane,
  • achiral oxiranes of (XX) can be prepared from the corresponding alkenes by reaction of epoxidation reagents such as meta-chloroperbenzoic acid (MCPBA) and similar type reagents readily selectable by a person of skill-in-the-art with alkenes.
  • epoxidation reagents such as meta-chloroperbenzoic acid (MCPBA) and similar type reagents readily selectable by a person of skill-in-the-art with alkenes.
  • MCPBA meta-chloroperbenzoic acid
  • Fieser and Fieser in Reagents for Organic Synthesis John Wiley & Sons provides, along with cited references, numerous suitable epoxidation reagents and reaction conditions, which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”)
  • Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”)
  • Formula I-CP Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols” compounds can be obtained by preparative chiral chromatography of said racemic mixtures to obtain the (R)-chiral configuration of Formula I-HP, Formula I-HPC, and Formula I-CP substantially free of the (S)-chiral configuration enantiomer.
  • achiral oxiranes may be separated by chiral preparative chromatography into their respective (R)-Chiral and (S)-Chiral enantiomers and the (R)-Chiral enantiomer reacted to afford Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds.
  • Formula I-HP Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”
  • Formula I-HPC Polycyclic Aryl-He
  • a Lewis acid such as a transition metal-based salts (for example, ytterbium triflate, hafnium triflate, scandium triflate, neodynium triflate, gadolium triflate, and zirconium triflate) in methylene chloride, tetrahydrofuran, or, more preferrably, acetonitrile is added to speed up the reaction to a total time of 4 to 18 hours, improve yields, to permit the reaction temperature to be reduced to 15-65° C., and to use a smaller excess of halogenated oxirane.
  • a transition metal-based salts for example, ytterbium triflate, hafnium triflate, scandium triflate, neodynium triflate, gadolium triflate, and zirconium triflate
  • acetonitrile is added to speed up the reaction to a total time of 4 to 18 hours, improve yields, to permit the reaction temperature to be reduced
  • the reaction should be carried out under inert, anhydrous conditions using a blanket of dry nitrogen or argon gas. After cooling to room temperature and testing the reaction mixture for complete reaction by thin layer chromatography or high pressure liquid chromatography (hplc), the reaction product is added to water and extracted with a water immiscible solvent such as diethyl ether or methylene chloride. (Note: If the above analysis indicates that reaction is incomplete, heating should be resumed until complete with the optional addition of more of the oxirane).
  • Formula I-HP Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”
  • Formula I-HPC Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”
  • Formula I-C Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols” compounds.
  • This material is purified by eluting through silica gel with 540% of a medium polar solvent such as ethyl acetate in a non-polar solvent such as hexanes to yield Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), and Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds.
  • a medium polar solvent such as ethyl acetate
  • a non-polar solvent such as hexanes
  • Formula I-HP Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols
  • Formula I-HPC Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols
  • Formula I-C Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols” compounds prepared are summarized in the Examples 1 through 44, and Example Tables 1 through 12. TABLE 1 Structure of (R)-Chiral Oxirane Reagents.
  • Schemes 5, 6, 7, and 11 illustrate the principles of Scheme 2 for the preparation of specifically substituted Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) having 2 aryl groups, Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”) having two aromatic substituents made up of 0 to 2 aryl groups and 0 to 2 aromatic heterocyclyl groups, and Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) having two aromatic substituents made up of 0 to 2 aryl groups and 0 to 2 aromatic heterocyclyl groups.
  • Formula I-C Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”
  • Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”)
  • Formula I-HPC Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”
  • Formula I-C Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols” compounds can further be prepared in an alternate manner to procedures disclosed above and in Schemes 1 to 7 and 9 to 11.
  • Schemes 45 to 50 detail such procedures to prepare aminopropanol compounds of the present invention by initial formation of an halogenated, oxygen containing primary alkylamine XVL (“Generic Substituted Alkylamine”). Said halogenated, oxygen containing primary alkylamine XVL, formed in Schemes 45 and 48, is itself converted to secondary amines, VLX-H (“Heteroaryl Alkyl Amine) and VLX (“Phenyl Alkyl Amine”), using procedures disclosed above.
  • VLX-H Heteroaryl Alkyl Amine
  • VLX Phhenyl Alkyl Amine
  • Primary alkylamine XVL is first reacted with an aldehydic or ketonic carbonyl compound, XI-AH (“Heteroaryl Carbonyl”) and XI-A (“Phenyl Carbonyl”) with azeotropic distillation to form imines, VL-H (“Heteroaryl Imine”) and VL (“Phenyl Imine”). Said imines VL-H and VL are then reduced with or without prior isolation by Reduction Methods 1, 2 or 3 as disclosed above and in Schemes 1, 3, and 9 to yield secondary amines, VLX-H (“Heteroaryl Alkyl Amine) and VLX (“Phenyl Alkyl Amine”).
  • Said secondary amine VLX-H can be converted according to Schemes 46 and 47 to give Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”) and Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1 —Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) and Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds.
  • Formula I-HP Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”
  • Formula I-HPC Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1 —Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”
  • Formula I-C Poly
  • VLX can be converted to Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds.
  • Compounds of this invention in which one aromatic substituent is aryl and the other aromatic substitutent is heteroaryl can be readily prepared by reacting VLX-H with an aralkyl bromide or aryl bromide instead of using an heteroaralkyl bromide or heteroaryl bromide as described in Schemes 46 and 47.
  • compounds of this invention in which one aromatic substituent is aryl and the other aromatic substitutent is heteroaryl can be readily prepared by reacting VLX with an heteroaryl bromide or heteroaralkyl bromide instead of using an aryl bromide or an aralkyl bromide as described in Schemes 49 and 50.
  • Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”)
  • Formula I-HPC Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”
  • Formula I-C Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols” compounds can further be prepared in an alternate manner to procedures disclosed above and in Schemes 1 to 7, 9 to 11, and 45 to 50.
  • Schemes 56,57, and 58 detail alternate procedures to prepare (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols” compounds of the present invention by initial formation of an halogenated, oxygen containing secondary alkylamines VLX and VLXX (“Phenyl Alkylamines”) and VLXX-O (“Phenyl Oxy Alkylamines”).
  • Said secondary alkylamines VLX and VLXX (“Phenyl Alkylamines”) and VLXX-O (“Phenyl Oxy Alkylamines”) can be converted according to Schemes 56,57, and 58 to Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), and Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with appropriate aromatic halides such as aryl bromides and heteroaryl bromides as desired.
  • aromatic halides such as aryl bromides and heteroaryl bromides as desired.
  • Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”)
  • Formula I-HPC Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”
  • Formula I-C Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols” compounds can further be prepared in an alternate manner to procedures disclosed above and in Schemes 1 to 7, 9 through 11, 45 through 50, and 56 through 58.
  • (2R)-(+)-3,3,3-Trifluoro-1,2-propanediol can be prepared as described in the reference cited immediately above from 3,3,3-trifluoropropene followed by separation from the predominating (2S)-( ⁇ )-3,3,3-trifluoro-1,2-propanediol.
  • (2R)-(+)-3,3,3-Trifluoro-1,2-propanediol can be prepared by hydrolysis of (2R)-(+)-3,3,3-Trifluoro-2,3-epxoypropane analogous to the procedure described by described by McBee and Burton in J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1952, Vol. 74, page 3022.
  • (2R)-(+)-3,3,3-Trifluoro-1,2-propanediol is converted by reaction with a slight excess of sulfuryl chloride in the presence of 2.5 molar equivalents of imidazole, methylene chloride solvent, and at a temperature of ⁇ 20° C. to give the desired (4R)-(+)4-trifluoromethyl-2,2-dioxo-1,3,2-dioxathiolane.
  • Reaction of other (R)-Chiral haloalkyl or haloalkoxyalkyl substituted 1,2-ethanediols can afford the corresponding (4R)-substituted-2,2-dioxo-1,3,2-dioxathiolanes.
  • Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”) and Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”), in which the halogenated hydroxy containing alkyl side chain has three carbons between the amine and hydroxy group, can be prepared in a manner similar to procedures disclosed above and in Schemes 45 to 50.
  • Schemes 30 to 35 detail such procedures to prepare 1-amino-3-butanol compounds of the present invention by initial formation of an halogenated, oxygen containing primary alkylamine XL (“Generic Substituted Alkylamine”). Said halogenated, oxygen containing primary alkylamine XL, formed in Schemes 30 and 33, is itself converted to secondary amines, LX-H (“Heteroaryl Alkyl Amine) and LX (“Phenyl Alkyl Amine”), using procedures disclosed above.
  • Primary alkylamine XL is first reacted with an aldehydic or ketonic carbonyl compound, XI-AH (“Heteroaryl Carbonyl”) and XI-A (“Phenyl Carbonyl”) with azeotropic distillation to form imines, L-H (“Heteroaryl Imine”) and L (“Phenyl Imine”). Said imines L-H and L are then reduced with or without prior isolation by Reduction Methods 1, 2 or 3 as disclosed above and in Schemes 1, 3, and 9 to yield secondary amines, LX-H (“Heteroaryl Alkyl Amine) and LX (“Phenyl Alkyl Amine”).
  • Said secondary amine LX-H can be converted according to Schemes 31 and 32 to Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”).
  • LX can be converted to Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”).
  • Compounds of this invention in which one aromatic substituent is aryl and the other aromatic substitutent is heteroaryl can be readily prepared by reacting LX-H with an aryl bromide instead of using an heteroaryl bromide as described in Schemes 31 and 32.
  • VLXX-H is converted to Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated I-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by alkylation chemistry with an aralkyl bromide or aralkyloxyalkyl bromide using either of two procedures disclosed in Scheme 52.
  • Formula I-HP Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated I-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”
  • Formula I-HPC Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogen
  • LXX-H is converted to Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”) and Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”) compounds by alkylation chemistry disclosed in Scheme 54 and previously and as given above with reference to Scheme 52. Isolation and purification of I-H and I-C are effected as disclosed previously.
  • Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”)
  • Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”)
  • Formula I-HPC Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”
  • Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”)
  • Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds can themselves serve as intermediates for conversion to additional compounds of this invention.
  • Compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC and others of the present invention useful as intermediates include those in which the R 7 position substituent in Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, and I-HPC is a bromo group, hydroxyl group, sulfhydryl group, bromomethyl or other bromoalkyl groups, nitro group, amino group, methoxycarbonyl or other alkoxy carbonyl groups, cyano group, or acyl group.
  • R 10 position substituent is a bromo group, hydroxyl group, sulfhydryl group, bromomethyl or other bromoalkyl groups, nitro group, amino group, methoxy carbonyl or other alkoxy carbonyl groups, cyano group, or acyl groups.
  • R 6 , R 7 , R 11 , and R 12 substituents in Formula VII is a bromo group, hydroxyl group, sulfhydryl group, bromomethyl or other bromoalkyl groups, nitro group, amino group, methoxy carbonyl or other alkoxy carbonyl groups, cyano group, or acyl groups.
  • Scheme 8 discloses the conversion of a 3-bromo substituent at the R 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Bromophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with a phenol to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Phenoxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 12 discloses the conversion of a 3-bromo substituent at the R 7 position in Formula I-HP and I-HPC (“Polycyclic 3-Bromophenyl and 3-Bromoheteroaryl/Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) by reaction with a phenol or thiophenol to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-HP and I-HPC (“Polycyclic 3-Aryloxyaryl, 3-Heteroaryloxyaryl, 3-Heteroaryloxyheteroaryl, 3-Aryloxyheteroaryl, 3-Arylthioaryl, 3-Heteroarylthioaryl, 3-Heteroarylthioheteroaryl, and 3-Arylthioheteroaryl Aryl and Heteroaryl/Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated
  • Scheme 22 discloses the conversion of a 3-bromo substituent at the R 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Bromophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with an aryl borinate or an aryl tin to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Arylphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 23 discloses the conversion of a 3-bromo substituent at the R 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Bromophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with a primary or secondary amine to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-R 22 aminophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 40 discloses the conversion of a 3-bromo substituent at the R 10 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Bromophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with an aryl borinate to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Arylphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 41 discloses the conversion of a 3-bromo substituent at the R 10 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Bromophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with a heteroaryl dibutyl tin compound to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Heteroarylphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 21 discloses the conversion of a 3-bromomethyl substituent at the R 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Bromomethylphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) by reaction with an aryl borinate to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Arylmethylphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 13 discloses the conversion of a 3-hydroxyl substituent at the R 7 position in Formula I-HP and I-HPC (“Polycyclic 3-Hydroxyphenyl and 3-Hydroxyheteroaryl/Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) by reaction with an aryl bromide or heteroaryl bromide to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-HP and I-HPC (“Polycyclic 3-Aryloxyaryl, 3-Heteroaryloxyaryl, 3-Heteroaryloxyheteroaryl, and 3-Aryloxyheteroaryl Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 14 discloses the conversion of a 3-hydroxyl substituent at the R 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Hyroxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with an aryl bromide to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Phenoxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 15 discloses the conversion of a 3-hydroxyl substituent at the R 7 position in Formula I-HP and I-HPC (“Polycyclic 3-Hydroxyphenyl and 3-Hydroxyheteroaryl/Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with an aralkyl bromide or heteroaralkyl bromide to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-HP and I-HPC (“Polycyclic 3-Aralkyloxyaryl, 3-Heteroaralkyloxyaryl, 3-Heteroaralkyloxyheteroaryl, and 3-Aralkyloxyheteroaryl Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 16 discloses the conversion of a 3-hydroxyl substituent at the R 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Hyroxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with an aralkyl bromide to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Aralkyloxyaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 20 discloses the conversion of a 3-hydroxyl substituent at the R 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Hyroxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with an R 17 -bromide to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-R 17 -oxyaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 19 discloses the conversion of a 3-thio substituent at the R 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-thiophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with an R 17 -bromide to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-R 17 thiaaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Polycyclic 3-R 17 thiaaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols can be oxidized to sulfonyl compounds of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-R 17 sulfonylphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 24 discloses the conversion of a 3-nitro substituent at the R 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Nitrophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by hydrogenation to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Aminophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Polycyclic 3-Aminophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols can be acylated to acyl amide compounds of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-R 17 -C(O)amidophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Schemes 25 and 26 disclose the conversion of a 3-amino substituent at the R 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Aminophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with carbonyl compounds to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-(Saturated Nitrogen Heterocycl-1yl)aryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols” and (“Polycyclic 3-(Unsaturated Nitrogen Heterocycl-1-yl)aryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”, respectively).
  • Scheme 27 discloses the conversion of a 3-methoxycarbonyl substituent at the R 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Carbomethoxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with amination reagents to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Carboxamidophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 28 discloses the conversion of a 3-cyano substituent at the R 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Cyanophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with organometallic reagents to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Acylphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 36 discloses the conversion of a 3-methoxycarbonyl substituent at the R 10 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Carbomethoxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with amination reagents to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP “Polycyclic 3-Carboxamdophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 37 discloses the conversion of a 3-methoxycarbonyl substituent at the R 10 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Carbomethoxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with an organometallic reagent to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP “Polycyclic 3-(bis-R 20 -hydroxymethyl)aryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 38 discloses the conversion of a 3-methoxycarbonyl substituent at the R 10 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Carbomethoxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with lithium aluminum hydride to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Hydroxymethylphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 39 discloses the conversion of a 3-methoxycarbonyl substituent at the R 10 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Carbomethoxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with an alkylation reagent to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-(bis-R 21 -hydroxymethyl)phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 55 discloses the conversion of a 3-methoxycarbonyl substituent at the R 10 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Carbomethoxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction intially with an amidation reagent and then an R 20 -organometallic reagent to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-(R 20 -carbonyl)phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”)
  • Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated I-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”)
  • Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”)
  • Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”)
  • Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) and other compounds of this invention posssessing hydroxyl, thiol, and amine
  • the hydroxyl group, wherein R 16 is a hydrogen and X is oxy, of compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-HPC, I-C, and I-CP can be readily converted to esters of carboxylic, sulfonic, carbamic, phosphonic, and phosphoric acids.
  • Acylation to form a carboxylic acid ester is readily effected using a suitable acylating reagent such as an aliphatic acid anhydride or acid chloride.
  • a suitable acylating reagent such as an aliphatic acid anhydride or acid chloride.
  • the corresponding aryl and heteroaryl acid anhydrides and acid chlorides can also be used.
  • Such reactions are generally carried out using an amine catalyst such as pyridine in an inert solvent.
  • compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP that have at least one hydroxyl group present in the form of an alcohol or phenol can be acylated to its corresponding esters.
  • carbamic acid esters urethans
  • Sulfonate, phosphonate, and phosphate esters can be prepared using the corresponding acid chloride and similar reagents.
  • Compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP that have at least one thiol group present can be converted to the corresponding thioesters derivatives analogous to those of alcohols and phenols using the same reagents and comparable reaction conditions.
  • Compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP that have at least one primary or secondary amine group present can be converted to the corresponding amide derivatives.
  • Amides of carboxylic acids can be prepared using the appropriate acid chloride or anhydrides with reaction conditions analogous to those used with alcohols and phenols.
  • Ureas of the corresponding primary or secondary amine can be prepared using isocyanates directly and carbamoyl chlorides in the presence of an acid scavenger such as triethylamine or pyridine.
  • Sulfonamides can be prepared from the corresponding sulfonyl chloride in the presence of aqueous sodium hydroxide. Suitable procedures and methods for preparing these derivatives can be found in House's Modern Synthetic Reactions, W. A.
  • Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”)
  • Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”)
  • Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”)
  • Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”)
  • Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) and other compounds of this invention posssessing hydroxyl, thiol, and amine functional
  • the hydroxyl group, wherein R 16 is a hydrogen and X is oxy, of compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP can be readily converted to ethers.
  • Alkylation to form an ether is readily effected using a suitable alkylating reagent such as an alkyl bromide, alkyl iodide or alkyl sulfonate.
  • a suitable alkylating reagent such as an alkyl bromide, alkyl iodide or alkyl sulfonate.
  • alkylating reagent such as an alkyl bromide, alkyl iodide or alkyl sulfonate.
  • Such reactions are generally carried out using an alkoxide forming reagent such as sodium hydride, potassium t-butoxide, sodium amide, lithium amide, and n-butyl lithium using an inert polar solvent such as DMF, DMSO, THF, and similar, comparable solvents.
  • an alkoxide forming reagent such as sodium hydride, potassium t-butoxide, sodium amide, lithium amide, and n-butyl lithium
  • an inert polar solvent such as DMF, DMSO, THF, and similar, comparable solvents.
  • compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP that have at least one hydroxyl group present in the form of an alcohol or phenol can be alkylated to their corresponding ethers.
  • Compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP that have at least one thiol group present can be converted to the corresponding thioether derivatives analogous to those of alcohols and phenols using the same reagents and comparable reaction conditions.
  • Compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP that have at least one primary, secondary or tertiary amine group present can be converted to the corresponding quaternary ammonium derivatives.
  • Quaternary ammonium derivatives can be prpared using the appropriate bromides, iodides, and sulfonates analogous to those used with alcohols and phenols.
  • Conditions involve reaction of the amine by warming it with the alkylating reagent with a stoichiometric amount of the amine (i.e., one equivalent with a tertiary amine, two with a secondary, and three with a primary).
  • a stoichiometric amount of the amine i.e., one equivalent with a tertiary amine, two with a secondary, and three with a primary.
  • primary and secondary amines two and one equivalents, respectively, of an acid scavenger are used concurrently.
  • Tertiary amines can be prepared from the corresponding primary or secondary amine by reductive alkylation with aldehydes and ketones using reduction methods 1, 2, or 3 as shown in Scheme 3.
  • Reagents of a wide variety that can be used to derivatize hydroxyl, thiol, and amines of compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP are available from commerical sources or the references cited above, which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”)
  • Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated I-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”)
  • Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”)
  • Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”)
  • Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) and certain other compounds of this invention can be converted, according to Schemes 17 and 18, to the corresponding cycl
  • the hydroxyl group, wherein R 16 is a hydrogen and X is oxy, of compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, and I-HPC can be cyclized to corresponding cyclic ethers.
  • Compounds suitable for cyclization will normally have at least one leaving group within 5 to 10 continuous atoms of the hydroxyl group wherein R 16 is a hydrogen and X is oxy. Most preferrably the leaving group will be within 5 to 7 atoms of the hydroxyl group so as to form a 6 to 8 membered ring heteroatom containing ring. When the leaving group is part of an aromatic ring system, the leaving group will be preferrably in an ortho position.
  • Suitable leaving groups generally include halides, sulfates, sulfonates, trisubsituted amino, disubstituted sulfonium, diazonium, and like, and, in the case of aromatic systems, also includes nitro, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, and alkylthio.
  • the cyclization reaction to form “Tricyclic tertiary-oxyalkylamines” of Formulas Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C and Cyclo I-CP can be accomplished by aromatic and aliphatic nucleophilic substitution reactions such as those disclosed in March's Advanced Organic Chemistry, 4-th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, especially at pages 293-412 and 649-658 and the references cited therein, which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Hydroxyl containing suitably substituted compounds can be converted to a cyclic analog by heating a suitably substituted compound under anhydrous conditions in a suitable solvent, such as dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, tetraglyme, or hexamethylphosphoramide, in the presence of a suitable base such as potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, potassium tertiary-butoxide, or lithium diisopropylamide. Alternately, sodium amide in anhydrous ammonia solvent can be used. Temperatures in the range of ⁇ 20° C. to 200° C. can be used for time periods of 30 minutes to more than 24 hours.
  • a suitable solvent such as dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, tetraglyme, or hexamethylphosphoramide
  • a suitable base such as potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, potassium tertiary-butoxid
  • the preferred temperature can be selected by standard synthetic chemical technique balancing maximum yield, maximum purity, cost, ease of isolation and operation, and time required. Isolation of the “Tricyclic tertiary-oxyalkylamines” can be effected as described above for other tertiary-oxyalkylamines. Representative “Tricyclic tertiary-oxyalkylamines” prepared using the methodology described above are included in Table 8.
  • R-(+)-1,1,1-trifluoro-2,3-epoxypropane was prepared beginning with the transfer of (+)-B-chlorodiisopinocampheylborane ((+)-DIP-Cl, 1.2 kg, 3.74 mol) to a 5 L three neck flask containing 5 L of ether under nitrogen. Anhydrous ether (5 L) was added, and the mixture was stirred until the solids dissolved and the temperature equilibrated to 0° C.
  • 3-[(3-phenoxyphenyl)[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1-chloro-2-propanols can be prepared from the reaction of N-(3-phenoxyphenyl)-[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amine with either (R)-epichlorohydrin or (S)-epichlorohydrin, as illustrated in Example Table 1.
  • (2R)-3-[[3-(substituted-phenoxy)phenyl][[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols and (2R)-3-[[3-(4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy)phenyl][[3-substituted-phenyl]-methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols can be prepared by one skilled in the art using similar methods, as shown in Example Tables 2 and 3, respectively.
  • (2R)-3-[[3-[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl][[3-(trifluoro-methoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol can be prepared by one skilled in the art using similar methods starting from 3-(trifluoromethoxy)-benzaldehyde.
  • Substituted (2R)-3-[N-(aryl)[(aryl)oxy]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols are prepared by one skilled in the art using similar methods, as shown in Example Table 10.
  • Substituted (2R)-3-[N-(aryl)-[(aryl)methyl]amino]-1,1-difluoro-1-chloro-2-propanols are prepared by one skilled in the art using similar methods, as shown in Example Table 11.
  • Substituted (2R)-3-[N,N′-(diaryl)amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols are prepared by one skilled in the art using similar methods, as shown in Example Table 12.
  • the inhibitors were then diluted 1:1 with CETP in assay buffer, and then 25 ⁇ L of that solution was mixed with 175 ⁇ L of lipoprotein pool for assay.
  • LDL was differentially precipitated by the addition of 50 ⁇ L of 1% (w/v) dextran sulfate/0.5 M magnesium chloride, mixed by vortex, and incubated at room temperature for 10 minutes. A potion of the solution (200 ⁇ L) was transferred to a filter plate (Millipore). After filtration, the radioactivity present in the precipitated LDL was measured by liquid scintillation counting. Correction for non-specific transfer or precipitation was made by including samples that do not contain CETP. The rate of [ 3 H]CE transfer using this assay was linear with respect to time and CETP concentration, up to 25-30% of [ 3 H]CE transferred.
  • the potency of test compounds was determined by performing the above described assay in the presence of varying concentrations of the test compounds and determining the concentration required for 50% inhibition of transfer of [ 3 H]CE from HDL to LDL. This value was defined as the IC 50 .
  • the IC 50 values determined from this assay are accurate when the IC 50 is greater than 10 nM. In the case where compounds have greater inhibitory potency, accurate measurements of IC 50 may be determined using longer incubation times (up to 18 hours) and lower final concentrations of CETP ( ⁇ 50 nM).
  • Equal volumes (396 ⁇ L) of the plasma containing the [ 3 H]CE-HDL were added by pipette into micro tubes (Titertube®, Bio-Rad laboratories, Hercules, Calif.).
  • Inhibitor compounds dissolved as 20-50 mM stock solutions in DMSO, were serially diluted in DMSO (or an alternative solvent in some cases, such as dimethylformamide or ethanol).
  • Four ⁇ L of each of the serial dilutions of inhibitor compounds or DMSO alone were then added to each of the tubes containing plasma (396 ⁇ L).
  • triplicate aliquots (100 ⁇ L) from each plasma tube were then transferred to wells of 96-well round-bottomed polystyrene microtiter plates (Corning, Corning, N.Y.). Plates were sealed with plastic film and incubated at 37° C. for 4 hours.
  • “Test ” samples contained plasma with dilutions of inhibitor compounds.
  • Control ” samples contained plasma with DMSO diluted to the same concentration as the test samples, but without inhibitor.
  • “Blank ” samples were prepared as “control” samples, but were left in the micro tubes at 4° C. for the 4 hour incubation and were then added to the microtiter wells at the end of the incubation period.
  • VLDL and LDL were precipitated by the addition of 10 ⁇ L of precipitating reagent (1% (w/v) dextran sulfate (Dextralip50)/0.5 M magnesium chloride, pH 7.4) to all wells.
  • the wells were mixed on a plate mixer and then incubated at ambient temperature for 10 min. The plates were then centrifuged at 1000 ⁇ g for 30 min at 10° C. The supernatants (50 ⁇ L) from each well were then transferred to PicoplateTM 96 plate wells (Packard, Meriden, Conn.) containing MicroscintTM-40 (Packard, Meriden, Conn.).
  • % transfer [ dpm blank - dpm control ] ⁇ 100 dpm blank
  • IC 50 values were then calculated from plots of % control versus concentration of inhibitor compound. IC 50 values were determined as the concentration of inhibitor compound inhibiting transfer of [ 3 H]CE from the supernatant [ 3 H]CE-HDL to the precipitated VLDL and LDL by 50% compared to the transfer obtained in the control wells.
  • Inhibition of CETP activity by a test compound can be determined by administering the compound to an animal by intravenous injection or oral gavage, measuring the amount of transfer of tritium-labeled cholesteryl ester ([ 3 H]CE) from HDL to VLDL and LDL particles, and comparing this amount of transfer with the amount of transfer observed in control animals.
  • tritium-labeled cholesteryl ester [ 3 H]CE
  • Test compound was dissolved as a 80 mM stock solution in vehicle (2% ethanol: 98% PEG 400, Sigma Chemical Company, St. Louis, Mo., USA) and administered either by bolus injection or by continuous infusion.
  • vehicle 2% ethanol: 98% PEG 400, Sigma Chemical Company, St. Louis, Mo., USA
  • test compound was dissolved as a 80 mM stock solution in vehicle (2% ethanol: 98% PEG 400, Sigma Chemical Company, St. Louis, Mo., USA) and administered either by bolus injection or by continuous infusion.
  • vehicle 2% ethanol: 98% PEG 400, Sigma Chemical Company, St. Louis, Mo., USA
  • Two minutes after the [ 3 H]CE-HDL dose was administered animals received 0.1 mL of the test solution injected into the jugular vein.
  • Control animals received 0.1 mL of the intravenous vehicle solution without test compound.
  • the first blood samples 0.5 mL
  • Saline 0.5 mL was injected to flush the catheter and replace blood volume.
  • precipitating reagent extract sulfate, 10 g/L; 0.5 M magnesium chloride
  • the percentage [ 3 H]CE transferred from HDL to LDL and VLDL was calculated based on the total radioactivity in equivalent plasma samples before precipitation. Typically, the amount of transfer from HDL to LDL and VLDL in control animals was 20% to 35% after 4 hours.
  • the polyethylene glycol vehicle was determined to have no effect on CETP activity in this model.
  • inhibition of CETP activity by a test compound was determined by administering the compound to mice which have been selected for expression of human CETP (hCETP) by transgenic manipulation (hCETP mice).
  • Test compounds were administered by intravenous injection, or oral gavage and the amount of transfer of tritium-labeled cholesteryl ester ([ 3 H]CE) from HDL to VLDL and LDL particles was determined, and compared to the amount of transfer observed in control animals.
  • C57B1/6 mice that were homozygous for the hCETP gene were maintained on a high fat chow diet, such as TD 88051, as described by Nishina et al.
  • mice received an oral gavage dose of test compound as a suspension in 0.1% methyl cellulose in water or an intravenous bolus injection of test compound in 10% ethanol and 90% polyethylene glycol.
  • Control animals received the vehicle solution without test compound by oral gavage or by an intravenous bolus injection.
  • All animals received 0.05 mL of a solution containing [ 3 H]CE-HDL into the tail vein.
  • [ 3 H]CE-HDL is a preparation of human HDL containing tritium-labeled cholesteryl ester, and was prepared according to the method of Glenn et al. ( Meth.
  • a strain of C57bl mouse was made to transgenicaly express human CETP.
  • Plasma concentrations of hCETP ranged from 2-20 ⁇ g/ml.
  • the hCETP mice were made hypercholesterolemic by feeding cholesterol and fat supplemented chow for a minimum of two weeks, as described above.
  • Test compounds were administered orally in selected aqueous or oil based vehicles for up to 1 week. Serum was obtained and analyzed by size exclusion chromatography for the relative abundance of VLDL, LDL and HDL. Results from testing in this model are summarized in Table 14.
  • cynomologous monkeys were maintained on a normal chow diet.
  • the compound corresponding to example 8 was dissolved in a corn oil based vehicle and administered by oral gavage at 10 mpk q.d. for up to 11 days.
  • Plasma levels of drug were detected throughout the experiment in treated animals at ranges of 0.1-1.5 ⁇ g/mL. Periodically, plasma samples were taken and analyzed for total cholesterol and HDL. After seven days, the treated animals exhibited a 2% increase in HDL and a 5% increase in total cholesterol, relative to vehicle-treated controls.
  • rabbits were maintained on a normal chow diet.
  • the compound corresponding to example 8 was dissolved in a vehicle of ethanol:propylene glycol (1.5:18) and administered by Alzet pump at 30 mg/day/animal for up to 14 days.
  • Plasma concentrations of drug were detected throughout the duration of the pump infusion in treated animals and averaged 1.2 ⁇ g/mL.
  • plasma samples were taken and analyzed for triglycerides, total cholesterol, and HDL. After fourteen days, the treated animals exhibited a 12% decrease in HDL, a 19% decrease in total cholesterol, as well as a 17% increase in triglycerides, compared to pre-dose levels.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

The invention relates to substituted aryl and heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanol compounds useful as inhibitors of cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP; plasma lipid transfer protein-I) and compounds, compositions and methods for treating atherosclerosis and other coronary artery diseases. Novel high yield, stereoselective processes for the preparation of the chiral substituted alkanol compounds from chiral and achiral intermediates are described. Preferred (R)-Chiral 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanol compounds are substituted (R)-Chiral fused heterocyclic amino compounds. A preferred specific (R)-Chiral fused heterocyclic amino compound is:
Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00001

Description

    FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • This invention is in the field of treating cardiovascular disease, and specifically relates to compounds, compositions, methods for treating atherosclerosis and other coronary artery disease, and methods for making compounds of this invention. More particularly, the invention relates to (R)-chiral halogenated 1-substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanol compounds that inhibit cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP), also known as plasma lipid transfer protein-I. [0001]
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Numerous studies have demonstrated that a low plasma concentration of high density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol is a powerful risk factor for the development of atherosclerosis (Barter and Rye, [0002] Atherosclerosis, 121, 1-12 (1996)). HDL is one of the major classes of lipoproteins that function in the transport of lipids through the blood. The major lipids found associated with HDL include cholesterol, cholesteryl ester, triglycerides, phospholipids and fatty acids. The other classes of lipoproteins found in the blood are low density lipoprotein (LDL) and very low density lipoprotein (VLDL). Since low levels of HDL cholesterol increase the risk of atherosclerosis, methods for elevating plasma HDL cholesterol would be therapeutically beneficial for the treatment of atherosclerosis and other diseases associated with accumulation of lipid in the blood vessels. These diseases include, but are not limited to, coronary heart disease, peripheral vascular disease, and stroke.
  • Atherosclerosis underlies most coronary artery disease (CAD), a major cause of morbidity and mortality in modern society. High LDL cholesterol (above 180 mg/dl) and low HDL cholesterol (below 35 mg/dl) have been shown to be important contributors to the development of atherosclerosis. [0003]
  • Other diseases, such as peripheral vascular disease, stroke, and hypercholesterolaernia are negatively affected by adverse HDL/LDL ratios. Inhibition of CETP by the subject compounds is shown to effectively modify plasma HDL/LDL ratios, and to check the progress and/or formation of these diseases. [0004]
  • CETP is a plasma protein that facilitates the movement of cholesteryl esters and triglycerides between the various lipoproteins in the blood (Tall, [0005] J. Lipid Res., 34, 1255-74 (1993)). The movement of cholesteryl ester from HDL to LDL by CETP has the effect of lowering HDL cholesterol. It therefore follows that inhibition of CETP should lead to elevation of plasma HDL cholesterol and lowering of plasma LDL cholesterol, thereby providing a therapeutically beneficial plasma lipid profile (McCarthy, Medicinal Res. Revs., 13, 139-59 (1993); Sitori, Pharmac. Ther., 67,443-47 (1995)). This exact phenomenon was first demonstrated by Swenson et al., (J. Biol. Chem., 264, 14318 (1989)) with the use of a monoclonal antibody that specifically inhibited CETP. In rabbits, the antibody caused an elevation of the plasma HDL cholesterol and a decrease in LDL cholesterol. Son et al. (Biochim. Biophys. Acta 795, 743-480 (1984)), Morton et al. (J. Lipid Res. 35, 836-847 (1994)) and Tollefson et al. (Am. J. Physiol., 255, (Endocrinol. Metab. 18, E894-E902 (1988))) describe proteins from human plasma that inhibit CETP. U.S. Pat. No. 5,519,001, issued to Kushwaha et al., describes a 36 amino acid peptide derived from baboon apo C-1 that inhibits CETP activity. Cho et al. (Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1391, 133-144 (1998)) describe a peptide from hog plasma that inhibits human CETP. Bonin et al. (J. Peptide Res., 51, 216-225 (1998)) disclose a decapeptide inhibitor of CETP. A depsipeptide fungal metabolite is disclosed as a CETP inhibitor by Hedge et al. in Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 8, 1277-80 (1998).
  • There have been several reports of non-peptidic compounds that act as CETP inhibitors. Barrett et al. ([0006] J. Am. Chem. Soc., 188, 7863-63 (1996)) and Kuo et al. (J. Am. Chem. Soc., 117, 10629-34 (1995)) describe cyclopropane-containing CETP inhibitors. Pietzonka et al. (Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett, 6, 1951-54 (1996)) describe phosphonate-containing analogs of cholesteryl ester as CETP inhibitors. Coval et al. (Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 5, 605-610 (1995)) describe Wiedendiol-A and -B, and related sesquiterpene compounds as CETP inhibitors. Japanese Patent Application No. 10287662-A describes polycyclic, non-amine containing, polyhydroxylic natural compounds possessing CETP inhibition properties. Lee et al. (J. Antibiotics, 49, 693-96 (1996)) describe CETP inhibitors derived from an insect fungus. Busch et al. (Lipids, 25, 216-220, (1990)) describe cholesteryl acetyl bromide as a CETP inhibitor. Morton and Zilversmit (J. Lipid Res., 35, 836-47 (1982)) describe that p-chloromercuriphenyl sulfonate, p-hydroxymercuribenzoate and ethyl mercurithiosalicylate inhibit CETP. Connolly et al. (Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 223, 42-47 (1996)) describe other cysteine modification reagents as CETP inhibitors. Xia et al. describe 1,3,5-triazines as CETP inhibitors (Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 6, 919-22 (1996)). Bisgaier et al. (Lipids, 29, 811-8 (1994)) describe 4phenyl-5-tridecyl-4H-1,2,4triazole-thiol as a CETP inhibitor. Oomura et al. disclose non-peptidic tetracyclic and hexacyclic phenols as CETP inhibitors in Japanese Patent Application No. 10287662.
  • Some substituted heteroalkylamine compounds are known. In European Patent Application No. 796846, Schmidt et al. describe 2-aryl-substituted pyridines as cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitors useful as cardiovascular agents. One substitutent at C3 of the pyridine ring can be an hydroxyalkyl group. In European Patent Application No. 801060, Dow and Wright describe heterocyclic derivatives substituted with an aldehyde addition product of an alkylamine to afford 1-hydroxy-1-amines. These are reported to be β3-adrenergic receptor agonists useful for treating diabetes and other disorders. In Great Britain Patent Application No. 2305665, Fisher et al. disclose 3-agonist secondary amino alcohol substituted pyridine derivatives useful for treating several disorders including cholesterol levels and artheroscierotic diseases. In European Patent Application No. 818448, Schmidt et al. describe tetrahydroquinoline derivatives as cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitors. European Patent Application No. 818197, Schmek et al. describe pyridines with fused heterocycles as cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitors. Brandes et al. in German Patent Application No. 19627430 describe bicyclic condensed pyridine derivatives as cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitors. In WO Patent Application No. 09839299, Muller-Gliemann et al. describe quinoline derivatives as cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitors. U.S. Pat. No. 2,700,686, issued to Dickey and Towne, describes N-(2-haloalkyl-2-hydroxyethyl)amines in which the amine is further substituted with either 1 to 2 aliphatic groups or one aromatic group and one aliphatic group. U.S. Pat. No. 2,700,686 further describes a process to prepare the N-(2-haloalkyl-2-hydroxyethyl)amines by reacting halogenated-1,2-epoxyalkanes with the corresponding aliphatic amines and N-alkylanilines and their use as dye intermediates. [0007]
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention provides chiral compounds that can be used to inhibit cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP) activity and that have the general structure: [0008]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00002
  • In another aspect, the present invention includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically effective amount of the chiral compounds of this invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. [0009]
  • In another aspect, this invention relates to methods of using these chiral inhibitors as therapeutic agents in humans to inhibit cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP) activity, thereby decreasing the concentrations of low density lipoprotein (LDL) and raising the level of high density lipoprotein (HDL), resulting in a therapeutically beneficial plasma lipid profile. The compounds and methods of this invention can also be used to treat dyslipidemia (hypoalphalipoproteinemia), hyperlipoproteinaemia (chylomicronemia and hyperapobetalipoproteinemia), peripheral vascular disease, hypercholesterolaemia, atherosclerosis, coronary artery disease and other CETP-mediated disorders. The compounds can also be used in prophylactic treatment of subjects who are at risk of developing such disorders. The compounds can be used to lower the risk of atherosclerosis. The compounds of this invention would be also useful in prevention of cerebral vascular accident (CVA) or stroke. Besides being useful for human treatment, these compounds are also useful for veterinary treatment of companion animals, exotic animals and farm animals such as primates, rabbits, pigs, horses, and the like. [0010]
  • DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to a class of compounds comprising (R)-chiral halogenated 1-substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols which are beneficial in the therapeutic and prophylactic treatment of coronary artery disease as given in Formula I-H (also referred to herein as generic polycyclic aryl and heteroaryl (R)-chiral halogenated 1-substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols): [0011]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00003
  • or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, wherein; [0012]
  • n is an integer selected from 1 through 4; [0013]
  • X is oxy; [0014]
  • R[0015] 1 is selected from the group consisting of haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxymethyl, and haloalkenyloxymethyl with the proviso that R1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than both R2 and (CHR3)n—N(A)Q wherein A is Formula (II) and Q is Formula (III);
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00004
  • R[0016] 16 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, arylthioalkyl, aralkoxyalkyl, heteroaralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, perhaloaryl, perhaloaralkyl, perhaloaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, monocarboalkoxyalkyl, monocarboalkoxy, dicarboalkoxyalkyl, monocarboxamido, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboalkoxycyanoalkyl, acyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, dialkoxyphosphonoalkyl, trialkylsilyl, and a spacer selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond and a linear spacer moiety having a chain length of 1 to 4 atoms linked to the point of bonding of any aromatic substituent selected from the group consisting of R4, R8, R9, R13, R14, and R15 to form a heterocyclyl ring having from 5 through 10 contiguous members;
  • D[0017] 1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one of D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 can be a covalent bond, no more than one of D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 can be O, no more than one of D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 can be S, one of D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 must be a covalent bond when two of D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 are O and S, and no more than four of D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 can be N;
  • D[0018] 3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one can be a covalent bond, no more than one of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 can be O, no more than one of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 can be S, no more than two of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 can be O and S, one of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 must be a covalent bond when two of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 are O and S, and no more than four of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 can be N;
  • R[0019] 2 is hydrido;
  • R[0020] 2 can be selected from the group consisting of hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, aralkoxyalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylthioalkyl, perhaloaryl, perhaloaralkyl, perhaloaralkyl, heteroaralkylthioalkyl, monocarboalkoxyalkyl, dicarboalkoxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboalkoxycyanoalkyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, arylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl, cycloalkylsufonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfinylalkyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, aralkylsulfonylalkyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxamide, carboxamidoalkyl, carboaralkoxy, dicyanoalkyl, carboalkoxycyanoalkyl, dialkoxyphosphonoalkyl, and diaralkoxyphosphonoalkyl with the proviso that R2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R1 and (CHR3)n—N(A)Q;
  • R[0021] 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, halo, cyano, aryloxy, hydroxyalkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, acyl, acylamido, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, aralkylthioalkyl, heteroaralkylthioalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, arylthioalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylthioalkyl, monocarboalkoxyalkyl, dicarboalkoxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboalkoxycyanoalkyl, arylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl, cycloalkylsufonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfinylalkyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, aralkylsulfonylalkyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxamide, carboxamidoalkyl, carboaralkoxy, dialkoxyphosphonoalkyl, and diaralkoxyphosphonoalkyl with the provisos that (CHR3)n—N(A)Q has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R2;
  • Y is selected from a group consisting of a covalent single bond, (C(R[0022] 14)2)q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2 and (CH(R14))g—W—(CH(R14))p wherein g and p are integers independently selected from 0 through 1;
  • R[0023] 14 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, halo, cyano, aryloxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, sulfhydryl, acylamido, alkoxy, alkylthio, arylthio, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxyalkyl, aralkoxyalkylalkoxy, alkylsulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylthioalkyl, heteroaralkoxythioalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, arylthioalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, perhaloaryl, perhaloaralkyl, perhaloaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylthioalkyl, heteroaralkylthioalkyl, monocarboalkoxyalkyl, dicarboalkoxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboalkoxycyanoalkyl, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, haloalkylsulfinyl, haloalkylsulfonyl, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylsulfinyl, aralkylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfinyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl, cycloalkylsufonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfinyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfinylalkyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, aralkylsulfonylalkyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxamide, carboxamidoalkyl, carboaralkoxy, dialkoxyphosphono, diaralkoxyphosphono, dialkoxyphosphonoalkyl, diaralkoxyphosphonoalkyl, a spacer selected from a moiety having a chain length of 3 to 6 atoms connected to the point of bonding selected from the group consisting of R9 and R13 to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkenyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members and a heterocyclyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, and a spacer selected from a moiety having a chain length of 2 to 5 atoms connected to the point of bonding selected from the group consisting of R4 and R8 to form a heterocyclyl having from 5 through 8 contiguous members with the proviso that, when Y is a covalent bond, an R14 substituent is not attached to Y;
  • R[0024] 14 and R15 can be taken together to form a spacer selected from a moiety having a chain length of 2 to 5 atoms to form a heterocyclyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members;
  • R[0025] 14 and R14, when bonded to the different atoms, can be taken together to form a group selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, alkylene, haloalkylene, and a spacer selected from a group consisting of a moiety having a chain length of 2 to 5 atoms connected to form a ring selected from the group of a saturated cycloalkyl having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, a cycloalkenyl having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, and a heterocyclyl having from 5 through 8 contiguous members;
  • R[0026] 14 and R14, when bonded to the same atom can be taken together to form a group selected from the group consisting of oxo, thiono, alkylene, haloalkylene, and a spacer selected from the group consisting of a moiety having a chain length of 3 to 7 atoms connected to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkyl having from 4 through 8 contiguous members, a cycloalkenyl having from 4 through 8 contiguous members, and a heterocyclyl having from 4 through 8 contiguous members;
  • W is selected from the group consisting of O, C(O), C(S), C(O)N(R[0027] 14), C(S)N(R14), (R14)NC(O), (R14NC(S), S, S(O), S(O)2, S(O)2N(R14), (R14)NS(O)2, and N(R14) with the proviso that R14 is selected from other than halo and cyano;
  • Z is independently selected from a group consisting of a covalent single bond, (C(R[0028] 15)2)q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2, (CH(R15))j—W—(CH(R15))k wherein j and k are integers independently selected from 0 through 1 with the proviso that, when Z is a covalent single bond, an R15 substituent is not attached to Z;
  • R[0029] 15 is independently selected, when Z is (C(R15)2)q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2, from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, halo, cyano, aryloxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, sulfhydryl, acylamido, alkoxy, alkylthio, arylthio, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxyalkyl, aralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylthioalkyl, heteroaralkylthioalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, arylthioalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, perhaloaryl, perhaloaralkyl, perhaloaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylthioalkyl, heteroaralkylthioalkyl, monocarboalkoxyalkyl, dicarboalkoxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboalkoxycyanoalkyl, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, haloalkylsulfinyl, haloalkylsulfonyl, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylsulfinyl, aralkylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfinyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl, cycloalkylsufonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfinyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfinylalkyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, aralkylsulfonylalkyl, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxamide, carboxamidoalkyl, carboaralkoxy, dialkoxyphosphono, diaralkoxyphosphono, dialkoxyphosphonoalkyl, diaralkoxyphosphonoalkyl, a spacer selected from a moiety having a chain length of 3 to 6 atoms connected to the point of bonding selected from the group consisting of R4 and R8 to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkenyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members and a heterocyclyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, and a spacer selected from a moiety having a chain length of 2 to 5 atoms connected to the point of bonding selected from the group consisting of R9 and R13 to form a heterocyclyl having from 5 through 8 contiguous members;
  • R[0030] 15 and R15, when bonded to the different atoms, can be taken together to form a group selected from the group consisting of a covalent bond, alkylene, haloalkylene, and a spacer selected from a group consisting of a moiety having a chain length of 2 to 5 atoms connected to form a ring selected from the group of a saturated cycloalkyl having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, a cycloalkenyl having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, and a heterocyclyl having from 5 through 8 contiguous members;
  • R[0031] 15 and R15, when bonded to the same atom, can be taken together to form a group selected from the group consisting of oxo, thiono, alkylene, haloalkylene, and a spacer selected from the group consisting of a moiety having a chain length of 3 to 7 atoms connected to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkyl having from 4 through 8 contiguous members, a cycloalkenyl having from 4 through 8 contiguous members, and a heterocyclyl having from 4 through 8 contiguous members;
  • R[0032] 15 is independently selected, when Z is (CH(R15))j—W—(CH(R15))k wherein j and k are integers independently selected from 0 through 1, from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, cyano, aryloxy, carboxyl, acyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, hydroxyalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, acylamido, alkoxy, alkylthio, arylthio, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, aralkoxyalkyl, heteroaralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, arylthioalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, perhaloaryl, perhaloaralkyl, perhaloaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heteroarylthioalkyl, heteroaralkylthioalkyl, monocarboalkoxyalkyl, dicarboalkoxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboalkoxycyanoalkyl, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, haloalkylsulfinyl, haloalkylsulfonyl, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylsulfinyl, aralkylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfinyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl, cycloalkylsufonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfinyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfinylalkyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, aralkylsulfonylalkyl, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxamide, carboxamidoalkyl, carboaralkoxy, dialkoxyphosphonoalkyl, diaralkoxyphosphonoalkyl, a spacer selected from a linear moiety having a chain length of 3 to 6 atoms connected to the point of bonding selected from the group consisting of R4 and R8 to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkenyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members and a heterocyclyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members, and a spacer selected from a linear moiety having a chain length of 2 to 5 atoms connected to the point of bonding selected from the group consisting of R9 and R13 to form a heterocyclyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members;
  • R[0033] 4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, carboxy, heteroaralkylthio, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkylamino, acylalkyl, acylalkoxy, aroylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, heterocyclyl, perhaloaralkyl, aralkylsulfonyl, aralkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylsulfinyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, cycloalkylsulfinyl, cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylamino, N-heteroarylamino-N-alkylamino, heteroaralkyl, heteroarylaminoalkyl,haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxylalkyl, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkoxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkoxy, cycloalkenyloxyalkyl, cycloalkylenedioxy, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyloxy, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, hydroxy, amino, thio, nitro, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylthioalkyl, arylamino, aralkylamino, arylthio, arylthioalkyl, heteroaralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfinylalkyl, heteroarylsulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, haloalkylsulfinylalkyl, haloalkylsulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfonamido, alkylaminosulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, monoarylamidosulfonyl, arylsulfonamido, diarylamidosulfonyl, monoalkyl monoaryl amnidosulfonyl, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylthio, heteroarylsulfinyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocyclylsulfonyl, heterocyclylthio, alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, aralkanoyl, heteroaralkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkenyloxy, alkenyloxyalky, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylenedioxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkanoyl, cycloalkenyl, lower cycloalkylalkyl, lower cycloalkenylalkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyaralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydoxyheteroaralkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaralkynyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, aryloxyalkyl, saturated heterocyclyl, partially saturated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, arylalkenyl, heteroarylalkenyl, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, alkoxycarboxamido, alkylamidocarbonylamido, arylamidocarbonylamnido, carboalkoxyalkyl, carboalkoxyalkenyl, carboaralkoxy, carboxamido, carboxamidoalkyl, cyano, carbohaloalkoxy, phosphono, phosphonoalkyl, diaralkoxyphosphono, and diaralkoxyphosphonoalkyl with the proviso that there are one to five non-hydrido ring substituents R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 present, that there are one to five non-hydrido ring substituents R9, R10, R11, R12, and R13 present, and R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, and R13 are each independently selected to maintain the tetravalent nature of carbon, trivalent nature of nitrogen, the divalent nature of sulfur, and the divalent nature of oxygen;
  • R[0034] 4 and R5, R5 and R6, R6 and R7, R7 and R8, R9 and R10, R10 and R11, R11 and R12, and R12 and R13 can be independently selected to form spacer pairs wherein a spacer pair is taken together to form a linear moiety having from 3 through 6 contiguous atoms connecting the points of bonding of said spacer pair members to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkenyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members, a partially saturated heterocyclyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members, a heteroaryl ring having 5 through 6 contiguous members, and an aryl with the provisos that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R4 and R5, R5 and R6, R6 and R7, and R7 and R8, can be used at the same time and that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R9 and R10, R10 and R11, R11 and R12, and R12 and R13 can be used at the same time;
  • R[0035] 4 and R9, R4 and R13, R8 and R9, and R8 and R13 can be independently selected to form a spacer pair wherein said spacer pair is taken together to form a linear moiety wherein said linear moiety forms a ring selected from the group consisting of a partially saturated heterocyclyl ring having from 5 through 8 contiguous members and a heteroaryl ring having from 5 through 6 contiguous members with the proviso that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R4 and R9, R4 and R13, R8 and R9, and R8 and R13 can be used at the same time;
  • R[0036] 5 and R10, R5 and R12, R7 and R10, and R7 and R12 can be independently selected to form a spacer pair wherein said spacer pair is taken together to form a linear moiety wherein said linear moiety forms a C8 to C13 heterocyclyl ring having from 8 through 13 contiguous members with the proviso that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R5 and R10, R5 and R12, R7 and R10, and R7 and R12 can be used at the same time.
  • In a another embodiment of compounds of Formula I-H, [0037]
  • D[0038] 1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 are each carbon with the proviso that at least one of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, wherein D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and covalent bond with the provisos that no more than one of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 can be a covalent bond, no more than one of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 can be O, no more than one of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 can be S, one of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 must be a covalent bond when two of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 are O and S, and no more than four of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 can be N;
  • D[0039] 1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 can be selected from the group consisting of C, O, S, N and covalent bond with the provisos that D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 are each carbon and at least one of D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N wherein, when D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 are selected from the group consisting of C, O, S, covalent bond, and N, no more than one of D1D2, J1, J2 and K1 can be a covalent bond, no more than one of D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 can be O, no more than one of D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 can be S, one of D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 must be a covalent bond when two of D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 are O and S, and no more than four of D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 can be N;
  • n is an integer selected from 1 through 4; [0040]
  • X is oxy; [0041]
  • R[0042] 16 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acyl, aroyl, and trialkylsilyl;
  • R[0043] 1 is selected from the group consisting of haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxymethyl, and haloalkenyloxymethyl with the proviso that R1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than both R2 and (CHR3)n—N(A)Q wherein A is Formula (II) and Q is Formula (III);
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00005
  • R[0044] 2 is hydrido;
  • R[0045] 2 can be selected from the group consisting of aryl, aralkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, perhaloaryl, perhaloaralkyl, perhaloaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, dicyanoalkyl, and carboalkoxycyanoalkyl with the proviso that R2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R1 and (CHR3)n—N(A)Q;
  • R[0046] 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, aryl, aralkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl with the provisos that (CHR3)n—N(A)Q has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R2;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond and (C(R[0047] 14)2)q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2;
  • R[0048] 14 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond, (C(R[0049] 15)2)q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2, and (CH(R15))j—W—(CH(R15))k wherein j and k are integers independently selected from 0 through 1;
  • W is oxy; [0050]
  • R[0051] 15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl;
  • R[0052] 4, R8, R9, and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, haloalkyl, and alkyl;
  • R[0053] 5, R6, R7, R10, R11, and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, carboxy, heteroaralkylthio, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkylamino, acylalkyl, acylalkoxy, aroylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, heterocyclyl, haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, hydroxy, amino, thio, nitro, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, arylamino, aralkylamino, arylthio, arylthioalkyl,alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonamido, monoarylamidosulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylthio, heterocyclylsulfonyl, heterocyclylthio, alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkenyloxy, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylenedioxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkanoyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, saturated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroaralkyl, carboalkoxy, alkoxycarboxamido, alkylamidocarbonylamido, arylamidocarbonylamido, carboalkoxyalkyl, carboalkoxyalkenyl, carboxamido, carboxamidoalkyl, and cyano;
  • R[0054] 4 and R5, R5 and R6, R6 and R7, R7 and R8, R9 and R10, R10 and R11, R11 and R12, and R12 and R13 spacer pairs can be independently selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkylenedioxy, aralkylene, diacyl, haloalkylene, and aryloxylene with the provisos that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R4 and R5, R5 and R6, R6 and R7, and R7 and R8 can be used at the same time and that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R9 and R10, R10 and R11, R11 and R12, and R12 and R13 can be used at the same time.
  • In an even more specific embodiment of compounds Formula I-H, [0055]
  • D[0056] 1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 are each carbon;
  • D[0057] 3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and covalent bond with the provisos that at least one of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, wherein no more than one of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 can be a covalent bond, no more than one of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 can be O, no more than one of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 can be S, one of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 must be a covalent bond when two of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 are O and S, and no more than four of D3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 can be N;
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 3; [0058]
  • X is oxy; [0059]
  • R[0060] 1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, and heptafluoropropyl;
  • R[0061] 16 is selected from the group consisting of acetyl, benzoyl, dimethyl tert -butylsilyl, hydrido, and trimethylsilyl;
  • R[0062] 2 is hydrido;
  • R[0063] 2 can be selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, vinyl, phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, chloromethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, and pentafluorophenoxymethyl with the proviso that R2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R1 and (CHR3)n—N(A)Q;
  • R[0064] 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, acetyl, methoxy, ethoxy, methyl, ethyl, propyl, vinyl, phenyl, methoxymethyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, heptafluoropropyl, pentafluorophenyl, and pentafluorophenoxymethyl with the provisos that (CHR3)n—N(A)Q has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R2.
  • In another even more specific embodiment of compounds Formula I-H, [0065]
  • D[0066] 3, D4, J3, J4 and K2 are each carbon;
  • D[0067] 1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 are independently selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, S and covalent bond with the provisos that at least one of D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, wherein no more than one of D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 can be a covalent bond, no more than one of D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 can be O, no more than one of D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 can be S, one of D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 must be a covalent bond when two of D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 are O and S, and no more than four of D1, D2, J1, J2 and K1 can be N;
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 3; [0068]
  • X is oxy; [0069]
  • R[0070] 1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, and heptafluoropropyl;
  • R[0071] 16 is selected from the group consisting of acetyl, benzoyl, dimethyl tert-butylsilyl, hydrido, and trimethylsilyl;
  • R[0072] 2 is hydrido;
  • R[0073] 2 can be selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, vinyl, phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 1,1 ,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, chloromethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, and pentafluorophenoxymethyl with the proviso that R2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R1 and (CHR3)n—N(A)Q;
  • R[0074] 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, acetyl, methoxy, ethoxy, methyl, ethyl, propyl, vinyl, phenyl, methoxymethyl, 4trifluoromethylphenyl, trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, heptafluoropropyl, pentafluorophenyl, and pentafluorophenoxymethyl with the provisos that (CHR3)n—N(A)Q has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R2.
  • In a preferred embodiment of compounds of Formula I-H, the compounds correspond to the Formula I-C (also referred to herein as phenyl (R)-chiral halogenated 1-substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols): [0075]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00006
  • or a pharmacuetically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; [0076]
  • n is an integer selected from 1 through 4; [0077]
  • R[0078] 16 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, acyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, trialkylsilyl, and a spacer selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond and a linear spacer moiety having a chain length of 1 to 4 atoms linked to the point of bonding of any aromatic substituent selected from the group consisting of R4, R8, R9, and R13 to form a heterocyclyl ring having from 5 through 10 contiguous members with the proviso that said linear spacer moiety is other than covalent single bond when R2 is alkyl;
  • R[0079] 1 is selected from the group consisting of haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxymethyl, and haloalkenyloxymethyl with the proviso that R1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than both R2 and (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp wherein Ap is Formula (II-P) and Qp is Formula (III-P);
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00007
  • R[0080] 2 is hydrido;
  • R[0081] 2 can be selected from the group consisting of aryl, aralkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, perhaloaryl, perhaloaralkyl, perhaloaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, dicyanoalkyl, and carboalkoxycyanoalkyl with the proviso that R2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R1 and (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp;
  • R[0082] 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, aryl, aralkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl with the provisos that (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R2;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond and (C(R[0083] 14)2)q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2;
  • R[0084] 14 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocarboalkoxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboalkoxycyanoalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxamide, carboxamidoalkyl;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond, (C(R[0085] 15)2)q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2, and (CH(R15))j—W—(CH(R15))k wherein j and k are integers independently selected from 0 through 1;
  • W is selected from the group consisting of O, C(O), C(S), C(O)N(R[0086] 14), C(S)N(R14), (R14)NC(O), (R14)NC(S), S, S(O), S(O)2, S(O)2N(R14), (R14)NS(O)2, and N(R14) with the proviso that R14 is other than cyano;
  • R[0087] 15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocarboalkoxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboalkoxycyanoalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl;
  • R[0088] 4, R8, R9, and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, haloalkyl, and alkyl;
  • R[0089] 5, R6, R7, R10, R11, and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, carboxy, heteroaralkylthio, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkylamino, acylalkyl, acylalkoxy, aroylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, heterocyclyl, perhaloaralkyl, aralkylsulfonyl, aralkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylsulfinyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, cycloalkylsulfinyl, cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylamino, N-heteroarylamiino-N-alkylamino, heteroarylaminoalkyl,haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxylalkyl, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkoxyalkyl, cycloalkylaikoxy, cycloalkenyloxyalkyl, cycloalkylenedioxy, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyloxy, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, hydroxy, amino, thio, nitro, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylthioalkyl, arylamino, aralkylamino, arylthio, arylthioalkyl, heteroaralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfinylalkyl, heteroarylsulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, haloalkylsulfinylalkyl, haloalkylsulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfonamido, alkylaminosulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, monoarylamidosulfonyl, arylsulfonamido, diarylamidosulfonyl, monoalkyl monoaryl amidosulfonyl, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylthio, heteroarylsulfinyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocyclylsulfonyl, heterocyclylthio, alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, aralkanoyl, heteroaralkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkenyloxy, alkenyloxyalky, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylenedioxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkanoyl, cycloalkenyl, lower cycloalkylalkyl, lower cycloalkenylalkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyaralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydoxyheteroaralkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaralkynyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, aryloxyalkyl, saturated heterocyclyl, partially saturated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroaralkyl, arylalkenyl, heteroarylalkenyl, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, alkoxycarboxamido, alkylamidocarbonylaamido, arylamiidocarbonylamido, carboalkoxyalkyl, carboalkoxyalkenyl, carboaralkoxy, carboxamido, carboxamidoalkyl, cyano, carbohaloalkoxy, phosphono, phosphonoalkyl, diaralkoxyphosphono, and diaralkoxyphosphonoalkyl;
  • R[0090] 4 and R5, R5 and R6, R6 and R7, R7 and R8, R9 and R10, R10 and R11, R11 and R12, and R12 and R13 can be independently selected to form spacer pairs wherein a spacer pair is taken together to form a linear moiety having from 3 through 6 contiguous atoms connecting the points of bonding of said spacer pair members to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkenyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members, a partially saturated heterocyclyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members, a heteroaryl ring having 5 through 6 contiguous members, and an aryl with the provisos that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R4 and R5, R5 and R6, R6 and R7, and R7 and R8, can be used at the same time and that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R9 and R10, R10 and R11, R11 and R12, and R12 and R13 can be used at the same time.
  • In a preferred embodiment of compounds of Formula I-C, [0091]
  • n is an integer selected from 1 through 4; [0092]
  • R[0093] 16 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, acyl, aroyl, and trialkylsilyl;
  • R[0094] 1 is selected from the group consisting of haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxymethyl, and haloalkenyloxymethyl with the proviso that R1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than both R2 and (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp wherein Ap is Formula (II-P) and Qp is Formula (III-P);
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00008
  • R[0095] 2 is hydrido;
  • R[0096] 2 can be selected from the group consisting of aryl, aralkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, perhaloaryl, perhaloaralkyl, perhaloaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, dicyanoalkyl, and carboalkoxycyanoalkyl with the proviso that R2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R1 and (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp;
  • R[0097] 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, aryl, aralkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl with the provisos that (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R2;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond and (C(R[0098] 14)2)q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2;
  • R[0099] 14 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond, (C(R[0100] 15)2)q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2, and (CH(R15))j—W—(CH(R15))k wherein j and k are integers independently selected from 0 through 1;
  • W is oxy; [0101]
  • R[0102] 15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl;
  • R[0103] 4, R8, R9, and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, haloalkyl, and alkyl;
  • R[0104] 5, R6, R7, R10, R11, and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, carboxy, heteroaralkylthio, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkylamino, acylalkyl, acylalkoxy, aroylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, heterocyclyl, haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, hydroxy, amino, thio, nitro, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, arylamino, aralkylamino, arylthio, arylthioalkyl,alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonamido, monoarylamidosulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylthio, heterocyclylsulfonyl, heterocyclylthio, alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkenyloxy, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylenedioxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkanoyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, saturated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkenyl, carboalkoxy, alkoxycarboxamido, alkylamidocarbonylamido, arylamidocarbonylamido, carboalkoxyalkyl, carboalkoxyalkenyl, carboxamido, carboxamidoalkyl, and cyano;
  • R[0105] 4 and R5, R5 and R6, R6 and R7, R7 and R8, R9 and R10, R10 and R11, R11 and R12, and R12 and R13 spacer pairs can be independently selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkylenedioxy, aralkylene, diacyl, haloalkylene, and aryloxylene with the provisos that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R4 and R5, R5 and R6, R6 and R7, and R7 and R8 can be used at the same time and that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R9 and R10, R10 and R11, R11 and R12, and R12 and R13 can be used at the same time.
  • In a more preferred embodiment of compounds of Formula I-C, [0106]
  • n is an integer selected from 1 through 2; [0107]
  • R[0108] 1 is selected from the group consisting of haloalkyl and haloalkoxymethyl with the proviso that R1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than both R2 and (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp wherein Ap is Formula (II-P) and Qp is Formula (III-P);
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00009
  • R[0109] 16 is hydrido;
  • R[0110] 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, perhaloaryl, perhaloaralkyl, perhaloaryloxyalkyl, and heteroaryl with the proviso that R2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R1 and (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp;
  • R[0111] 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, and haloalkoxyalkyl with the provisos that (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R2;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond and alkylene; [0112]
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond and alkylene; [0113]
  • R[0114] 14 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, and haloalkyl;
  • R[0115] 15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, and haloalkyl;
  • R[0116] 4, R8, R9, and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and halo;
  • R[0117] 5, R6, R7, R10, R11, and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, aryl, alkylthio, arylamino, arylthio, aroyl, arylsulfonyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaryloxy, alkoxy, aralkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, cycloalkylalkanoyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, haloalkylthio, hydroxyhaloalkyl, heteroaralkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroarylthio, and heteroarylsulfonyl.
  • In an even more preferred embodiment of compounds of Formula I-C, [0118]
  • n is the integer 1; [0119]
  • R[0120] 16 is hydrido;
  • R[0121] 1 is haloalkyl with the proviso that R1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochernical system ranking than both R2 and (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp wherein Ap is Formula (II-P) and Qp is Formula (III-P);
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00010
  • R[0122] 2 is hydrido;
  • R[0123] 2 can be selected from the group consisting of alkyl, haloalkyl, aryl, and haloalkoxy with the proviso that R2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R1 and (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp;
  • R[0124] 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, and haloalkyl with the provisos that (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R2;
  • Y is alkylene; [0125]
  • Z is covalent single bond; [0126]
  • R[0127] 14 is hydrido;
  • R[0128] 4, R8, R9, and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and halo;
  • R[0129] 5, R6, R7, R10, R11, and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, aryl, alkylthio, arylamino, arylthio, aroyl, arylsulfonyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaryloxy, alkoxy, aralkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, cycloalkylalkanoyl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, haloalkylthio, hydroxyhaloalkyl, heteroaralkoxy, and heteroaryloxyalkyl.
  • In an embodiment of compounds of Formula I-C, [0130]
  • n is an integer selected from 1 to 3; [0131]
  • R[0132] 1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl,
  • 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, and heptafluoropropyl with the proviso that R[0133] 1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than both R2 and (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp wherein Ap is Formula (II-P) and Qp is Formula (III-P);
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00011
  • R[0134] 16 is selected from the group consisting of acetyl, benzoyl, dimethyl tert -butylsilyl, hydrido, and trimethylsilyl;
  • R[0135] 2 is hydrido;
  • R[0136] 2 can be selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, vinyl, phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, chloromethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, and and pentafluorophenoxymethyl with the proviso that R2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R1 and (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp;
  • R[0137] 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, acetyl, methoxy, ethoxy, methyl, ethyl, propyl, vinyl, phenyl, methoxymethyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, heptafluoropropyl, pentafluorophenyl, and pentafluorophenoxymethyl with the provisos that (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R2.
  • In a preferred embodiment of compounds of Formula I-C, compounds have the Formula I-CP: [0138]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00012
  • or a phamaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein; [0139]
  • R[0140] 1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl with the proviso that R1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than both R2 and (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp wherein Ap is Formula (II-P) and Qp is Formula (III-P);
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00013
  • R[0141] 2 is hydrido;
  • R[0142] 2 can be selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, vinyl, phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, and 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl with the proviso that R2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R1 and (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp;
  • R[0143] 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, methyl, ethyl, vinyl, methoxymethyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl with the provisos that (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R2.
  • In a even more preferred embodiment of compounds of Formula I-CP, R[0144] 1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl with the proviso that R1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than both R2 and (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp wherein Ap is Formula (II-P) and Qp is Formula (III-P);
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00014
  • R[0145] 2 is hydrido;
  • R[0146] 2 can be selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, and 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl with the proviso that R2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R1 and (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp;
  • R[0147] 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, methyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, and chlorodifluoromethyl with the provisos that (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R2.
  • In a most preferred embodiment of compounds of Formula I-CP, [0148]
  • R[0149] 1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl with the proviso that R1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than both R2 and (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp wherein Ap is Formula (II-P) and Qp is Formula (III-P);
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00015
  • R[0150] 2 is hydrido;
  • R[0151] 2 can be phenyl with the proviso that R2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R1 and (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp;
  • R[0152] 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, trifluoromethyl, and difluoromethyl with the provisos that (CHR3)n—N(Ap)Qp has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R2.
  • In another embodiment of compounds of Formulas I-H or I-C, the compounds correspond to the Cyclo I-H Formulas: [0153]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00016
  • wherein: [0154]
  • K[0155] 1 and K2 are independently selected from the group consisting of C and N;
  • n is an integer selected from 1 through 3; [0156]
  • R[0157] 1 is selected from the group consisting of haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxymethyl, and haloalkenyloxymethyl with the proviso that R1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than both R2 and (CHR3)n—N(Apch)Qph wherein Apch is Formula (II-PCH) and Qph is Formula (III-PH);
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00017
  • R[0158] 2 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, aralkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, perhaloaryl, perhaloaralkyl, perhaloaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, and carboalkoxycyanoalkyl with the proviso that R2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R1 and (CHR3)n—N(Apch)Qph;
  • R[0159] 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, halo, cyano, aryl, aralkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboalkoxycyanoalkyl, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl with the provisos that (CHR3)n—N(Apch)Qph has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R2;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of a covalent single bond and (C(R[0160] 14)2)q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2;
  • R[0161] 14 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocarboalkoxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboalkoxycyanoalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of covalent single bond, (C(R[0162] 15)2)q wherein q is an integer selected from 1 through 2, and (CH(R15))j—W—(CH(R15))k wherein j and k are integers independently selected from 0 through 1;
  • W is selected from the group consisting of O, C(O), S, S(O), and S(O)[0163] 2;
  • R[0164] 15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, cyano, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocarboalkoxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboalkoxycyanoalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboxamide, and carboxamidoalkyl;
  • R[0165] 8, R9, and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, haloalkyl, and alkyl;
  • R[0166] 5, R6, R7, R10, R11, and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, carboxy, heteroaralkylthio, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkylamino, acylalkyl, acylalkoxy, aroylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, heterocyclyl, perhaloaralkyl, aralkylsulfonyl, aralkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylsulfinyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, cycloalkylsulfinyl, cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylamino, N-heteroarylamino-N-alkylamino, heteroarylaminoalkyl,haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxylalkyl, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkoxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkoxy, cycloalkenyloxyalkyl, cycloalkylenedioxy, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyloxy, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, hydroxy, amino, thio, nitro, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylthioalkyl, arylamino, aralkylamino, arylthio, arylthioalkyl, heteroaralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfinylalkyl, heteroarylsulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, haloalkylsulfinylalkyl, haloalkylsulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfonamido, alkylaminosulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, monoarylamidosulfonyl, arylsulfonamido, diarylamidosulfonyl, monoalkyl monoaryl amidosulfonyl, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylthio, heteroarylsulfinyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocyclylsulfonyl, heterocyclylthio, alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, aralkanoyl, heteroaralkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkenyloxy, alkenyloxyalky, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylenedioxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkanoyl, cycloalkenyl, lower cycloalkylalkyl, lower cycloalkenylalkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyaralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydoxyheteroaralkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, aryl, heteroaralkynyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, aryloxyalkyl, saturated heterocyclyl, partially saturated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroaralkyl, arylalkenyl, heteroarylalkenyl, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, alkoxycarboxamido, alkylamidocarbonylamido, arylamidocarbonylamido, carboalkoxyalkyl, carboalkoxyalkenyl, carboaralkoxy, carboxamido, carboxamidoalkyl, cyano, carbohaloalkoxy, phosphono, phosphonoalkyl, diaralkoxyphosphono, and diaralkoxyphosphonoalkyl;
  • R[0167] 5 and R6, R6 and R7, R7 and R8, R9 and R10, R10 and R11, R11 and R12, and R12 and R13 can be independently selected to form spacer pairs wherein a spacer pair is taken together to form a linear moiety having from 3 through 6 contiguous atoms connecting the points of bonding of said spacer pair members to form a ring selected from the group consisting of a cycloalkenyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members, a partially saturated heterocyclyl ring having 5 through 8 contiguous members, a heteroaryl ring having 5 through 6 contiguous members, and an aryl with the provisos that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R5 and R6, R6 and R7, and R7 and R8, can be used at the same time and that no more than one of the group consisting of spacer pairs R9 and R10, R10 and R11, R11 and R12, and R12 and R13 can be used at the same time.
  • In an embodiment of compounds of Formula Cyclo I-H, [0168]
  • n is the integer 1; [0169]
  • R[0170] 1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl with the proviso that R1 has a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemincal system ranking than both R2 and (CHR3)n—N(Apch)Qph wherein Apch is Formula (II-PCH) and Qph is Formula (III-PH);
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00018
  • R[0171] 2 is hydrido;
  • R[0172] 2 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, vinyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, and 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl with the proviso that R2 has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog system ranking than both R1 and (CHR3)n—N(Apch)Qph;
  • R[0173] 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, vinyl, phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, methoxymethyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl with the provisos that (CHR3)n—N(Apch)Qph has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R2.
  • In another embodiment of compounds of Formula Cyclo I-H, [0174]
  • n is the integer 1; [0175]
  • R[0176] 1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl;
  • R[0177] 2 is hydrido;
  • R[0178] 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, methyl, ethyl, vinyl, phenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, methoxymethyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl with the provisos that (CHR3)n—N(Apch)Qph has a lower Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R1 and a higher Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking than R2.
  • In a preferred embodiment of compounds of Formulas I-H, I-C, I-CP, and Cyclo I-H, [0179]
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of methylene, ethylene, and ethylidene; [0180]
  • Z is covalent single bond; [0181]
  • R[0182] 4, R8, R9, and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and fluoro with the proviso that there is no R4, R8, R9, or R13 when the embodiment is a compound of Formula Cyclo I-H;
  • R[0183] 5 and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of 4-aminophenoxy, benzoyl, benzyl, benzyloxy, 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-bromo-3-fluorophenoxy, 4-bromo-2-nitrophenoxy, 3-bromobenzyloxy, 4-bromobenzyloxy, 4-bromophenoxy, 5-bromopyrid-2-yloxy, 4-butoxyphenoxy, chloro, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2-chlorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 3-chlorofluorobenzyl, 3-chlorofluorophenyl, 3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chloro-3-methylphenoxy, 2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenoxy, 3-chloroethylphenoxy, 3-chloromethylphenoxy, 3-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-fluorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenylamino, 5-chloropyrid-3-yloxy, 2-cyanopyrid-3-yloxy, 4-cyanophenoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclobutyl, cyclohexoxy, cyclohexylmethoxy, cyclopentoxy, cyclopentyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethoxy, cyclopropoxy, 2,3-dichlorophenoxy, 2,4-dichlorophenoxy, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorobenzyl, 3,4-dichlorophenoxy, 3,4-difluorophenoxy, 2,3-difluorobenzyloxy, 2,4-difluorobenzyloxy, 3,4-difluorobenzyloxy, 2,5-difluorobenzyloxy, 3,5-difluorophenoxy, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 3,5-difluorobenzyloxy, 4-difluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 2,3-difluorophenoxy, 2,4-difluorophenoxy, 2,5-difluorophenoxy, 3,5-dimethoxyphenoxy, 3-dimethylaminophenoxy, 3,5-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylbenzyl, 3,4-dimethylbenzyloxy, 3,5-dimethylbenzyloxy, 2,2-dimethylpropoxy, 1,3-dioxan-2-yl, 1,4-dioxan-2-yl, 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, ethoxy, 4-ethoxyphenoxy, 4-ethylbenzyloxy, 3-ethylphenoxy, 4-ethylaminophenoxy, 3-ethyl-5-methylphenoxy, fluoro, 4-fluoro-3-methylbenzyl, 4-fluoro-3-methylphenyl, 4-fluoro-3-methylbenzoyl, 4-fluorobenzyloxy, 2-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy, 3-fluoro-4-methylphenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluoro-2-nitrophenoxy, 2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 3-fluoro-5-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-fluoro-2-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy, 2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 2-fluorobenzyloxy, 4-fluorophenylamino, 2-fluorotrifluoromethylphenoxy, 4-fluoropyrid-2-yloxy, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, heptafluoropropyl, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropyl, 2-hydroxy-3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy, 3-iodobenzyloxy, isobutyl, isobutylamino, isobutoxy, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, isopropoxy, isopropyl, 4-isopropylbenzyloxy, 3-isopropylphenoxy, 4-isopropylphenoxy, isopropylthio, 4-isopropyl-3-methylphenoxy, 3-isothiazolyl, 4-isothiazolyl, 5-isothiazolyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 4-methoxycarbonylbutoxy, 3-methoxycarbonylprop-2-enyloxy, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenylamino, 4-methoxyphenylamino, 3-methylbenzyloxy, 4-methylbenzyloxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 3-methylmethylthiophenoxy, 4-methylphenoxy, 1-methylpropoxy, 2-methylpyrid-5-yloxy, 4-methylthiophenoxy, 2-naphthyloxy, 2-nitrophenoxy, 4-nitrophenoxy, 3-nitrophenyl, 4-nitrophenylthio, 2-oxazolyl, 4oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, pentafluoroethyl, pentafluoroethylthio, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, 1,1,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, 1,1,2,2,3-pentafluoropropyl, phenoxy, phenylamino, 1-phenylethoxy, phenylsulfonyl, 4-propanoylphenoxy, propoxy, 4-propylphenoxy, 4-propoxyphenoxy, thiophen-3-yl, sec-butyl, 4sec-butylphenoxy, tert-butoxy, 3-tert-butylphenoxy, 4-tert-butylphenoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyloxy), thiazol-2-yl, thiazolyl, thiazol-5-yl, thiophen-2-yl, 2,3,5-trifluorobenzyloxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoro-2-hydroxypropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, trifluoromethyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 2,4-bis-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 1,1-bis-trifluoromethyl-1-hydroxymethyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyl, 3,5-bis-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylthiobenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethylthiobenzyloxy, 2,3,4-trifluorophenoxy, 2,3,4-trifluorophenyl, 2,3,5-trifluorophenoxy, 3,4,5-trimethylphenoxy, 3-difluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-pentafluoroethylphenoxy, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylthiophenoxy, and trifluoromethylthio;
  • R[0184] 6 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of chloro, fluoro, hydrido, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, trifluoromethyl, and trifluoromethoxy;
  • R[0185] 7 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, fluoro, and trifluoromethyl.
  • In an even more preferred embodiment of compounds of Formulas I-H, I-C, I-CP, and Cyclo I-H, [0186]
  • Y is methylene; [0187]
  • Z is covalent single bond; [0188]
  • R[0189] 4, R8, R9, and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and fluoro with the proviso that there is no R4, R8, R9, or R13 when the embodiment is a compound of Formula Cyclo I-H;
  • R[0190] 5 and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of benzyloxy, 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-bromo-3-fluorophenoxy, 3-bromobenzyloxy, 4-bromophenoxy,4-butoxyphenoxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 2-chlorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 4-chloro-3-methylphenoxy, 2-chlorofluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenoxy, 3-chloroethylphenoxy, 3-chloromethylphenoxy,3-chlorofluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-fluorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenylamino, 5-chloropyrid-3-yloxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclobutyl, cyclohexylmethoxy, cyclopentoxy, cyclopentyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl, cyclopropylmethoxy, 2,3-dichlorophenoxy, 2,4-dichlorophenoxy, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorobenzyl, 3,4-dichlorophenoxy, 3 ,4-difluorophenoxy, 2,3-difluorobenzyloxy, 3,5-difluorobenzyloxy, difluoromethoxy, 3,5-difluorophenoxy, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 2,3-difluorophenoxy, 2,4-difluorophenoxy, 2,5-difluorophenoxy, 3,5-dimethoxyphenoxy, 3-dimethylaminophenoxy, 3,4-dimethylbenzyloxy, 3,5-dimethylbenzyloxy, 3,5-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, 3-ethylbenzyloxy, 3-ethylphenoxy, 4-ethylaminophenoxy, 3-ethyl-5-methylphenoxy, 4-fluoro-3-methylbenzyl, 4-fluorobenzyloxy, 2-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy, 3-fluoromethylphenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluoro-2-nitrophenoxy, 2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 3-fluoro-5-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy, 2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 2-fluorobenzyloxy, 4-fluorophenylamino, 2-fluorotrifluoromethylphenoxy, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, heptafluoropropyl, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropyl, 2-hydroxy-3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy, isobutoxy, isobutyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, isopropoxy, 3-isopropylbenzyloxy, 3-isopropylphenoxy, isopropylthio, 4-isopropyl-3-methylphenoxy, 3-isothiazolyl, 4-isothiazolyl, 5-isothiazolyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 4-methoxyphenylamino, 3-methylbenzyloxy, 4-methylbenxyloxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 3-methylmethylthiophenoxy, 4-methylphenoxy, 1-methylpropoxy, 2-methylpyrid-5-yloxy, 4-methylthiophenoxy, 2-naphthyloxy, 2-nitrophenoxy, 4-nitrophenoxy, 3,nitrophenyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, pentafluoroethyl, pentafluoroethylthio, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, 1,1,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, 1,1,2,2,3-pentafluoropropyl, phenoxy, phenylamino, 1-phenylethoxy, 4-propylphenoxy, 4-propoxyphenoxy, thiophen-3-yl,tert-butoxy, 3-tert-butylphenoxy, 4-tert-butylphenoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyloxy), thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl, thiophen-2-yl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoro-2-hydroxypropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, trifluoromethyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 1,1-bis-trifluoromethyl-1-hydroxymethyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyI, 3,5-bis-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2,3,4-trifluorophenoxy, 2,3,5-trifluorophenoxy, 3,4,5-trimethylphenoxy, 3-difluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-pentafluoroethylphenoxy, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylthiophenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylthiobenzyloxy, and trifluoromethylthio;
  • R[0191] 6 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of chloro, fluoro, hydrido, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, and trifluoromethyl;
  • R[0192] 7 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, fluoro, and trifluoromethyl.
  • In a most preferred embodiment of compounds of Formulas I-H, I-C, I-CP, and Cyclo I-H, [0193]
  • Y is methylene; [0194]
  • Z is covalent single bond; [0195]
  • R[0196] 4, R8, R9, and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and fluoro with the proviso that there is no R4, R8, R9, or R13 when the embodiment is a compound of Formula Cyclo I-H;
  • R[0197] 5 is selected from the group consisting of 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 2,3-dichlorophenoxy, 3,4-dichlorophenoxy, 3-difluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3,5-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 3-ethylphenoxy, 3-ethyl-5-methylphenoxy, 4-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy, 3-isopropylphenoxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 3-pentafluoroethylphenoxy, 3-tert-butylphenoxy, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenoxy, 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyloxy), 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy,3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, and 3-trifluoromethylthiophenoxy;
  • R[0198] 10 is selected from the group consisting of cyclopentyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, 2-furyl, 1,1-bis-trifluoromethyl-1-hydroxymethyl, isobutyl, isopropoxy, pentafluoroethyl, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl, and trifluoromethylthio;
  • R[0199] 6 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro and hydrido;
  • R[0200] 7 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido and fluoro.
  • DEFINITIONS
  • The use of generic terms in the description of the compounds are herein defined for clarity. [0201]
  • Standard single letter elemental symbols are used to represent specific types of atoms unless otherwise defined. The symbol “C” represents a carbon atom. The symbol “O” represents an oxygen atom. The symbol “N” represents a nitrogen atom. The symbol “P” represents a phosphorus atom. The symbol “S” represents a sulfur atom. The symbol “H” represents a hydrogen atom. Double letter elemental symbols are used as defined for the elements of the periodical table (i.e., Cl represents chlorine, Se represents selenium, etc.). [0202]
  • As utilized herein, the term “alkyl”, either alone or within other terms such as “haloalkyl” and “alkylthio”, means an acyclic alkyl radical containing from 1 to about 10, preferably from 1 to about 8 carbon atoms and more preferably 1 to about 6 carbon atoms. Said alkyl radicals may be optionally substituted with groups as defined below. Examples of such radicals include methyl, ethyl, chloroethyl, hydroxyethyl, n-propyl, oxopropyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyanobutyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, aminopentyl, iso-amyl, hexyl, octyl and the like. [0203]
  • The term “alkenyl” refers to an unsaturated, acyclic hydrocarbon radical in so much as it contains at least one double bond. Such alkenyl radicals contain from about 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably from about 2 to about 8 carbon atoms and more preferably 2 to about 6 carbon atoms. Said alkenyl radicals may be optionally substituted with groups as defined below. Examples of suitable alkenyl radicals include propenyl, 2-chloropropenyl, buten-1-yl, isobutenyl, penten-1-yl, 2-2-methylbuten-1-yl, 3-methylbuten-1-yl, hexen-1-yl, 3-hydroxyhexen-1-yl, hepten-1-yl, and octen-1-yl, and the like. [0204]
  • The term “alkynyl” refers to an unsaturated, acyclic hydrocarbon radical in so much as it contains one or more triple bonds, such radicals containing about 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably having from about 2 to about 8 carbon atoms and more preferably having 2 to about 6 carbon atoms. Said alkynyl radicals may be optionally substituted with groups as defined below. Examples of suitable alkynyl radicals include ethynyl, propynyl, hydroxypropynyl, butyn-1-yl, butyn-2-yl, pentyn-1-yl, pentyn-2-yl, 4-methoxypentyn-2-yl, 3-methylbutyn-1-yl, hexyn-1-yl, hexyn-2-yl, hexyn-3-yl, 3,3-dimethylbutyn-1-yl radicals and the like. [0205]
  • The term “hydrido” denotes a single hydrogen atom (H). This hydrido radical may be attached, for example, to an oxygen atom to form a “hydroxyl” radical, one hydrido radical may be attached to a carbon atom to form a “methine” radical (═CH—), or two hydrido radicals may be attached to a carbon atom to form a “methylene” (—CH[0206] 2—) radical.
  • The term “carbon” radical denotes a carbon atom without any covalent bonds and capable of forming four covalent bonds. [0207]
  • The term “cyano” radical denotes a carbon radical having three of four covalent bonds shared by a nitrogen atom. [0208]
  • The term “hydroxyalkyl” embraces radicals wherein any one or more of the alkyl carbon atoms is substituted with a hydroxyl as defined above. Specifically embraced are monohydroxyalkyl, dihydroxyalkyl and polyhydroxyalkyl radicals. [0209]
  • The term “alkanoyl” embraces radicals wherein one or more of the terminal alkyl carbon atoms are substituted with one or more carbonyl radicals as defined below. Specifically embraced are monocarbonylalkyl and dicarbonylalkyl radicals. Examples of monocarbonylalkyl radicals include formyl, acetyl, and pentanoyl. Examples of dicarbonylalkyl radicals include oxalyl, malonyl, and succinyl. [0210]
  • The term “alkylene” radical denotes linear or branched radicals having from 1 to about 10 carbon atoms and having attachment points for two or more covalent bonds. Examples of such radicals are methylene, ethylene, ethylidene, methylethylene, and isopropylidene. [0211]
  • The term “alkenylene” radical denotes linear or branched radicals having from 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and having attachment points for two or more covalent bonds. Examples of such radicals are 1,1-vinylidene (CH[0212] 2═C), 1,2-vinylidene (—CH═CH—), and 1,4-butadienyl (—CH═CH—CH═CH—).
  • The term “halo” means halogens such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atoms. [0213]
  • The term “haloalkyl” embraces radicals wherein any one or more of the alkyl carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above. Specifically embraced are monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl radicals. A monohaloalkyl radical, for one example, may have either a bromo, chloro or a fluoro atom within the radical. Dihalo radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals and polyhaloalkyl radicals may have more than two of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals. More preferred haloalkyl radicals are “lower haloalkyl” radicals having one to about six carbon atoms. Examples of such haloalkyl radicals include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, difluorochloromethyl, dichlorofluoromethyl, difluoroethyl, difluoropropyl, dichloroethyl and dichloropropyl. [0214]
  • The term “hydroxyhaloalkyl” embraces radicals wherein any one or more of the haloalkyl carbon atoms is substituted with hydroxy as defined above. Examples of “hydroxyhaloalkyl” radicals include hexafluorohydoxypropyl. [0215]
  • The term “haloalkylene radical” denotes alkylene radicals wherein any one or more of the alkylene carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above. Dihalo alkylene radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals and polyhaloalkylene radicals may have more than two of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals. More preferred haloalkylene radicals are “lower haloalkylene” radicals having one to about six carbon atoms. Examples of “haloalkylene” radicals include difluoromethylene, tetrafluoroethylene, tetrachloroethylene, alkyl substituted monofluoromethylene, and aryl substituted trifluoromethylene. [0216]
  • The term “haloalkenyl” denotes linear or branched radicals having from 1 to about 10 carbon atoms and having one or more double bonds wherein any one or more of the alkenyl carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above. Dihaloalkenyl radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals and polyhaloalkenyl radicals may have more than two of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals. [0217]
  • The terms “alkoxy” and “alkoxyalkyl” embrace linear or branched oxy-containing radicals each having alkyl portions of one to about ten carbon atoms, such as methoxy radical. The term “alkoxyalkyl” also embraces alkyl radicals having one or more alkoxy radicals attached to the alkyl radical, that is, to form monoalkoxyalkyl and dialkoxyalkyl radicals. More preferred alkoxy radicals are “lower alkoxy” radicals having one to six carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, isopropoxy and tert-butoxy alkyls. The “alkoxy” radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide “haloalkoxy” and “haloalkoxyalkyl” radicals. Examples of such haloalkoxy radicals include fluoromethoxy, chloromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, fluoroethoxy, tetrafluoroethoxy, pentafluoroethoxy, and fluoropropoxy. Examples of such haloalkoxyalkyl radicals include fluoromethoxymethyl, chloromethoxyethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethoxyethyl, and trifluoroethoxymethyl. [0218]
  • The terms “alkenyloxy” and “alkenyloxyalkyl” embrace linear or branched oxy-containing radicals each having alkenyl portions of two to about ten carbon atoms, such as ethenyloxy or propenyloxy radical. The term “alkenyloxyalkyl” also embraces alkenyl radicals having one or more alkenyloxy radicals attached to the alkyl radical, that is, to form monoalkenyloxyalkyl and dialkenyloxyalkyl radicals. More preferred alkenyloxy radicals are “lower alkenyloxy” radicals having two to six carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include ethenyloxy, propenyloxy, butenyloxy, and isopropenyloxy alkyls. The “alkenyloxy” radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide “haloalkenyloxy” radicals. Examples of such radicals include trifluoroethenyloxy, fluoroethenyloxy, difluoroethenyhloxy, and fluoropropenyloxy. [0219]
  • The term “haloalkoxyalkyl” also embraces alkyl radicals having one or more haloalkoxy radicals attached to the alkyl radical, that is, to form monohaloalkoxyalkyl and dihaloalkoxyalkyl radicals. The term “haloalkenyloxy” also embraces oxygen radicals having one or more haloalkenyloxy radicals attached to the oxygen radical, that is, to form monohaloalkenyloxy and dihaloalkenyloxy radicals. The term “haloalkenyloxyalkyl” also embraces alkyl radicals having one or more haloalkenyloxy radicals attached to the alkyl radical, that is, to form monohaloalkenyloxyalkyl and dihaloalkenyloxyalkyl radicals. [0220]
  • The term “alkylenedioxy” radicals denotes alkylene radicals having at least two oxygens bonded to a single alkylene group. Examples of “alkylenedioxy” radicals include methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, alkylsubstituted methylenedioxy, and arylsubstituted methylenedioxy. The term “haloalkylenedioxy” radicals denotes haloalkylene radicals having at least two oxy groups bonded to a single haloalkyl group. Examples of “haloalkylenedioxy” radicals include difluoromethylenedioxy, tetrafluoroethylenedioxy, tetrachloroethylenedioxy, alkylsubstituted monofluoromethylenedioxy, and arylsubstituted monofluoromethylenedioxy. [0221]
  • The term “aryl”, alone or in combination, means a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one, two or three rings wherein such rings may be attached together in a pendant manner or may be fused. The term “fused” means that a second ring is present (ie, attached or formed) by having two adjacent atoms in common (ie, shared) with the first ring. The term “fused” is equivalent to the term “condensed”. The term “aryl” embraces aromatic radicals such as phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indane and biphenyl. [0222]
  • The term “perhaloaryl” embraces aromatic radicals such as phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indane and biphenyl wherein the aryl radical is substituted with 3 or more halo radicals as defined below. [0223]
  • The term “heterocyclyl” embraces saturated, partially saturated and unsaturated heteroatom-containing ring-shaped radicals having from 5 through ring members selected from carbon, nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, wherein at least one ring atom is a heteroatom. Heterocyclyl radicals may contain one, two or three rings wherein such rings may be attached in a pendant manner or may be fused. Examples of saturated heterocyclic radicals include saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocylic group containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms [e.g. pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidino, piperazinyl, etc.]; saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g. morpholinyl, etc.]; saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g., thiazolidinyl, etc.]. Examples of partially saturated heterocyclyl radicals include dihydrothiophene, dihydropyran, dihydrofuran and dihydrothiazole. Examples of unsaturated heterocyclic radicals, also termed “heteroaryl” radicals, include unsaturated 5 to 6 membered heteromonocyclyl group containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms, for example, pyrrolyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazolyl [e.g., 4H-1,2,4-triazolyl, 1H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-1,2,3-triazolyl, etc.] tetrazolyl [e.g. 1H-tetrazolyl, 2H-tetrazolyl, etc.], etc.; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 5 nitrogen atoms, for example, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, tetrazolopyridazinyl [e.g., tetrazolo [1,5-b]pyridazinyl, etc.], etc.; unsaturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing an oxygen atom, for example, pyranyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, etc.; unsaturated 5 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing a sulfur atom, for example, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, etc.; unsaturated 5- to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, for example, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl [e.g., 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, etc.] etc.; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g. benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, etc.]; unsaturated 5 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, for example, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl [e.g., 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, etc.] etc.; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g., benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, etc.] and the like. The term also embraces radicals where heterocyclic radicals are fused with aryl radicals. Examples of such fused bicyclic radicals include benzofuran, benzothiophene, and the like. Said “heterocyclyl” group may have 1 to 3 substituents as defined below. Preferred heterocyclic radicals include five to twelve membered fused or unfused radicals. Non-limiting examples of heterocyclic radicals include pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyridyloxy, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, tetrazolyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, pyrrolindinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, piperidinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, morpholinyl, 1,4-dithianyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrazinyl, piperazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,3,5-trithianyl, benzo(b)thiophenyl, benziridazoyl, quinolinyl, tetraazolyl, and the like. [0224]
  • The term “sulfonyl”, whether used alone or linked to other terms such as alkylsulfonyl, denotes respectively divalent radicals —SO[0225] 2—. “Alkylsulfonyl”, embraces alkyl radicals attached to a sulfonyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above. “Alkylsulfonylalkyl”, embraces alkylsulfonyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above. “Haloalkylsulfonyl”, embraces haloalkyl radicals attached to a sulfonyl radical, where haloalkyl is defined as above. “Haloalkylsulfonylalkyl”, embraces haloalkylsulfonyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above. The term “aminosulfonyl” denotes an amino radical attached to a sulfonyl radical.
  • The term “sulfinyl”, whether used alone or linked to other terms such as alkylsulfinyl, denotes respectively divalent radicals —S(O)—. “Alkylsulfinyl”, embraces alkyl radicals attached to a sulfinyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above. “Alkylsulfinylalkyl”, embraces alkylsulfinyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above. “Haloalkylsulfinyl”, embraces haloalkyl radicals attached to a sulfinyl radical, where haloalkyl is defined as above. “Haloalkylsulfinylalkyl”, embraces haloalkylsulfinyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above. [0226]
  • The term “aralkyl” embraces aryl-substituted alkyl radicals. Preferable aralkyl radicals are “lower aralkyl” radicals having aryl radicals attached to alkyl radicals having one to six carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include benzyl, diphenylmethyl, triphenylmethyl, phenylethyl and diphenylethyl. The terms benzyl and phenylmethyl are interchangeable. [0227]
  • The term “heteroaralkyl” embraces heteroaryl-substituted alkyl radicals wherein the heteroaralkyl radical may be additionally substituted with three or more substituents as defined above for aralkyl radicals. The term “perhaloaralkyl” embraces aryl-substituted alkyl radicals wherein the aralkyl radical is substituted with three or more halo radicals as defined above. [0228]
  • The term “aralkylsulfinyl”, embraces aralkyl radicals attached to a sulfinyl radical, where aralkyl is defined as above. “Aralkylsulfinylalkyl”, embraces aralkylsulfinyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above. [0229]
  • The term “aralkylsulfonyl”, embraces aralkyl radicals attached to a sulfonyl radical, where aralkyl is defined as above. “Aralkylsulfonylalkyl”, embraces aralkylsulfonyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above. [0230]
  • The term “cycloalkyl” embraces radicals having three to ten carbon atoms. More preferred cycloalkyl radicals are “lower cycloalkyl” radicals having three to seven carbon atoms. Examples include radicals such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl. The term “cycloalkylalkyl” embraces cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl radicals. Preferable cycloalkylalkyl radicals are “lower cycloalkylalkyl” radicals having cycloalkyl radicals attached to alkyl radicals having one to six carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include cyclohexylhexyl. The term “cycloalkenyl” embraces radicals having three to ten carbon atoms and one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Preferred cycloalkenyl radicals are “lower cycloalkenyl” radicals having three to seven carbon atoms. Examples include radicals such as cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl and cycloheptenyl. The term “halocycloalkyl” embraces radicals wherein any one or more of the cycloalkyl carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above. Specifically embraced are monohalocycloalkyl, dihalocycloalkyl and polyhalocycloalkyl radicals. A monohalocycloalkyl radical, for one example, may have either a bromo, chloro or a fluoro atom within the radical. Dihalo radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals and polyhalocycloalkyl radicals may have more than two of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals. More preferred halocycloalkyl radicals are “lower halocycloalkyl” radicals having three to about eight carbon atoms. Examples of such halocycloalkyl radicals include fluorocyclopropyl, difluorocyclobutyl, trifluorocyclopentyl, tetrafluorocyclohexyl, and dichlorocyclopropyl. The term “halocycloalkenyl” embraces radicals wherein any one or more of the cycloalkenyl carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above. Specifically embraced are monohalocycloalkenyl, dihalocycloalkenyl and polyhalocycloalkenyl radicals. [0231]
  • The term “cycloalkoxy” embraces cycloalkyl radicals attached to an oxy radical. Examples of such radicals includes cyclohexoxy and cyclopentoxy. The term “cycloalkoxyalkyl” also embraces alkyl radicals having one or more cycloalkoxy radicals attached to the alkyl radical, that is, to form monocycloalkoxyalkyl and dicycloalkoxyalkyl radicals. Examples of such radicals include cyclohexoxyethyl. The “cycloalkoxy” radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide “halocycloalkoxy” and “halocycloalkoxyalkyl” radicals. [0232]
  • The term “cycloalkylalkoxy” embraces cycloalkyl radicals attached to an alkoxy radical. Examples of such radicals includes cyclohexylmethoxy and cyclopentylmethoxy. [0233]
  • The term “cycloalkenyloxy” embraces cycloalkenyl radicals attached to an oxy radical. Examples of such radicals includes cyclohexenyloxy and cyclopentenyloxy. The term “cycloalkenyloxyalkyl” also embraces alkyl radicals having one or more cycloalkenyloxy radicals attached to the alkyl radical, that is, to form monocycloalkenyloxyalkyl and dicycloalkenyloxyalkyl radicals. Examples of such radicals include cyclohexenyloxyethyl. The “cycloalkenyloxy” radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide “halocycloalkenyloxy” and “halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl” radicals. [0234]
  • The term “cycloalkylenedioxy” radicals denotes cycloalkylene radicals having at least two oxygens bonded to a single cycloalkylene group. Examples of “alkylenedioxy” radicals include 1,2-dioxycyclohexylene. [0235]
  • The term “cycloalkylsulfinyl”, embraces cycloalkyl radicals attached to a sulfinyl radical, where cycloalkyl is defined as above. “Cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl”, embraces cycloalkylsulfinyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above. The term “Cycloalkylsulfonyl”, embraces cycloalkyl radicals attached to a sulfonyl radical, where cycloalkyl is defined as above. “Cycloalkylsulfonylalkyl”, embraces cycloalkylsulfonyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above. [0236]
  • The term “cycloalkylalkanoyl” embraces radicals wherein one or more of the cycloalkyl carbon atoms are substituted with one or more carbonyl radicals as defined below. Specifically embraced are monocarbonylcycloalkyl and dicarbonylcycloalkyl radicals. Examples of monocarbonylcycloalkyl radicals include cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclohexylacetyl, and cyclopentylcarbonyl. Examples of dicarbonylcycloalkyl radicals include 1,2-dicarbonylcyclohexane.. [0237]
  • The term “alkylthio” embraces radicals containing a linear or branched alkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms, attached to a divalent sulfur atom. More preferred alkylthio radicals are “lower alkylthio” radicals having one to six carbon atoms. An example of “lower alkylthio” is methylthio (CH[0238] 3—S—). The “alkylthio” radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide “haloalkylthio” radicals. Examples of such radicals include fluoromethylthio, chloromethylthio, trifluoromethylthio, difluoromethylthio, trifluoroethylthio, fluoroethylthio, tetrafluoroethylthio, pentafluoroethylthio, and fluoropropylthio.
  • The term “alkyl aryl amino” embraces radicals containing a linear or branched alkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms, and one aryl radical both attached to an amino radical. Examples include N-methylmethoxyaniline, N-ethyl-4-methoxyaniline, and N-methyl-4-trifluoromethoxyaniline. [0239]
  • The terms alkylamino denotes “monoalkylamino” and “dialkylamino” containing one or two alkyl radicals, respectively, attached to an amino radical. [0240]
  • The terms arylamino denotes “monoarylamino” and “diarylamino” containing one or two aryl radicals, respectively, attached to an amino radical. [0241]
  • Examples of such radicals include N-phenylamino and N-naphthylamino. [0242]
  • The term “aralkylamino”, embraces aralkyl radicals attached to an amino radical, where aralkyl is defined as above. The term aralkylamino denotes “monoaralkylamino” and “diaralkylamino” containing one or two aralkyl radicals, respectively, attached to an amino radical. The term aralkylamino further denotes “monoaralkyl monoalkylamino” containing one aralkyl radical and one alkyl radical attached to an amino radical. [0243]
  • The term “arylsulfinyl” embraces radicals containing an aryl radical, as defined above, attached to a divalent S(═O) atom. The term “arylsulfinylalkyl” denotes arylsulfinyl radicals attached to a linear or branched alkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms. [0244]
  • The term “arylsulfonyl”, embraces aryl radicals attached to a sulfonyl radical, where aryl is defined as above. “arylsulfonylalkyl”, embraces arylsulfonyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above. The term “heteroarylsulfinyl” embraces radicals containing an heteroaryl radical, as defined above, attached to a divalent S(═O) atom. The term “heteroarylsulfinylalkyl” denotes heteroarylsulfinyl radicals attached to a linear or branched alkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms. The term “Heteroarylsulfonyl”, embraces heteroaryl radicals attached to a sulfonyl radical, where heteroaryl is defined as above. “Heteroarylsulfonylalkyl”, embraces heteroarylsulfonyl radicals attached to an alkyl radical, where alkyl is defined as above. [0245]
  • The term “aryloxy” embraces aryl radicals, as defined above, attached to an oxygen atom. Examples of such radicals include phenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 4-chloro-3-methylphenoxy, 3-chloro-4-ethylphenoxy, 3,4-dichlorophenoxy, 4-methylphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-bromo-3-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyloxy, 3-isopropylphenoxy, 3-cyclopropylphenoxy, 3-ethylphenoxy, 4-tert-butylphenoxy, 3-pentafluoroethylphenoxy, and 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenoxy. [0246]
  • The term “aroyl” embraces aryl radicals, as defined above, attached to an carbonyl radical as defined above. Examples of such radicals include benzoyl and toluoyl. [0247]
  • The term “aralkanoyl” embraces aralkyl radicals, as defined herein, attached to an carbonyl radical as defined above. Examples of such radicals include, for example, phenylacetyl. [0248]
  • The term “aralkoxy” embraces oxy-containing aralkyl radicals attached through an oxygen atom to other radicals. More preferred aralkoxy radicals are “lower aralkoxy” radicals having phenyl radicals attached to lower alkoxy radical as described above. Examples of such radicals include benzyloxy, 1-phenylethoxy, 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 3,5-difluorobenyloxy, 3-bromobenzyloxy, 4-propylbenzyloxy, 2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, and 2-phenylethoxy. [0249]
  • The term “aryloxyalkyl” embraces aryloxy radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. Examples of such radicals include phenoxymethyl. [0250]
  • The term “haloaryloxyalkyl” embraces aryloxyalkyl radicals, as defined above, wherein one to five halo radicals are attached to an aryloxy group. [0251]
  • The term “heteroaroyl” embraces heteroaryl radicals, as defined above, attached to an carbonyl radical as defined above. Examples of such radicals include furoyl and nicotinyl. [0252]
  • The term “heteroaralkanoyl” embraces heteroaralkyl radicals, as defined herein, attached to an carbonyl radical as defined above. Examples of such radicals include, for example, pyridylacetyl and furylbutyryl. [0253]
  • The term “heteroaralkoxy” embraces oxy-containing heteroaralkyl radicals attached through an oxygen atom to other radicals. More preferred heteroaralkoxy radicals are “lower heteroaralkoxy” radicals having heteroaryl radicals attached to lower alkoxy radical as described above. [0254]
  • The term “haloheteroaryloxyalkyl” embraces heteroaryloxyalkyl radicals, as defined above, wherein one to four halo radicals are attached to an heteroaryloxy group. [0255]
  • The term “heteroarylamino” embraces heterocyclyl radicals, as defined above, attached to an amino group. Examples of such radicals include pyridylamino. [0256]
  • The term “heteroarylaminoalkyl” embraces heteroarylamino radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. Examples of such radicals include pyridylmethylamino. [0257]
  • The term “heteroaryloxy” embraces heterocyclyl radicals, as defined above, attached to an oxy group. Examples of such radicals include 2-thiophenyloxy, 2-pyrimidyloxy, 2-pyridyloxy, 3-pyridyloxy, and 4-pyridyloxy. [0258]
  • The term “heteroaryloxyalkyl” embraces heteroaryloxy radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. Examples of such radicals include 2-pyridyloxymethyl, 3-pyridyloxyethyl, and 4-pyridyloxymethyl. [0259]
  • The term “arylthio” embraces aryl radicals, as defined above, attached to an sulfur atom. Examples of such radicals include phenylthio. [0260]
  • The term “arylthioalkyl” embraces arylthio radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. Examples of such radicals include phenylthiomethyl. [0261]
  • The term “alkylthioalkyl” embraces alkylthio radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. Examples of such radicals include methylthiomethyl. The term “alkoxyalkyl” embraces alkoxy radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. Examples of such radicals include methoxymethyl. [0262]
  • The term “carbonyl” denotes a carbon radical having two of the four covalent bonds shared with an oxygen atom. The term “carboxy” embraces a hydroxyl radical, as defined above, attached to one of two unshared bonds in a carbonyl group. The term “carboxamide” embraces amino, monoalkylamino, dialkylamino, monocycloalkylamino, alkylcycloalkylaminno, and dicycloalkylamino radicals, attached to one of two unshared bonds in a carbonyl group. The term “carboxamidoalkyl” embraces carboxamide radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. The term “carboxyalkyl” embraces a carboxy radical, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. The term “carboalkoxy” embraces alkoxy radicals, as defined above, attached to one of two unshared bonds in a carbonyl group. The term “carboaralkoxy” embraces aralkoxy radicals, as defined above, attached to one of two unshared bonds in a carbonyl group. The term “monocarboalkoxyalkyl” embraces one carboalkoxy radical, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. The term “dicarboalkoxyalkyl” embraces two carboalkoxy radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkylene group. The term “monocyanoalkyl” embraces one cyano radical, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. The term “dicyanoalkylene” embraces two cyano radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl group. The term “carboalkoxycyanoalkyl” embraces one cyano radical, as defined above, attached to an carboalkoxyalkyl group. [0263]
  • The term “acyl”, alone or in combination, means a carbonyl or thionocarbonyl group bonded to a radical selected from, for example, hydrido, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxy, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, alkylthio, arylthio, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aralkoxy, arylthio, and alkylthioalkyl. Examples of “acyl” are formyl, acetyl, benzoyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthaloyl, malonyl, nicotinyl, and the like. The term “haloalkanoyl” embraces one or more halo radicals, as defined herein, attached to an alkanoyl radical as defined above. Examples of such radicals include, for example, chloroacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, bromopropanoyl, and heptafluorobutanoyl. The term “diacyl”, alone or in combination, means having two or more carbonyl or thionocarbonyl groups bonded to a radical selected from, for example, alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, haloalkylene, alkoxyalkylene, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, and cycloalkenyl. Examples of “diacyl” are phthaloyl, malonyl, succinyl, adipoyl, and the like. [0264]
  • The term “benzylidenyl” radical denotes substituted and unsubstituted benzyl groups having attachment points for two covalent bonds. One attachment point is through the methylene of the benzyl group with the other attachment point through an ortho carbon of the phenyl ring. The methylene group is designated for attached to the lowest numbered position. Examples include the base compound benzylidene of structure: [0265]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00019
  • The term “phenoxylidenyl” radical denotes substituted and unsubstituted phenoxy groups having attachment points for two covalent bonds. One attachment point is through the oxy of the phenoxy group with the other attachment point through an ortho carbon of the phenyl ring. The oxy group is designated for attached to the lowest numbered position. Examples include the base compound phenoxylidene of structure: [0266]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00020
  • The term “phosphono” embraces a pentavalent phosphorus attached with two covalent bonds to an oxygen radical. The term “dialkoxyphosphono” denotes two alkoxy radicals, as defined above, attached to a phosphono radical with two covalent bonds. The term “diaralkoxyphosphono” denotes two aralkoxy radicals, as defined above, attached to a phosphono radical with two covalent bonds. The term “dialkoxyphosphonoalkyl” denotes dialkoxyphosphono radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl radical. The term “diaralkoxyphosphonoalkyl” denotes diaralkoxyphosphono radicals, as defined above, attached to an alkyl radical. [0267]
  • Said “alkyl”, “alkenyl”, “alkynyl”, “alkanoyl”, “alkylene”, “alkenylene”, “benzylidenyl”, “phenoxylidenyl”, “hydroxyalkyl”, “haloalkyl”, “haloalkylene”, “haloalkenyl”, “alkoxy”, “alkenyloxy”, “alkenyloxyalkyl”, “alkoxyalkyl”, “aryl”, “perhaloaryl”, “haloalkoxy”, “haloalkoxyalkyl”, “haloalkenyloxy”, “haloalkenyloxyalkyl”, “alkylenedioxy”, “haloalkylenedioxy”, “heterocyclyl”, “heteroaryl”, “hydroxyhaloalkyl”, “alkylsulfonyl”, “haloalkylsulfonyl”, “alkylsulfonylalkyl”, “haloalkylsulfonylalkyl”, “alkylsulfinyl”, “alkylsulfinylalkyl”, “haloalkylsulfinylalkyl”, “aralkyl”, “heteroaralkyl”, “perhaloaralkyl”, “aralkylsulfonyl”, “aralkylsulfonylalkyl”, “aralkylsulfinyl”, “aralkylsulfinylalkyl”, “cycloalkyl”, “cycloalkylalkanoyl”, “cycloalkylalkyl”, “cycloalkenyl”, “halocycloalkyl”, “halocycloalkenyl”, “cycloalkylsulfinyl”, “cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl”, “cycloalkylsulfonyl”, “cycloalkylsulfonylalkyl”, “cycloalkoxy”, “cycloalkoxyalkyl”, “cycloalkylalkoxy”, “cycloalkenyloxy”, “cycloalkenyloxyalkyl”, “cycloalkylenedioxy”, “halocycloalkoxy”, “halocycloalkoxyalkyl”, “halocycloalkenyloxy”, “halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl”, “alkylthio”, “haloalkylthio”, “alkylsulfinyl”, “amino”, “oxy”, “thio”, “alkylamino”, “arylamino”, “aralkylamino”, “arylsulfinyl”, “arylsulfinylalkyl”, “arylsulfonyl”, “arylsulfonylalkyl”, “heteroarylsulfinyl”, “heteroarylsulfinylalkyl”, “heteroarylsulfonyl”, “heteroarylsulfonylalkyl”, “heteroarylamino”, “heteroarylaminoalkyl”, “heteroaryloxy”, “heteroaryloxylalkyl”, “aryloxy”, “aroyl”, “aralkanoyl”, “aralkoxy”, “aryloxyalkyl”, “haloaryloxyalkyl”, “heteroaroyl”, “heteroaralkanoyl”, “heteroaralkoxy”, “heteroaralkoxyalkyl”, “arylthio”, “arylthioalkyl”, “alkoxyalkyl”, “acyl” and “diacyl” groups defined above may optionally have 1 to 5 non-hydrido substituents such as perhaloaralkyl, aralkylsulfonyl, aralkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylsulfinyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, cycloalkylsulfinyl, cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylamino, N-heteroarylamino-N-alkylamino, heteroarylaminoalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxylalkyl, haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxylalkyl, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkoxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkoxy, cycloalkenyloxyalkyl, cycloalkylenedioxy, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyloxy, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, hydroxy, amino, thio, nitro, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylthioalkyl, arylamino, aralkylamino, arylthio, arylthioalkyl, heteroaralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfinylalkyl, heteroarylsulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, haloalkylsulfinylalkyl, haloalkylsulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfonamido, alkylaminosulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, monoarylamidosulfonyl, arylsulfonamido, diarylamidosulfonyl, monoalkyl monoaryl amidosulfonyl, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylthio, heteroarylsulfinyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, aralkanoyl, heteroaralkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkenyloxy, alkenyloxyalky, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylenedioxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkanoyl, cycloalkenyl, lower cycloalkylalkyl, lower cycloalkenylalkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyaralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydoxyheteroaralkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, aryloxyalkyl, saturated heterocyclyl, partially saturated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkenyl, heteroarylalkenyl, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, carboaralkoxy, carboxamido, carboxamidoalkyl, cyano, carbohaloalkoxy, phosphono, phosphonoalkyl, diaralkoxyphosphono, and diaralkoxyphosphonoalkyl. [0268]
  • The term “spacer” can include a covalent bond and a linear moiety having a backbone of 1 to 7 continous atoms. The spacer may have 1 to 7 atoms of a univalent or multi-valent chain. Univalent chains may be constituted by a radical selected from ═C(H)—, ═C(R[0269] 17)—, —O—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —NH—, —N(R17)—, —N═, —CH(OH)—, ═C(OH)—, —CH(OR17)—, ═C(OR17)—, and —C(O)—wherein R17 is selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, aryloxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkylthioalkyl, arylthioalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, perhaloaralkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroarylthioalkyl, and heteroarylalkenyl. Multi-valent chains may consist of a straight chain of 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 atoms or a straight chain of 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 atoms with a side chain. The chain may be constituted of one or more radicals selected from: lower alkylene, lower alkenyl, —O—, —O—CH2—, —S—CH2—, —CH2CH2—, ethenyl, —CH═CH(OH)—, —OCH2O—, —O(CH2)2O—, —NHCH2—, —OCH(R17)O—, —O(CH2CHR17)O—, —OCF2O—, —O(CF2)2O—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —N(H)—, —N(H)O—, —N(R17)O—, —N(R17)—, —C(O)—, —C(O)NH—, —C(O)NR17—, —N═, —OCH2—, —SCH2—, S(O)CH2—, —CH2C(O)—, —CH(OH)—, ═C(OH)—, —CH(OR17)—, ═C(OR17)—, S(O)2CH2—, and —NR17CH2— and many other radicals defined above or generally known or ascertained by one of skill-in-the art. Side chains may include substituents such as 1 to 5 non-hydrido substituents such as perhaloaralkyl, aralkylsulfonyl, aralkylsulfonylalkyl, aralkylsulfinyl, aralkylsulfinylalkyl, halocycloalkyl, halocycloalkenyl, cycloalkylsulfinyl, cycloalkylsulfinylalkyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylamino, N-heteroarylamino—N-alkylarnino, heteroarylaminoalkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxylalkyl, haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, haloalkoxylalkyl, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkenyloxy, cycloalkoxyalkyl, cycloalkylalkoxy, cycloalkenyloxyalkyl, cycloalkylenedioxy, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, halocycloalkenyloxy, halocycloalkenyloxyalkyl, hydroxy, amino, thio, nitro, lower alkylamino, alkylthio, alkylthioalkyl, arylamino, aralkylamino, arylthio, arylthioalkyl, heteroaralkoxyalkyl, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfinylalkyl, arylsulfonylalkyl, heteroarylsulfinylalkyl, heteroarylsulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, haloalkylsulfinylalkyl, haloalkylsulfonylalkyl, alkylsulfonamido, alkylaminosulfonyl, amidosulfonyl, monoalkyl amidosulfonyl, dialkyl amidosulfonyl, monoarylamidosulfonyl, arylsulfonamido, diarylamidosulfonyl, monoalkyl monoaryl amidosulfonyl, arylsulfinyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylthio, heteroarylsulfinyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, aralkanoyl, heteroaralkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkenyloxy, alkenyloxyalky, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylenedioxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, lower cycloalkylalkyl, lower cycloalkenylalkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyaralkyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydoxyheteroaralkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, aryloxyalkyl, saturated heterocyclyl, partially saturated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkenyl, heteroarylalkenyl, carboxyalkyl, carboalkoxy, carboaralkoxy, carboxamido, carboxamidoalkyl, cyano, carbohaloalkoxy, phosphono, phosphonoalkyl, diaralkoxyphosphono, and diaralkoxyphosphonoalkyl.
  • Chiral compounds of the present invention have a hydroxyl group substitutent on a chiral carbon of the alkanol and propanol compounds of the present invention specifically in the R-stereoisomeric configuration based on the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog convention for stereoisomeric carbon atoms. The R-stereoisomeric configuration compounds of the present invention may optionally have one or more additional chiral carbons present in each compound. The R-stereoisomeric configuration compounds of the present invention can exist in tautomeric, geometric, and other stereoisomeric forms. The present invention having a hydroxyl group substitutent on a chiral carbon of the alkanol and propanol compounds in the R-stereoisomeric configuration contemplates all such forms of said invented compounds, including cis- and trans-geometric isomers, E- and Z-geometric isomers, diastereomers, and other mixtures thereof, as falling within the scope of the invention. Pharmaceutically acceptable sales of such tautomeric, geometric or stereoisomeric forms are also included within the invention. The standard definitions for the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog convention and stereochemical system can be found in Pure Applied Chemistry, 1976, Vol. 45, pages 15-30 and Cahn et al., Angewandte Chemie International Edition English, 1966, Vol. 5, pages 385-415. [0270]
  • The terms “cis” and “trans” denote a form of geometric isomerism in which two carbon atoms connected by a double bond will each have a hydrogen atom on the same side of the double bond (“cis”) or on opposite sides of the double bond (“trans”). [0271]
  • Some of the compounds described contain alkenyl groups, and are meant to include both cis and trans or “E” and “Z” geometric forms. [0272]
  • Some of the compounds described contain one or more stereocenters in addition to said hydroxyl group substitutent on a chiral carbon of the alkanol and propanol compounds in the R-stereoisomeric configuration and are meant to include R, S, and mixtures of R and S forms for each additional stereocenter present. [0273]
  • Some of the compounds described herein may contain one or more ketonic or aldehydic carbonyl groups or combinations thereof alone or as part of a heterocyclic ring system. Such carbonyl groups may exist in part or principally in the “keto” form and in part or principally as one or more “enol” forms of each aldehyde and ketone group present. Compounds of the present invention having aldehydic or ketonic carbonyl groups are meant to include both “keto” and “enol” tautomeric forms. [0274]
  • Some of the compounds described herein may contain one or more amide carbonyl groups or combinations thereof alone or as part of a heterocyclic ring system. Such carbonyl groups may exist in part or principally in the “keto” form and in part or principally as one or more “enol” forms of each amide group present. Compounds of the present invention having amidic carbonyl groups are meant to include both “keto” and “enol” tautomeric forms. Said amide carbonyl groups may be both oxo (C═O) and thiono (C═S) in type. [0275]
  • Some of the compounds described herein may contain one or more imine or enamine groups or combinations thereof. Such groups may exist in part or principally in the “imine” form and in part or principally as one or more “enamine” forms of each group present. Compounds of the present invention having said imine or enamine groups are meant to include both “imine” and “enamine” tautomeric forms. [0276]
  • The following general synthetic sequences are useful in making the present invention. Abbreviations used in the schemes are as follows: “AA” represents amino acids, “BINAP” represents 2,2′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl, “Boc” represents tert-butyloxycarbonyl, “BOP” represents benzotriazol-1-yl-oxy-tris-(dimethylamino), “bu” represents butyl, “dba” represents dibenzylideneacetone, “DCC” represents 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, “DIBAH” represents diisobutylaluminum hydride, “DIPEA” represents diisopropylethylamine, “DMF” represents dimethylformamide, “DMSO” represents dimethylsulfoxide, “Fmoc” represents 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl, “LDA” represents lithium diisopropylamide, “PHTH” represents a phthaloyl group, “pnZ” represents 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, “PTC” represents a phase transfer catalyst, “p-TsOH” represents paratoluenesulfonic acid, “TBAF” represents tetrabutylammonium fluoride, “TBTU” represents 2-(1H-benzotriozole-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyl uronium tetrafluoroborate, “TEA” represents triethylamine, “TFA” represents trifluoroacetic acid, “THF” represents tetrahydrofuran, “TMS” represents trimethylsilyl, and “Z” represents benzyloxycarbonyl. [0277]
  • The present invention comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP in association with at least one pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier, adjuvant or diluent. [0278]
  • The present invention also comprises a treatment and prophylaxis of coronary artery disease and other CETP-mediated disorders in a subject, comprising administering to the subject having such disorder a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of Formula I-H: [0279]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00021
  • or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, wherein R[0280] 1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, X, Y, and Z are as defined above for the compounds of Formula I-H.
  • As a further embodiment, compounds of the present invention of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as defined above comprise a treatment and prophylaxis of coronary artery disease and other CETP-mediated disorders in a subject, comprising administering to the subject having such disorder a therapeutically-effective amount of compounds I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP of the present invention or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof. [0281]
  • Compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP are capable of inhibiting activity of cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP), and thus could be used in the manufacture of a medicament, a method for the prophylactic or therapeutic treatment of diseases mediated by CETP, such as peripheral vascular disease, hyperlipidaemia, hypercholesterolemia, and other diseases attributable to either high LDL and low HDL or a combination of both, or a procedure to study the mechanism of action of the cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP) to enable the design of better inhibitors. The compounds of Formula I-H would be also useful in prevention of cerebral vascular accident (CVA) or stroke. [0282]
  • Also included in the family of compounds of Formula I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP are the pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof. The term “pharmaceutically-acceptable salts” embraces salts commonly used to form alkali metal salts and to form addition salts of free acids or free bases. The nature of the salt is not critical, provided that it is pharmaceutically acceptable. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salts of compounds of Formula I-H may be prepared from inorganic acid or from an organic acid. Examples of such inorganic acids are hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, nitric, carbonic, sulfuric and phosphoric acid. [0283]
  • Appropriate organic acids may be selected from aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic, araliphatic, heterocyclic, carboxylic and sulfonic classes of organic acids, examples of which are formic, acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, gluconic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, glucoronic, maleic, fumaric, pyruvic, aspartic, glutamic, benzoic, anthranilic, mesylic, salicylic, p-hydroxybenzoic, phenylacetic, mandelic, embonic (pamoic), methanesulfonic, ethylsulfonic, benzenesulfonic, sulfanilic, stearic, cyclohexylaminosulfonic, algenic, galacturonic acid. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable base addition salts of compounds of Formula V-H include metallic salts made from aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc or organic salts made from N,N′-dibenzylethyleneldiamine, choline, chloroprocaine, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglumine (N-methylglucamine) and procain. All of these salts may be prepared by conventional means from the corresponding compound of Formula I-H by reacting, for example, the appropriate acid or base with the compound of Formula I-H. [0284]
  • Also embraced within this invention is a class of pharmaceutical compositions comprising the active compounds of Formula I-H in association with one or more non-toxic, pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers and/or diluents and/or adjuvants (collectively referred to herein as “carrier” materials) and, if desired, other active ingredients. The active compounds of the present invention may be administered by any suitable route, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition adapted to such a route, and in a dose effective for the treatment intended. The active compounds and composition may, for example, be administered orally, intravascularly, intraperitoneally, subcutaneously, intramuscularly or topically. [0285]
  • For oral administration, the pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of, for example, a tablet, capsule, suspension or liquid. The pharmaceutical composition is preferably made in the form of a dosage unit containing a particular amount of the active ingredient. Examples of such dosage units are tablets or capsules. The active ingredient may also be administered by injection as a composition wherein, for example, saline, dextrose or water may be used as a suitable carrier. [0286]
  • The amount of therapeutically active compounds which are administered and the dosage regimen for treating a disease condition with the compounds and/or compositions of this invention depends on a variety of factors, including the age, weight, sex and medical condition of the subject, the severity of the disease, the route and frequency of administration, and the particular compound employed, and thus may vary widely. [0287]
  • The pharmaceutical compositions may contain active ingredients in the range of about 0.1 to 2000 mg, and preferably in the range of about 0.5 to 500 mg. A daily dose of about 0.01 to 100 mg/kg body weight, and preferably between about 0.5 and about 20 mg/kg body weight, may be appropriate. The daily dose can be administered in one to four doses per day. [0288]
  • The compounds may be formulated in topical ointment or cream, or as a suppository, containing the active ingredients in a total amount of, for example, 0.075 to 30% w/w, preferably 0.2 to 20% w/w and most preferably 0.4 to 15% w/w. When formulated in an ointment, the active ingredients may be employed with either paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in-water cream base. If desired, the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example at least 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol such as propylene glycol, butane-1,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol, polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof. The topical formulation may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the active ingredient through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethylsulfoxide and related analogs. The compounds of this invention can also be administered by a transdermal device. Preferably topical administration will be accomplished using a patch either of the reservoir and porous membrane type or of a solid matrix variety. In either case, the active agent is delivered continuously from the reservoir or microcapsules through a membrane into the active agent permeable adhesive, which is in contact with the skin or mucosa of the recipient. If the active agent is absorbed through the skin, a controlled and predetermined flow of the active agent is administered to the recipient. In the case of microcapsules, the encapsulating agent may also function as the membrane. [0289]
  • The oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner. While the phase may comprise merely an emulsifier, it may comprise a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat. Together, the emulsifier(s) with or without stabilizer(s) make-up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations. Emulsifiers and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the present invention include Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, and sodium lauryl sulfate, among others. [0290]
  • The choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the active compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations is very low. Thus, the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers. Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters may be used. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used. [0291]
  • For therapeutic purposes, the active compounds of this combination invention are ordinarily combined with one or more adjuvants appropriate to the indicated route of administration. If administered per os, the compounds may be admixed with lactose, sucrose, starch powder, cellulose esters of alkanoic acids, cellulose alkyl esters, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulfuric acids, gelatin, acacia gum, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or polyvinyl alcohol, and then tableted or encapsulated for convenient administration. Such capsules or tablets may contain a controlled-release formulation as may be provided in a dispersion of active compound in hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose. Formulations for parenteral administration may be in the form of aqueous or non-aqueous isotonic sterile injection solutions or suspensions. These solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders or granules having one or more of the carriers or diluents mentioned for use in the formulations for oral administration. The compounds may be dissolved in water, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethanol, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, benzyl alcohol, sodium chloride, and/or various buffers. Other adjuvants and modes of administration are well and widely known in the pharmaceutical art. [0292]
  • The present invention further comprises a process for the preparation of (R)-chiral compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP by reacting suitable secondary amines with (R)-chiral forms of alcohols, epoxides, and cyclic sulfate esters. [0293]
  • The present invention also comprises a process for the preparation of (R)-chiral compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP by reacting a suitable secondary amine with a substantially stoichiometric amount of a (R)-chiral epoxide in the presence of a transition metal-based salt. [0294]
  • The present invention also comprises a process for the preparation of (R)-chiral precursor compounds useful in the preparation of compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP by reacting a suitable primary amine with a substantially stoichiometric amount of a (R)-chiral epoxide with or without the presence of an added transition metal-based compound. [0295]
  • All mentioned references are incorporated by reference as if here written. [0296]
  • Although this invention has been described with respect to specific embodiments, the details of these embodiments are not to be construed as limitations. [0297]
  • GENERAL SYNTHETIC PROCEDURES
  • The compounds of the present invention can be synthesized, for example, according to the following procedures of Schemes 1 through 58 below, wherein the substituents are as defined for Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP above except where further noted. [0298]
  • Synthetic Schemes 1 and 2 shows the preparation of compounds of formula XIII (“Generic Secondary Amines”) which are intermediates in the preparation of the compounds of the present invention corresponding to Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated I—Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”), Formula 1-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated I-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) wherein A and Q are independently aryl and heteroaryl. Schemes 1 and 2, taken together, prepare 1-substitutedamino-2-alkanols of the present invention by addition of a halogenated, oxygen containing precursor to a secondary amine to introduce an oxy containing alkyl group wherein the two groups making up the secondary amine both are made up of aromatic groups or both groups contain aromatic rings wherein said aromatic rings maybe 0 to 2 aryl rings and 0 to 2 heteroaryl rings. [0299]
  • The “Generic Imine” corresponding to Formula XII can be prepared through dehydration techniques generally known in the art and the preferred technique depending on the nature of “Generic Amine-I” of Formula X by reacting it with the “Generic Carbonyl Compound” of Formula XI. For example, when Z is a covalent bond, methylene, methine substituted with another subsitutent, ethylene, or another subsituent as defined in Formula I-H, the two reactants (X and XI) react by refluxing them in an aprotic solvent, such as hexane, toluene, cyclohexane, benzene, and the like, using a Dean—Stark type trap to remove water. After about 2-8 hours or until the removal of water is complete, the aprotic solvent is removed in vacuo to yield the “Generic Imine” of Formula XII. Alternately, when Z is an oxygen, the “Generic Imine” is an oxime derivative. Oxime type “Generic Imine” compounds are readily prepared from the corresponding O-substituted hydroxylamine and the appropriate aldehyde or ketone type “Generic Carbonyl Compound”. Suitable procedures are described by Shriner, Fuson, and Curtin in The Systematic Indentification of Organic Compounds, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons and by Fieser and Fieser in Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volume 1, John Wiley & Sons, which are incorporated herein by reference. Alternately, when Z is a nitrogen, the “Generic Imine” is a hydrazone derivative. Hydrazone type “Generic Imine” compounds are readily prepared from the corresponding hydrazine and the appropriate aldehyde or ketone type “Generic Carbonyl Compound”. Suitable procedures for forming the hydrazone imines are also described by Shriner, Fuson, and Curtin in The Systematic Indentification of Organic Compounds, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, and by Fieser and Fieser in Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volume 1, John Wiley & Sons, which are incorporated herein by reference. [0300]
  • Scheme 1 shows the preparation of “Generic Imine” compounds in which the amine functionality is bonded to Z; Z is bonded to A; and Y is bonded to Q. One of skill in the art will recognize that A and Q as defined can be structurally interchanged to prepare “Generic Imine” compounds with similar, identical or different structures. [0301]
  • The “Generic Secondary Amines” of Formula XIII can be prepared from the corresponding “Generic Imine” of Formula XII in several ways. [0302]
  • For example, in one synthetic scheme (Reduction Method-1), which is preferred when Z is a nitrogen, the “Generic Imine” hydrazone of Formula XII is partially or completely dissolved in lower alkanols such as ethanol or like solvent containing sufficient organic acid such as acetic acid or mineral acid such as HCl or sulfuric acid to neutralize the hydrazone as described in WO Patent Application No.9738973, Swiss Patent CH 441366 and U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,359,316 and 3,334,017, which are incorporated herein by reference. The resulting mixture is then hydrogenated at 0-100° C., more preferrably 20-50° C., and most preferrably between 20-30° C. and pressures of 10-200 psi hydrogen or more preferrably between 50-70 psi hydrogen in the presence of a noble metal catalyst such as PtO[0303] 2. The mixture is cooled, and a base such as sodium carbonate or sodium hydroxide added until the solution is neutral to just alkaline (pH 6-8).
  • Isolation of the desired product can be accomplished, for example, by removing the ethanol, adding water, and extracting the aqueous-organic mixture twice with a solvent, such as diethyl ether or methylene chloride, that is immiscible with water. The combined solvent extract is washed with saturated brine, dried with a drying agent such as anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to yield the “Generic Secondary Amines” hydrazine of Formula XIII. If needed the “Generic Secondary Amines” hydrazine can be further purified by crystallization, distillation at reduced pressure, or liquid chromatography. [0304]
  • In another synthetic scheme (Reduction Method-2), which is preferrred when Z is a single bond or carbon, the “Generic Imine” of Formula XII is slurried in a lower alcohol such as ethanol, methanol or like solvent at 0-10° C. and solid sodium borohydride is added in batches over 5-10 minutes at 0-10° C. with stirring. The reaction mixture is stirred below 10° C. for 30-90 minutes and then is warmed gradually to 15-30° C. After about 1-10 hours, the mixture is cooled and acid is added until the aqueous layer was just acidic (pH 5-7). [0305]
  • Isolation of the desired product can be accomplished, for example, by extracting the aqueous layer twice with a solvent, such as diethyl ether or methylene chloride, that is immiscible with water. The combined solvent extract is washed with saturated brine, dried with a drying agent such as anhydrous MgSO4, and concentrated in vacuo to yield the “Generic Secondary Amines” amine, aniline, or amine of Formula XIII. If needed the “Generic Secondary Amines” amine, aniline, or amine derivative can be further purified by crystallization, distillation at reduced pressure, or liquid chromatography. [0306]
  • In yet another synthetic scheme (Reduction Method-3), which is preferrred when Z is an oxygen, the “Generic Imine” oxime of Formula XII is slurried in a lower alcohol solvent such methanol or like solvent at 0-10° C. and acidified to a pH less than 4. Solid sodium cyanoborohydride is added in batches over 30-90 minutes at 0-20° C. with stirring and addition of a suitable organic or mineral acid to keep the pH at or below 4. The reaction mixture is stirred and warmed gradually to about 20-25° C. After about 1-10 hours, the mixture is cooled and base added until the mixture was just slightly alkaline. [0307]
  • Isolation of the desired product can be accomplished, for example, by removing the methanol or other low boiling solvent in vacuo. The residue is slurried with water and aqueous-organic mixture is extracted twice with a solvent, such as diethyl ether or methylene chloride, that is immiscible with water. The combined solvent extract is washed with saturated brine, dried with a drying agent such as anhydrous MgSO[0308] 4, and concentrated in vacuo to yield the “Generic Secondary Amines” hydroxylamine of Formula XIII. If needed the “Generic Secondary Amines” hydroxylamine can be further purified by crystallization, distillation at reduced pressure, or liquid chromatography.
  • The “Generic Secondary Amines” of Formula XIII can also be prepared, according to Scheme 1 by two alkylation procedures based on the nucleophilic substitution of bromides by amines. In one procedure, “Generic Amine-i” of Formula X is reacted with “Generic Bromide-1” of Formula XXI. In another alkylation procedure, “Generic Amine-2” of Formula XXII is reacted together with “Generic Bromide-2” of Formula XXIII. [0309]
  • In one synthetic alkylation scheme (Alkylation Method-1), a “Generic Amine-1” of Formula X is reacted with a “Generic Bromide-2” of Formula XXIII as described in Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry, Fifth Edition, 1989, pages 902 to 905 and references cited therein all of which are incorporated herein by reference. In this procedure, the “Generic Amine-1” is placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a reflux condenser with the capability to either cool or heat the vessel as dictated by the reaction. A suitable “Generic Amine-1” will be selected from primary amine and primary aromatic amine classes of compounds. Cooling may be needed and used should the reaction prove strongly exothermic. Heating may be needed and used to drive the reaction to completion. A suitable solvent may also be used to dissolve the “Generic Amine-1”. Suitable solvents are hydrocarbons such as toluene, hexane, xylene, and cyclohexane, ethers, amides such as dimethylformamide, esters such as ethyl acetate, ketones such as acetone, and nitrites such as acetonitrile or mixtures of two or more of these solvents. A suitable base is also added to the reaction vessel. Suitable bases include cesium carbonate, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate and sodium bicarbonate. The base will normally be added in at least a stoichmetric quantity compared to the “Generic Amine-1” so as to neutralize liberated acid as it forms. [0310]
  • The “Generic Bromide-1” of Formula XXI is then added to the reaction vessel in portions so as to minimize the rate of heat evolution and minimize the concentration of the “Generic Bromide-1”. The “Generic Bromide-1” will be selected from primary and secondary organic alkyl and substituted alkyl halide compounds. The halide will preferrably be a bromide although iodides and chlorides may also be generally used. One of skill in the art will also be able to readily select and utilize organic alkyl and substituted alkyl compounds containing readily displaceable primary and secondary groups such as tosylates, mesylates, triflates, and the like. Alternately, the halides can be generally prepared from the corresponding alcohols by reaction with, for example, concentrated hydrohalic acids such as HBr or by reaction with phosphorus trihalides such as PBr[0311] 3 as described in Fieser and Fieser in Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volume 1, John Wiley & Sons, which are incorporated herein by reference. The appropriate alcohols can be converted to tosylates, mesylates, and triflates using procedures described below.
  • Addition of the “Generic Bromide-1” is carried out over a period of a few minutes to several hours at temperatures between 0 and 150° C. Preferrably, the addition will take 30-120 minutes at a temperature of 0 to 50° C. The reaction can be stirred until completion. Completion can be monitored, for example, spectroscopically using nuclear magnetic resonance or chromatographically using thin layer, liquid, or gas chromatographic procedures. If the reaction does not proceed to completion, the reactants may be heated until completion is obtained and verified. [0312]
  • Isolation of the desired product can be accomplished, for example, when a water immiscible solvent was used for the reaction, by adding water to the finished reaction. Additional base such as sodium carbonate can be added to ensure the reaction is basic (pH of 9 to I1). The organic layer containing the “Generic Secondary Amine” is washed with saturated brine, dried with a drying agent such as anhydrous MgSO[0313] 4, and concentrated in vacuo to yield the “Generic Secondary Amine” amine, aniline, or amine of Formula XIII. If needed the “Generic Secondary Amine” amine, aniline, or amine derivative can be further purified by crystallization, distillation at reduced pressure, or liquid chromatography.
  • In a second synthetic alkylation scheme (Alkylation Method-2), a “Generic Amine-2” of Formula XXII is reacted with a “Generic Bromide-2” of Formula XXIII in a method employing pallladium catalyzed carbon-nitrogen bond formation. Suitable procedures for this conversion are described in Wagaw and Buchwald, J. Org. Chem.(1996), 61, 7240-7241, Wolfe, Wagaw and Buchwald, J. Am. Chem. Soc. (1996), 118, 7215-7216, and Wolfe and Buchwald, Tetrahedron Letters (1997), 38(36), 6359-6362 and references cited therein all of which are incorporated herein by reference. The preferred “Generic Bromide-2” of Formula XXIII are generally aryl bromides, aryl triflates, and heteroaryl bromides. [0314]
  • The “Generic Amine-1” and “Generic Amine-2” amines, hydroxylamines, and hydrazines, the “Generic Carbonyl Compound” aldehydes, ketones, hydrazones, and oximes, and “Generic Bromide-1” and “Generic Bromide-2” halides, tosylates, mesylates, triflates, and precursor alcohols required to prepare the “Generic Secondary Amine” compounds are available from commercial sources, can be prepared by one skilled in the art from published procedures, and/or can be obtained using specific procedures shown in Schemes 42, 43, and 44. Commercial sources include but are not limited to Aldrich Chemical, TCI-America, Lancaster-Synthesis, Oakwood Products, Acros Organics, and Maybridge Chemical. Disclosed procedures for “Generic Amine” amines, hydroxylamines, and hydrazines include Sheradsky and Nov, J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 1 (1980), (12), 2781-6; Marcoux, Doye, and Buchwald, J. Am. Chem. Soc. (1997), 119, 1053-9; Sternbach and Jamison, Tetrahedron Lett. (1981), 22(35), 33314; U.S. Pat. No. 5,306,718; EP No. 314435; WO No. 9001874; WO No. 9002113; JP No. 05320117; WO No. 9738973; Swiss Patent No. CH 441366; U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,359,316 and 3,334,017; and references cited therein which are incorporated herein by reference. Representative specific “Generic Secondary Amine” of Formula XIII compounds useful for the preparation of compounds of the present invention are listed in Tables 3, 4, and 5. [0315]
    TABLE 3
    Structure of “Secondary Phenyl Amine” Reagents.
    Secondary
    Phenyl Amine
    (XIIIA)
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00022
    Reagent
    Number R4 R5 R6 R7 R9 R10 R11 Y R14
     1N H phenoxy H H H OCF2CF2H H CH H
     2N H OCF3 H H H OCF2CF2H H CH H
     3N F H H F H OCF2CF2H H CH H
     4N H F H H H OCF2CF2H H CH H
     5N H phenoxy H H H OCF3 H CH H
     6N H OCF3 H H H OCF3 H CH H
     7N H H phenyl H H OCF3 H CH H
     8N H phenyl H H H OCF3 H CH H
     9N H H H H H OCF3 H CH H
    10N H Br H H H OCF3 H CH H
    11N H CF3 F H H CF3 H CH H
    12N H CH3 H H H CF3 H CH H
    13N H CF3 H H H CF3 H CH H
    14N H CH3 H H H OCF3 H CH H
    15N H F F H H OCF3 H CH H
    16N H Br H H H CF3 H CH H
    17N H CF3 F H H OCF3 H CH H
    18N H F H H H OCF3 H CH H
    19N H Cl H H H OCF3 H CH H
    20N H F H H H CF3 H CH H
    21N H F F H H CF3 H CH H
    22N H Cl H H H CF3 H CH H
    23N H F H H H phenoxy H CH H
    24N H CF3 Cl H H CH3 H CH H
    25N H CF3 F H H CH3 H CH H
    26N H H H H H CF3 H CH H
    27N F F H H H CF3 H CH H
    28N H H OCH3 H H CF3 H CH H
    29N H F F H H CH3 H CH H
    30N H OCH H H H CH3 H CH H
    31N H H CH3 H H H H CH H
    32N H Cl H H H H H CH H
    33N H F H H H F H CH H
    34N H H OCH3 H H CH3 H CH H
    35N H H H H H H H CH H
    36N H H CH3 H H CH3 H CH H
    37N H H Cl H H H H CH H
    38N H F H H H 3-CF3-phenoxy H CH H
    39N H F H H H 4-CH3O-phenoxy H CH H
    40N H F H H H 4-Cl-phenoxy H CH H
    41N H F H H H H H CH H
    42N H F H H H CH3 H CH H
    43N H F H F H CH3 H CH H
    44N F F H H H CH3 H CH H
    45N H Cl H H H CH3 H CH H
    46N H CH3 H H H CH3 H CH H
    48N H H CH3 H H CF3 H CH H
    51N H H CH3 H H F H CH H
    52N H CF3 H H H F H CH H
    53N H CF3 H H H CH3 H CH H
    54N H OCH3 H H H CF3 H CH H
    56N H H CH3 H H CF3 H CH H
    57N H phenoxy H H H H OCF3 CH H
    58N H H H H H H OCF3 CH H
    59N H OCF3 H H H H OCF3 CH H
    60N H CF3 F H H H CF3 CH H
    61N H H OCH3 H H H CF3 CH H
    62N H CH3 H H H H CF3 CH H
    63N H Cl H H H H CF3 CH H
    64N H CF3 H H H H OCF3 CH H
    65N H F H H H H OCF3 CH H
    66N H F H F H H OCF3 CH H
    67N H Br H H H H OCF3 CH H
    68N H Cl H H H H OCF3 CH H
    69N H F F H H H OCF3 CH H
    70N H F H H H H phenyl CH H
    71N H CH3 H H H H OCF3 CH H
    72N H F F H H H CF3 CH H
    73N H Cl H H H H CH3 CH H
    74N H OCH3 H H H H CH3 CH H
    75N H F H H H H CH3 CH H
    76N F F H H H H OCF3 CH H
    78N H H OCH3 H H H CH3 CH H
    79N H H CH3 H H H CH3 CH H
    80N H CH3 H H H H CH3 CH H
    82N H F F H H H CH3 CH H
    83N H F H F H H CH3 CH H
    84N F F H H H H CH3 CH H
    85N F CF3 H H H H CH3 CH H
    86N H H CH3 H H H CF3 CH H
    88N H CF3 H H H H CH3 CH H
    90N H H CF3 H H H CH3 CH H
    92N H CF3 F H H H CH3 CH H
  • [0316]
    TABLE 4
    Structure of “Secondary Phenyl Amine” Reagents (Z is covalent bond; there is no R15 substituent; R4 and R13 equal H).
    Secondary
    Phenyl Amine
    (XIII-A)
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00023
    Spacer
    Rgnt. Bond
    No. R5 R6 R7 R8 Y R14 R9 R10 R11 R12 Spacer Points
     93N Br H H CH H H H OCF3 —O— R8 + R9
     94N OCF3 H H CH H H H OCF3 R8 + R9
     95N Br H H C H OCF3 H H ═CH— R8 + R14
     96N OH OH H H CH H H C6H5O H H none none
     97N C6H5O H H H CH H H OH OH H none none
     98N 3-pyridyl H H H CH H H CF3 H H none none
     99N SO2N(CH3)2 H H H CH H H OCF3 H H none none
    (CH3)2
    100N SO2CH3 H H H CH H H OCF3 H H none none
    101N C6H5O H H H CH H H C6H5O H H none none
    102N CF3 H H H CH H H C6H5O H H none none
    103N C6H5 H H H CH H H C6H5O H H none none
    104N H C6H5 H H CH H H C6H5O H H none none
    105N C6H5O H H H CH H H 4-Cl-C6H4O H H none none
    106N CF3O H H H CH H H 4-Cl-C6H4O H H none none
    107N C6H5O H H H CH H H 3,4-Cl—C6H3O H H none none
    108N CF3O H H H CH H H 3,4-Cl—C6H3O H H none none
    109N CF3O H H H CH H H 3,5-Cl—C6H3O H H none none
    110N CF3O H H H CH H H 3-CH3O—C6H4O H H none none
    C6H4O
    111N CF3O H H H CH H H H 3-CH3O—C6H4O H none none
    112N CF3O H H H CH H H 3-CF3—C6H4O H H none none
    113N CF3O H H H CH H H C6H5—CH2O H H none none
    114N CF3O H H H CH H H C6H5—CH2O CH3O H none none
    115N CF3O H H H CH H H C6H5—CH2O C6H5—CH2O H none none
    116N CF3H H H H CH H H ethoxy H H none none
    117N CF3O H H H CH H H CH3CO2 H H none none
    118N CF3O H H H CH H H HOCH2—CH2O
    119N CF3O H H H CH H H
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00024
    H H none none
    120N CF3O H H H CH H H R10 + R11 = OCH2O H none none
    121N CF3O H H H CH H H R10 + R11 = OCH2CH2O H none none
    122N CF3O H H H CH H H CH3O CH3O H none none
    123N CF3O H H H CH H H ethoxy CH3O H none none
    124N CF3O H H H CH H H ethoxy ethoxy H none none
    125N CF3O H H H CH H H CH3CO2 CH3CO2 H none none
    126N CF3O H H H CH H H CH3O CH3CO2 H none none
    127N CF3O H H H CH H H n-butoxy H H none none
    128N CF3O H H H CH H H CH3O H H none none
    129N CF3O H H H CH H H H CH3O H none none
    130N CH3O H H H CH H H CH3O H H none none
    131N CH3O H H H CH H H H CF3O H none none
    132N CF3O H H H CH H H H ethoxy H none none
    133N CF3O H H H CH H H H n-propoxy H none none
    134N C6H5—CH2O H H H CH H H CF3O H H none none
    135N C6H5—CH2O H H H CH H H C6H5O H H none none
    136N ethoxy H H H CH H H CF3O H H none none
    137N R5 + R6 = OCH2O H H CH H H CF3O H H none none
    138N R5 + R6 = OCH2O H H CH H H C6H5O H H none none
    139N R5 + R6 = OCH3CH2O H H CH H H CF3O H H none none
    140N CH3O CH3O H H CH H H CF3O H H none none
    141N R5 + R6 = OCH2CH2CH2O H H CH H H CF3O H H none none
    142N cyclopentoxy CH3O H H CH H H CF3O H H none none
    143N H C6H5O H H CH H H CF3O H H none none
    144N CH3O CH3O CH3O H CH H H CF3O H H none none
    145N H CF3O H H CH H H CF3O H H none none
    146N H Benzyl H H CH H H CF3O H H none none
    147N C6H5O H H H CH H H R10 + R11 = OCH2CH2O H none none
    148N H CF3O H H CH H H CF3 H H none none
    149N C6H5O H H H CH H H CF3 H H none none
    150N C6H5 H H H CH H H CF3
    151N H C6H5 CF3 H H none none
    152N CN H H H CH H H CF3 H H none none
    153N H OCF3 H H CH H H CF3 H H none none
    154N OCF3 H H H CH H H H CF3 H none none
    155N C6H5O H H H CH H H H CF3 H none none
    156N C6H5 H H H CH H H H CF3 H none none
    157N H C6H5 H H CH H H H CF3
    158N CN H H H CH H H H CF3 H none none
    159N OCF3 H H H CH H H H CF3 H none none
    160N CF3 H H H CH H H H C6H5 H none none
    161N CF3 H H H CH H H 3-CF3—C6H5O none none
    162N CF3 H H H CH H H C6H5O H H none none
    163N CF3 CH H H CF3O H H none none
    164N CF3 H H CH H H H C6H5 H none none
    165N H CF3 H H CH H H 3-CF3—C6H5O H H none none
    166N H CF3 H H CH H H CF3O H H none none
    167N H CF3 H H CH H H C6H5O H H none none
    168N CF3 H CF3 H CH H H CF3O H H none none
    169N CF3 H CF3 H CH H H C6H5O H H none none
    170N CF3O H H H CH H H CF3 H CF3 none none
    171N C6H5O H H H CH H H CF3 H CF3 none none
    172N H C6H5O H H CH H H C6H5O H H none none
    173N H CF3O H H CH H H CF3O H H none none
    174N H CF3O H H CH H H H C6H5O H none none
    175N C6H5O H H H CH H H H C6H5O none none
    176N H C6H5O H H CH H H H OCF3 H none none
    177N H C6H5O H H CH H H H C6H5O H none none
    178N C6H5O H H H CH H H H CN H none none
    179N C6H5O H H H CH H H CN H H none none
    180N C6H5O H H H CH H H NO2 H H none none
    181N C6H5O H H H CH H H H NO2 H none none
    182N C6H5O H H H CH H H H SO2CH3 H none none
    183N C6H5O H H H CH H H H 2-NO2-4-Cl—C6H5O H none none
    184N C6H5O H H H CH H H 4-Cl—C6H4O H H none none
    185N C6H5O H H H CH H H H H none none
    186N C6H5O H H H CH H H 3-CF3—C6H3O H H none none
    187N C6H5O H H H CH H H 3,5-Cl—C6H3O H none none
    188N C6H5O H H H CH H H H CH3O H none none
    189N C6H5O H H H CH H H H CO2CH3 H none none
    190N C6H5O H H H CH H H 3-CH3OC6H5O H H none none
    191N C6H5O H H H CH H H 4-CH3OC6H5O H H none none
    193N C6H5O H H H CH H H CO2CH3 H H none none
    194N CN H H H CH H H OCF3 H H none none
    195N NO2 H H H CH H H OCF3 H H none none
    196N H CN H H CH H H OCF3 H H none none
    197N H NO2 H H CH H H OCF3 H H none none
    198N SO2CH3 H H H CH H H OCF3 H H none none
    199N H SO2CH3 H H CH H H OCF3 H H none none
    200N H 4-F—C6H5SO2 H H CH H H OCF3 H H none none
    201N SO2N(CH3)2 H H H CH H H OCF3 H H none none
    202N H SO2N(CH3)2 H H CH H H OCF3 H H none none
    203N H CONH2 H H CH H H OCF3 H H none none
    204N H CONH—C6H5 H H CH H H OCF3 H H none none
    205N H CO2CH3 H H CH H H OCF3 H H none none
    206N H CO2C4H9 H H CH H H OCF3 H H none none
    207N H 4-Cl—C6H5 H H CH H H C6H5O H H none none
    208N H 4-CF3O—C6H5 H H CH H H none none
    209N 4-F—C6H4O H H H CH H H CF3O H H none none
    210N C6F5O H H H CH H H CF3O H H none none
    211N H 4-F—C6H5 H H CH H H none none
    212N H 4-CN—C6H5 H H CH H H CF3O none none
    213N H 4-C6H5—C6H5 H H CH H H CF3O none none
    214N C6H5O H H H CH CH3 H CF3O H H none none
    215N C6H5O H H H CH CH3 H NO2 H H none none
    216N C6H5O H H H CH CH3 H H CN H none none
    217N C6H5O H H H CH 3-CF3C6H5 H CF3 H H none none
    218N C6H5O H H H CH C6H5 H H C6H5 H none none
    219N C6H5O H H H CH C6H5 H CF3 H none none
    220N C6H5O H H H CH CH3 H F H H none none
    221N C6H5O H H H CH CF3 H H H H none none
    222N 0003 bond to —O —of R6 aryl group
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00025
    H H CH H H CF3O H H none none
    223N 0003 to CH2 of R6 aryl group
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00026
    H H CH H H CF3O H H none none
    224N C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CF2H H H none none
    225N 4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CF2H H H none none
    226N 4-F—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CF2H H H none none
    227N 3,4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CF2H H H none none
    228N H C6H5 H H CH H H OCF2CF2H H H none none
    229N H 4-Cl—C6H5 H H CH H H OCF2CF2H H H none none
    230N H 4-F—C6H5 H H CH H H OCF2CF2H H H none none
    231N H 4-Br—C6H5 H H CH H H OCF2CF2H H H none none
    232N 4-Br—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CF2H H H none none
    233N C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CF3 H H none none
    234N 4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CF3 H H none none
    235N 4-F-C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CF3 H H none none
    236N 3,4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CF3 H H none none
    237N H C6H5 H H CH H H OCF2CF3 H H none none
    238N H 4-Cl—C6H5 H H CH H H OCF2CF3 H H none none
    239N H 4-F—C6H5 H H CH H H OCF2CF3 H H none none
    240N H 4-Br—C6H5 H H CH H H OCF2CF3 H H none none
    241N 4-Br—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CF3 H H none none
    242N C6H5O H H H CH H H OCCl2CCl2H H H none none
    243N 4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCCl2CCl2H H H none none
    244N 4-Cl—C6H5O OCCl2CCl3H H H none none
    245N 3,4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCCl2CCl2H H H none none
    246N H C6H5 H H CH H H OCCl2CCl3H H H none none
    247N H 4-Cl—C6H5O H H CH H H OCCl2CCl3H H H none none
    248N H 4-F—C6H5 H H CH H H OCCl2CCl2H H H none none
    249N H 4-Br—C6H5 H H CH H H OCCl2CCl2H H H none none
    250N 4-Br—C6H5 H H H CH H H OCCl2CCl2H H H none none
    251N C6H5O H H H CH H H OCCl2CCl3 H H none none
    252N 4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCCl2CCl3 H H none none
    253N 4-F—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCCl2CCl3 H H none none
    254N 3,4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCCl2CCl3 H H none none
    255N H C6H5 H H CH H H OCCl2CCl3 H H none none
    256N H 4-Cl—C6H5 H H CH H H OCCl2CCl3 H H none none
    257N H 4-F—C6H5 H H CH H H OCCl2CCl3 H H none none
    258N H 4-Br—C6H5 H H CH H H OCCl2CCl3 H H none none
    259N 4-Br—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCCl2CCl3 H H none none
    260N C6H5O H H H CH H H OCCl2CF3 H H none none
    261N 4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCCl2CF3 H H none none
    262N 4-F—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCCl2CF3 H H none none
    263N 3,4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCCl2CF3 H H none none
    264N H C6H5 H H CH H H OCCl2CF3 H H none none
    265N H 4-Cl—C6H5 H H CH H H OCCl2CF3 H H none none
    266N H 4-F—C6H5 H H CH H H OCCl2CF3 H H none none
    267N H 4-Br—C6H5 H H CH H H OCCl2CF3 H H none none
    268N 4-Br—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCCl2CF3 H H none none
    269N C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CCl3 H H none none
    270N 4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CCl3 H H none none
    271N 4-F—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CCl3 H H none none
    272N 3,4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CCl3 H H none none
    273N H CH6H5 H H CH H H OCF2CCl3 H H none none
    274N H 4-Cl—C6H5 H H CH H H OCF2CCl3 H H none none
    275N H 4-F—C6H5 H H CH H H OCF2CCl3 H H none none
    276N H 4-Br—C6H5 H H CH H H OCF2CCl3 H H none none
    277N 4-Br—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CCl3 H H none none
    278N C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CF2H OCF2CF2H H none none
    279N 4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CF2H OCF2CF2H none none
    280N 4-F—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CF2H OCF2CF2H H none none
    280N 4-F—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CF2H OCF2CF2H H none none
    281N 3,4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CF2H OCF2CF2H H none none
    282N H C6H5 H H CH H H OCF2CF2H OCF2CF2H H none none
    283N H 4-Cl—C6H5 H H CH H H OCF2CF2H OCF2CF2H H none none
    284N H 4-F—C6H5 H H CH H H OCF2CF2H OCF2CF2H H none none
    285N H 4-Br—C6H5 H H CH H H OCF2CF2H OCF2CF2H H none none
    286N 4-Br—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2CF2H OCF2CF2H H none none
    287N C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF3 OCF3 H none none
    288N 4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF3 OCF3 H none none
    289N 4-F—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF3 OCF3 H none none
    290N 3,4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF3 OCF3 H none none
    291N H C6H5 H H CH H H OCF3 OCF3 H none none
    292N H 4-Cl—C6H5 H H CH H H OCF3 OCF3 H none none
    293N H 4-F—C6H5 H H CH H H OCF3 OCF3 H none none
    294N H 4-Br—C6H5 H H CH H H OCF3 OCF3 H none none
    295N 4-Br—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF3 OCF3 H none none
    296N C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2H OCF2H H none none
    297N 4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2H OCF2H H none none
    298N 4-F—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2H OCF2H none none
    299N 3,4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2H OCF2H H none none
    300N H C6H5 H H CH H H OCF2H OCF2H H none none
    301N H 4-Cl—C6H5 H H CH H H OCF2H OCF2H H none none
    302N H 4-F—C6H5 H H CH H H OCF2H OCF2 H none none
    303N H 4-Br—C6H5 H H CH H H OCF2H OCF2H H none none
    304N 4-Br—C6H5O H H H CH H H OCF2H OCF2H H none none
    305N C6H5O H H H CH H H R10 + R11 = OCF2OCF2O H none none
    306N 4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H R10 + R11 = OCF2CF2O H none none
    307N 4-F—C6H5O H H H CH H H R10 + R11 = OCF2CF2O H none none
    308N 3,4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H R10 + R11 = OCF2CF2O H none none
    309N H C6H5 H H CH H H R10 + R11 = OCF2CF2O H none none
    310N H 4-Cl—C6H5 H H CH H H R10 + R11 = OCF2CF2O H none none
    311N H 4-F—C6H5 H H CH H H R10 + R11 = OCF2CF2O H none none
    312N H 4-Br—C6H5 H H CH H H R10 + R11 = OCF2CF2O H none none
    313N 4-Br—C6H5O H H H CH H H R10 + R11 =OCF2CF2O H none none
    314N C6H5O H H H CH H H R10 + R11 = OCCl2CCl2O H none none
    315N 4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H R10 + R11 = OCCl2CCl2O H none none
    316N 4-F—C6H5O H H H CH H H R10 + R11=OCCl2CCl2O H none none
    317N 3,4-Cl—C6H5O H H H CH H H R10 + R11=OCCl2CCl2O H none none
    318N H C6H5 H H CH H H R10 + R11 =OCCl2CCl2O H none none
    319N H 4-Cl—C6H5 H H CH H H R10 + R11 =OCCl2CCl2O H none none
    320N H 4-F—C6H5 H H CH H H R10 + R11 =OCCl2CCl2O H none none
    321N H 4-Br—C6H5 H H CH H H R10 + R11 =OCCl2CCl2O H none none
    322N 4-Br—C6H5O H H H CH H H R10 + R11 = OCCl2CCl2O H none none
    323N H H H H CH H H OH H H none none
    324N H H H H CH H H OH OH H none none
    325N H H H H CH H H H OH H none none
    326N H H H H CH H H OCH2CF3 H H none none
    327N H H H H CH H H H OCH2CF3 H none none
    328N H H H H CH H H OCH2CF2CF3 H H none none
    329N H H H H CH H H OCH2CH2CF3 H H none none
    330N H H H H CH H H OCH(CF3)3 H H none none
    331N H 4-F—C6H5O H H CH H H H H H none none
    332N 4-F—C6H5O H H H CH H H H H H none none
    333N H cyclo-hexoxy H H CH H H H H H none none
    334N cyclo-hexoxy H H H CH H H H H H none none
    335N H C(CH3)3 H H CH H H H H H none none
    336N F H H H CH H H
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00027
    0003 bond to indicated phenyl carbon of R10 subst. H none none
  • [0317]
    TABLE 5
    Structure of “Secondary Phenyl Amine” Reagents (Y and Z each
    equal CH; R7, R8, R12, R13, R14, and R15 each equal H).
    (XIII-A)
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00028
    Reagent
    Number R4 R5 R6 R9 R10 R11
     1DB H OCF3 H H OCF3 H
     2DB H Cl H H H CF3
     3DB H Br H H OCF3 H
     4DB H Cl H H OCF3 H
     5DB H Cl H H CF3 H
     6DB H H Cl H CF3 H
     7DB H F H H OCF3 H
     8DB H H Cl H H CF3
     9DB H F H H H CF3
    10DB H H F H H CF3
    11DB F H H H H CF3
    12DB H Cl H CF3 H H
    13DB H H Cl CF3 H H
    14DB Cl H H CF3 H H
    15DB H F H CH3 H H
    16DB H H F H H CH3
    17DB H F H H CH3 H
    18DB F H H CH3 H H
    19DB H H F H CH3 H
    20DB F H H H H CH3
    21DB F H H H CF3 H
    22DB Cl H H H CF3 H
    23DB H F H CF3 H H
    24DB H H F CF3 H H
    25DB H F H H CF3 H
    26DB H H F H CF3 H
    27DB H OCF3 H H H OCF3
  • As summarized in the general Scheme 1 and specific descriptions above, Schemes 3, 4, 9, and 10 illustrate the principles of Scheme 1 for the preparation of specifically substituted “Secondary Heteroaryl Amines” (XIIIA-H) having 0 to 2 aryl groups and 0 to 2 aromatic heterocyclyl groups and “Secondary Phenyl Arnines” (XIII-A) having two aryl groups. [0318]
  • Synthetic Scheme 2 shows the preparation of the class of compounds of the present invention corresponding to Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”), Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) wherein A and Q are independently aryl and heteroaryl. [0319]
  • Derivatives of “Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”, “Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”, “Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”, “Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”, and “Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”, wherein A and Q are independently aryl and heteroaryl, in which the hetero atom (—O—) is attached to an alkyl group removed from the amine by three or more carbons are readily prepared by anion chemistry using Method B of Scheme 2. The anion of “Generic Secondary Amine” amines, hydroxylamines, and hydrazines of Formula XIII are readily formed by dissolving the specific amine, hydroxylamine, or hydrazine in an aprotic solvent, such as tetrahydrofuran, toluene, ether, dimethylformamide, and dimethylformamide, under anhydrous conditions. The solution is cooled to a temperature between −78 and 0° C., preferrably between −78 and −60° C. and the anion formed by the addition of at least one equivalent of a strong, aprotic, non-nucleophillic base such as NaH or n-butyllithium under an inert atmosphere for each acidic group present. Maintaining the temperature between −78 and 0° C., preferrably between −78 and −60° C., with suitable cooling, an appropriate alkyl halide, alkyl benzenesulfonate such as a alkyl tosylate, alkyl mesylate, alkyl triflate or similar alkylating reagent of the general structure: [0320]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00029
  • where M is a readily displaceable group such as chloride, bromide, iodide, tosylate, triflate, and mesylate, X is oxy, and XXX is a chiral reagent in the indicated (R)-configuration. After allowing the reaction mixture to warm to room temperature, the reaction product is added to water, neutralized if necessary, and extracted with a water-immiscible solvent such as diethyl ether or methylene chloride. The combined aprotic solvent extract is washed with saturated brine, dried over drying agent such as anhydrous MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo to yield crude Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”), Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), wherein A and Q are independently aryl and heteroaryl. This material is purified, for example, by eluting through silica gel with 5-40% of a medium polar solvent such as ethyl acetate in a non-polar solvent such as hexanes to yield Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”), Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”). Products are tested for purity by HPLC. If necessary, Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”), Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds are purified by additional chromatography or recrystallization. Products are structurally confirmed by low and high resolution mass spectrometry and NMR. Examples of specific compounds prepared are summarized in Tables 6 and 7. [0321]
  • Compounds of Formula (XXX), which can be used to prepare the “Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanol” compounds of Tables 6 and 7, are given in Table 2. Reagents 1a and 2a in Table 2 are prepared from the corresponding alcohols. (R)-Chiral alcohol precursors to 1a, 2a, and similiar alcohols that can be envisioned by one of inventive skill can be obtained from the corresponding racemic mixture of the R-enatiomer and S-enantiomer by separation procedures using preparative gas chromatography and high pressure liquid chromatography using chiral chromatographic columns. The tosylates of chiral alcohols and racemic mixtures are readily obtained by reacting the corresponding alcohol with tosyl chloride using procedures found in House's Modern Synthetic Reactions, Chapter 7, W. A. Benjamin, Inc., Shriner, Fuson, and Curtin in The Systematic Indentification of Organic Compounds, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, and Fieser and Fieser in Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volume 1, John Wiley & Sons, which are incorporated herein by reference. [0322]
    TABLE 6
    Structure of Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n + 1)-Alkanols
    (Y is CH; R8, R9, R12, R13, and R14 are each H; Z is covalent bond and R15 is absent).
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00030
    Inhibitor Number
    Column 1 + Column 2
    Reagent Reagent R1 n R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R10 R11
    1A  1N CF3 3 H H H C6H5O H H OCF2CF2H H
    1A  2N CF3 3 H H H OCF3 H H OCF2CF2H H
    1A  3N CF3 3 H H F H H F OCF2CF2H H
    1A  4N CF3 3 H H H F H H OCF2CF2H H
    1A  5N CF3 3 H H H C6H5O H H OCF3 H
    1A  6N CF3 3 H H H OCF3 H H OCF3 H
    1A  7N CF3 3 H H H H phenyl H OCF3 H
    1A  8N CF3 3 H H H phenyl H H OCF3 H
    1A  9N CF3 3 H H H H H H OCF3 H
    1A 10N CF3 3 H H H Br H H OCF3 H
    1A 11N CF3 3 H H H CF3 F H CF3 H
    1A 12N CF3 3 H H H CH3 H H CF3 H
    1A 13N CF3 3 H H H CF3 H H CF3 H
    1A 14N CF3 3 H H H CH3 H H OCF3 H
    1A 15N CF3 3 H H H F F H OCF3 H
    1A 16N CF3 3 H H H Br H H CF3 H
    1A 17N CF3 3 H H H CF3 F H OCF3 H
    1A 18N CF3 3 H H H F H H OCF3 H
    1A 19N CF3 3 H H H Cl H H OCF3 H
    1A 20N CF3 3 H H H F H H CF3 H
    1A 21N CF3 3 H H H F F H CF3 H
    1A 22N CF3 3 H H H Cl H H CF3 H
    1A 23N CF3 3 H H H F H H phenoxy H
    1A 24N CF3 3 H H H CF3 Cl H CH3 H
    1A 25N CF3 3 H H H CF3 F H CH3 H
    1A 26N CF3 3 H H H H H H CF3 H
    1A 27N CF3 3 H H F F H H CF3 H
    1A 28N CF3 3 H H H H OCH3 H CF3 H
    1A 29N CF3 3 H H H F F H CH3 H
    1A 30N CF3 3 H H H OCH3 H H CH3 H
    1A 31N CF3 3 H H H H CH3 H H H
    1A 32N CF3 3 H H H Cl H H H H
    1A 33N CF3 3 H H H F H H F H
    1A 34N CF3 3 H H H H OCH3 H CH3 H
    1A 35N CF3 3 H H H H H H H H
    1A 36N CF3 3 H H H H CH3 H CH3 H
    1A 37N CF3 3 H H H H Cl H H H
    1A 38N CF3 3 H H H F H H 3-CF3- H
    phenoxy
    1A 39N CF3 3 H H H F H H 4-CH3O- H
    phenoxy
    1A 40N CF3 3 H H H F H H 4-Cl- H
    phenoxy
    1A 41N CF3 3 H H H F H H H H
    1A 42N CF3 3 H H H F H H CH3 H
    1A 43N CF3 3 H H H F H F CH3 H
    1A 44N CF3 3 H H F F H H CH3 H
    1A 45N CF3 3 H H H Cl H H CH3 H
    1A 46N CF3 3 H H H CH3 H H CH3 H
    1A 48N CF3 3 H H H H CH3 H CF3 H
    1A 51N CF3 3 H H H H CH3 H F H
    1A 52N CF3 3 H H H CF3 H H F H
    1A 53N CF3 3 H H H CF3 H H CH3 H
    1A 54N CF3 3 H H H OCH3 H H CF3 H
    1A 56N CF3 3 H H H H CH3 H CF3 H
    1A 57N CF3 3 H H H C6H5O H H H OCF3
    1A 58N CF3 3 H H H H H H H OCF3
    1A 59N CF3 3 H H H OCF3 H H H OCF3
    1A 60N CF3 3 H H H CF3 F H H CF3
    1A 61N CF3 3 H H H H OCH3 H H CF3
    1A 62N CF3 3 H H H CH3 H H H CF3
    1A 63N CF3 3 H H H Cl H H H CF3
    1A 64N CF3 3 H H H CF3 H H H OCF3
    1A 65N CF3 3 H H H F H H H OCF3
    1A 66N CF3 3 H H H F H F H OCF3
    1A 67N CF3 3 H H H Br H H H OCF3
    1A 68N CF3 3 H H H Cl H H H OCF3
    1A 69N CF3 3 H H H F F H H OCF3
    1A 70N CF3 3 H H H F H H H phenyl
    1A 71N CF3 3 H H H CH3 H H H OCF3
    1A 72N CF3 3 H H H F F H H CF3
    1A 73N CF3 3 H H H Cl H H H CH3
    1A 74N CF3 3 H H H OCH3 H H H CH3
    1A 75N CF3 3 H H H F H H H CH3
    1A 76N CF3 3 H H F F H H H OCF3
    1A 78N CF3 3 H H H H OCH3 H H CH3
    1A 79N CF3 3 H H H H CH3 H H CH3
    1A 80N CF3 3 H H H CH3 H H H CH3
    1A 82N CF3 3 H H H F F H H CH3
    1A 83N CF3 3 H H H F H F H CH3
    1A 84N CF3 3 H H F F H H H CH3
    1A 85N CF3 3 H H F CF3 H H H CH3
    1A 86N CF3 3 H H H H CH3 H H CF3
    1A 88N CF3 3 H H H CF3 H H H CH3
    1A 90N CF3 3 H H H H CF3 H H CH3
    1A 92N CF3 3 H H H CF3 F H H CH3
  • [0323]
    TABLE 7
    Structure of Phenyl(R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n + 1)-Alkanols
    (Y and Z are each CH; R8, R9, R12, R13, R14 and R15 are each H).
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00031
    Inhibitor Number
    Column 1 + Column 2
    Reagent Reagent R1 n R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R9 R10 R11
    1A  1DB CF3 3 H H H OCF3 H H OCF3 H
    1A  2DB CF3 3 H H H Cl H H H CF3
    1A  3DB CF3 3 H H H Br H H OCF3 H
    1A  4DB CF3 3 H H H Cl H H OCF3 H
    1A  5DB CF3 3 H H H Cl H H CF3 H
    1A  6DB CF3 3 H H H H Cl H CF3 H
    1A  7DB CF3 3 H H H F H H OCF3 H
    1A  8DB CF3 3 H H H H Cl H H CF3
    1A  9DB CF3 3 H H H F H H H CF3
    1A 10DB CF3 3 H H H H F H H CF3
    1A 11DB CF3 3 H H F H H H H CF3
    1A 12DB CF3 3 H H H Cl H CF3 H H
    1A 13DB CF3 3 H H H H Cl CF3 H H
    1A 14DB CF3 3 H H Cl H H CF3 H H
    1A 15DB CF3 3 H H H F H CH3 H H
    1A 16DB CF3 3 H H H H F H H CH3
    1A 17DB CF3 3 H H H F H H CH3 H
    1A 18DB CF3 3 H H F H H CH3 H H
    1A 19DB CF3 3 H H H H F H CH3 H
    1A 20DB CF3 3 H H F H H H H CH3
    1A 21DB CF3 3 H H F H H H CF3 H
    1A 22DB CF3 3 H H Cl H H H CF3 H
    1A 23DB CF3 3 H H H F H CF3 H H
    1A 24DB CF3 3 H H H H F CF3 H H
    1A 25DB CF3 3 H H H F H H CF3 H
    1A 26DB CF3 3 H H H H F H CF3 H
    1A 27DB CF3 3 H H H OCF3 H H H OCF3
  • Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated I-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”), Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds can also be prepared using Method B of Scheme 2 through the use of racemic (XXX) as described followed by preparative separation of the R-enantiomer from the S-enatiomer using chiral chromatographic procedures such as preparative gas chromatography and high pressure liquid chromatography using readily available chiral chromatographic columns and procedures. [0324]
  • A preferred procedure for Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds is the novel inventive Method A of Scheme 2. (R)-Chiral oxirane reagents useful in Method A are exemplified, but not limited to those in Table 1. Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds are prepared by reacting “Generic Secondary Amine” amines, hydroxylamines, and hydrazines of Formula XIII with (R)-chiral oxiranes of the type listed in Table 1 and represented by the general structure: [0325]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00032
  • Oxiranes having a specific stereochemical arrangement of R[0326] 1, R2 and R3 can be prepared using chiral procedures such as those published in 1995 by Ramachandran, Gong, and Brown in the Journal of Organic Chemistry, Vol. 60, pages 41 to 46; cited references also detail alternate procedures to prepare chiral and achiral epoxides, which are incorporated herein by reference. For example, the specific preparation of R-(+)-1,1,1-trifluoro-2,3-epoxypropane,
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00033
  • using a procedure adopted from H.C.Brown et al. ([0327] J. Org Chem. 60, 41-46, (1995)), is accomplished as described in Example 4. Many of the epoxides summarized in Table 1 can be prepared in the (R)-configuration using procedures analogous to that given above for R-(+)-1,1,1-trifluoro-2,3-epoxypropane.
  • In some cases, achiral oxiranes of (XX) can be prepared from the corresponding alkenes by reaction of epoxidation reagents such as meta-chloroperbenzoic acid (MCPBA) and similar type reagents readily selectable by a person of skill-in-the-art with alkenes. Fieser and Fieser in Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons provides, along with cited references, numerous suitable epoxidation reagents and reaction conditions, which are incorporated herein by reference. These achiral oxiranes can be reacted in an identical manner to that described for (R)-chiral oxiranes with “Generic Secondary Amine” amines, hydroxylamines, and hydrazines of Formula XIII to afford racemic compounds structurally identical to those of Formula I-HP, Formula I-HPC, and Formula I-C but with the corresponding (S) chiral configuration present in an equivalent amount. Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds can be obtained by preparative chiral chromatography of said racemic mixtures to obtain the (R)-chiral configuration of Formula I-HP, Formula I-HPC, and Formula I-CP substantially free of the (S)-chiral configuration enantiomer. Alternatively, achiral oxiranes may be separated by chiral preparative chromatography into their respective (R)-Chiral and (S)-Chiral enantiomers and the (R)-Chiral enantiomer reacted to afford Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds. [0328]
  • A mixture of a “Generic Secondary Amine” amine, hydroxylamine, or hydrazine of Formula XIII and an excess of a halogenated oxirane of (R)-chiral configuration of Formula XX are stirred and heated to 40-90° C. for 5 to 48 hours in a tightly capped or contained reaction vessel. More preferrably, a Lewis acid such as a transition metal-based salts (for example, ytterbium triflate, hafnium triflate, scandium triflate, neodynium triflate, gadolium triflate, and zirconium triflate) in methylene chloride, tetrahydrofuran, or, more preferrably, acetonitrile is added to speed up the reaction to a total time of 4 to 18 hours, improve yields, to permit the reaction temperature to be reduced to 15-65° C., and to use a smaller excess of halogenated oxirane. When a Lewis acid is used, the reaction should be carried out under inert, anhydrous conditions using a blanket of dry nitrogen or argon gas. After cooling to room temperature and testing the reaction mixture for complete reaction by thin layer chromatography or high pressure liquid chromatography (hplc), the reaction product is added to water and extracted with a water immiscible solvent such as diethyl ether or methylene chloride. (Note: If the above analysis indicates that reaction is incomplete, heating should be resumed until complete with the optional addition of more of the oxirane). The combined aprotic solvent extract is washed with saturated brine, dried over drying agent such as anhydrous MgSO[0329] 4 and concentrated in vacuo to yield crude Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), and Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds. This material is purified by eluting through silica gel with 540% of a medium polar solvent such as ethyl acetate in a non-polar solvent such as hexanes to yield Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), and Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds. Products are tested for purity by HPLC. If necessary, the Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamnino-2-Propanols”), and Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds are purified by additional chromatography or recrystallization. Products are structurally confirmed by low and high resolution mass spectrometry and NMR. Examples of specific Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), and Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds prepared are summarized in the Examples 1 through 44, and Example Tables 1 through 12.
    TABLE 1
    Structure of (R)-Chiral Oxirane Reagents.
    (XX)
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00034
    Reagent
    Number R1 R2 R3
    1 CF3 H H
    2 CCl3 H H
    3 CF3 CH3 H
    4 CF3CF2 H H
    5 CF3CF2CF2 H H
    6 CF3OCF2CF2 H H
    7 CF3CH2 H H
    9 CF3 H CF3
    11 CF3 C6H5 H
    12 CCl3 C6H5 H
    13 CCl3 Cyclopropyl H
    14 CCl3 CH3 H
    15 CCl3 (CH3)2CH H
    16 CHCl2 H H
    18 CF3 H CH3
    27 CCl3CH2 H H
    28 CBr3CH2 H H
    29 CHBr2CH2 H H
    30 CBrCl2 H H
    31 CClF2 H H
    32 CCl2F H H
    33 CCl3CCl2 H H
    43 FCH2 H H
    56 CBrF2CClFCH2 H H
    57 HCF2CF2OCH2 H H
  • [0330]
    TABLE 2
    Structure and Source of Alcohol and Glycol Reagents.
    (XXX)
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00035
    Reagent
    Number R1 n M R2 R3 X—R16 Source of Reagent
    1A CF3 3 OTs H H OH Chiral separation and then tosylation of alcohol from Justus
    Liebigs Ann. Chem. (1969), 720, 81-97.
    2A CF3CH2CH2 3 OTs H H OH Chiral separation and then tosylation of alcohol from Z.
    Naturforsch., B: Chem. Sci. (1997), 52 (3). 413-418
  • As summarized in the general Scheme 2 and specific descriptions above, Schemes 5, 6, 7, and 11 illustrate the principles of Scheme 2 for the preparation of specifically substituted Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) having 2 aryl groups, Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”) having two aromatic substituents made up of 0 to 2 aryl groups and 0 to 2 aromatic heterocyclyl groups, and Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) having two aromatic substituents made up of 0 to 2 aryl groups and 0 to 2 aromatic heterocyclyl groups. [0331]
  • Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), and Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds can further be prepared in an alternate manner to procedures disclosed above and in Schemes 1 to 7 and 9 to 11. Schemes 45 to 50 detail such procedures to prepare aminopropanol compounds of the present invention by initial formation of an halogenated, oxygen containing primary alkylamine XVL (“Generic Substituted Alkylamine”). Said halogenated, oxygen containing primary alkylamine XVL, formed in Schemes 45 and 48, is itself converted to secondary amines, VLX-H (“Heteroaryl Alkyl Amine) and VLX (“Phenyl Alkyl Amine”), using procedures disclosed above. Primary alkylamine XVL is first reacted with an aldehydic or ketonic carbonyl compound, XI-AH (“Heteroaryl Carbonyl”) and XI-A (“Phenyl Carbonyl”) with azeotropic distillation to form imines, VL-H (“Heteroaryl Imine”) and VL (“Phenyl Imine”). Said imines VL-H and VL are then reduced with or without prior isolation by Reduction Methods 1, 2 or 3 as disclosed above and in Schemes 1, 3, and 9 to yield secondary amines, VLX-H (“Heteroaryl Alkyl Amine) and VLX (“Phenyl Alkyl Amine”). Said secondary amine VLX-H can be converted according to Schemes 46 and 47 to give Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”) and Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1 —Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) and Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds. Using Schemes 49 and 50, VLX can be converted to Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds. Compounds of this invention in which one aromatic substituent is aryl and the other aromatic substitutent is heteroaryl can be readily prepared by reacting VLX-H with an aralkyl bromide or aryl bromide instead of using an heteroaralkyl bromide or heteroaryl bromide as described in Schemes 46 and 47. Similarly, compounds of this invention in which one aromatic substituent is aryl and the other aromatic substitutent is heteroaryl can be readily prepared by reacting VLX with an heteroaryl bromide or heteroaralkyl bromide instead of using an aryl bromide or an aralkyl bromide as described in Schemes 49 and 50. [0332]
  • Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), and Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds can further be prepared in an alternate manner to procedures disclosed above and in Schemes 1 to 7, 9 to 11, and 45 to 50. Schemes 56,57, and 58 detail alternate procedures to prepare (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols” compounds of the present invention by initial formation of an halogenated, oxygen containing secondary alkylamines VLX and VLXX (“Phenyl Alkylamines”) and VLXX-O (“Phenyl Oxy Alkylamines”). Said secondary alkylamines VLX and VLXX (“Phenyl Alkylamines”) and VLXX-O (“Phenyl Oxy Alkylamines”) can be converted according to Schemes 56,57, and 58 to Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), and Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with appropriate aromatic halides such as aryl bromides and heteroaryl bromides as desired. [0333]
  • Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), and Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds can further be prepared in an alternate manner to procedures disclosed above and in Schemes 1 to 7, 9 through 11, 45 through 50, and 56 through 58. Another alternate procedure to prepare “(R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols” compounds of the present invention can be achieved by reacting secondary amines of Formula XIIIA-H (“Secondary Heteroaryl Amines”) and Formula XIII-A (“Secondary Phenyl Amines”) with certain cyclic sulfates. Cyclic sulfates useful in the preparation of “(R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols” compounds of Formulas I-HP, I-HPC, and I-CP have a halogenated or haloalkoxy carbon adjacent to the cyclic sulfate. Some cyclic sulfates useful for the preparation of “(R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols” compounds of Formulas I-HP, I-HPC, and I-CP have been described by K. P. M. Vanhessche and K. B. Sharpless in Chem. Eur. J, 1997, Vol. 3, No. 4, pages 517-522 and references cited therein. (2R)-(+)-3,3,3-Trifluoro-1,2-propanediol can be prepared as described in the reference cited immediately above from 3,3,3-trifluoropropene followed by separation from the predominating (2S)-(−)-3,3,3-trifluoro-1,2-propanediol. Alternatively, (2R)-(+)-3,3,3-Trifluoro-1,2-propanediol can be prepared by hydrolysis of (2R)-(+)-3,3,3-Trifluoro-2,3-epxoypropane analogous to the procedure described by described by McBee and Burton in J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1952, Vol. 74, page 3022. (2R)-(+)-3,3,3-Trifluoro-1,2-propanediol is converted by reaction with a slight excess of sulfuryl chloride in the presence of 2.5 molar equivalents of imidazole, methylene chloride solvent, and at a temperature of −20° C. to give the desired (4R)-(+)4-trifluoromethyl-2,2-dioxo-1,3,2-dioxathiolane. Reaction of other (R)-Chiral haloalkyl or haloalkoxyalkyl substituted 1,2-ethanediols can afford the corresponding (4R)-substituted-2,2-dioxo-1,3,2-dioxathiolanes. Reaction of (4R)-(+)4-trifluoromethyl-2,2-1,3,2-dioxathiolane or another (4R)-substituted-2,2-dioxo-1,3,2-dioxathiolane with a secondary amine of Formula XIIIA-H (“Secondary Heteroaryl Amines”) and Formula XIII-A (“Secondary Phenyl Amines”) in an anhydrous polar, non-protic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or acetonitrile at 25-60° C. until the reaction is complete can afford the mono-sulfate ester of a compound of Formulas I-HP, I-HPC, and I-CP. Removal of the solvent followed by addition of diethyl ether and excess 20% aqueous sulfuric acid can lead to a precipitant of the crude mono-sulfate ester of a compound of Formulas I-HP, I-HPC, and I-CP. This precipitant can be filtered, the solid can be washed with ether, it can be resuspended in aqueous 20% sulfuric acid, and can be heated to 80-95° C. to give an aqueous solution of the sulfate salt of crude a compound of Formulas I-HP, I-HPC, and I-CP. Neutralization of the aqueous solution, extraction with a water immiscible solvent such as diethyl ether or methylene chloride, drying the organic solvent over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and removal of solvent can afford a compound of Formulas I-HP, I-HPC, and I-CP. Compounds of Formulas I-HP, I-HPC, and I-CP can be purified as described previously. By using a wide variety of (R)-Chiral diols, secondary amines of Formula XIIIA-H (“Secondary Heteroaryl Amines”) and Formula XIII-A (“Secondary Phenyl Amines”), and reaction conditions described herein, a large variety of compounds of Formulas I-HP, I-HPC, and I-CP may be preparable. [0334]
  • Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”) and Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”), in which the halogenated hydroxy containing alkyl side chain has three carbons between the amine and hydroxy group, can be prepared in a manner similar to procedures disclosed above and in Schemes 45 to 50. Schemes 30 to 35 detail such procedures to prepare 1-amino-3-butanol compounds of the present invention by initial formation of an halogenated, oxygen containing primary alkylamine XL (“Generic Substituted Alkylamine”). Said halogenated, oxygen containing primary alkylamine XL, formed in Schemes 30 and 33, is itself converted to secondary amines, LX-H (“Heteroaryl Alkyl Amine) and LX (“Phenyl Alkyl Amine”), using procedures disclosed above. Primary alkylamine XL is first reacted with an aldehydic or ketonic carbonyl compound, XI-AH (“Heteroaryl Carbonyl”) and XI-A (“Phenyl Carbonyl”) with azeotropic distillation to form imines, L-H (“Heteroaryl Imine”) and L (“Phenyl Imine”). Said imines L-H and L are then reduced with or without prior isolation by Reduction Methods 1, 2 or 3 as disclosed above and in Schemes 1, 3, and 9 to yield secondary amines, LX-H (“Heteroaryl Alkyl Amine) and LX (“Phenyl Alkyl Amine”). Said secondary amine LX-H can be converted according to Schemes 31 and 32 to Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”). Using Schemes 34 and 35, LX can be converted to Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”). Compounds of this invention in which one aromatic substituent is aryl and the other aromatic substitutent is heteroaryl can be readily prepared by reacting LX-H with an aryl bromide instead of using an heteroaryl bromide as described in Schemes 31 and 32. Similarly, compounds of this invention in which one aromatic substituent is aryl and the other aromatic substitutent is heteroaryl can be readily prepared by reacting LX with an heteroaryl bromide instead of using an aryl bromide as described in Schemes 34 and 35. [0335]
  • Particularly useful procedures to prepare Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”), Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds of the present invention in which the heteroaryl group is directly bonded is disclosed in Schemes 51 to 54. An halogenated, hydroxy containing primary alkylamine XVL (“Generic Substituted Alkylamine”) formed in Schemes 45 and 48 is itself converted by reaction with LXXI-AH (“Heteroaryl Halide”) to afford secondary amine VLXX-H (“Heteroaryl Secondary Amine) using procedures disclosed in Scheme 51 and above. VLXX-H is converted to Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated I-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by alkylation chemistry with an aralkyl bromide or aralkyloxyalkyl bromide using either of two procedures disclosed in Scheme 52. Isolation and purification is effected as disclosed previously. An halogenated, hydroxy containing primary alkylamine XL (“Generic Substituted Alkylamine”) formed in Schemes 30 and 33 is itself also converted by reaction with LXXI-AH (“Heteroaryl Halide”) to afford secondary amine LXX-H (“Heteroaryl Secondary Amine) using procedures disclosed in Scheme 53 and above. LXX-H is converted to Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”) and Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”) compounds by alkylation chemistry disclosed in Scheme 54 and previously and as given above with reference to Scheme 52. Isolation and purification of I-H and I-C are effected as disclosed previously. [0336]
  • Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”), Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds can themselves serve as intermediates for conversion to additional compounds of this invention. Compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC and others of the present invention useful as intermediates include those in which the R[0337] 7 position substituent in Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, and I-HPC is a bromo group, hydroxyl group, sulfhydryl group, bromomethyl or other bromoalkyl groups, nitro group, amino group, methoxycarbonyl or other alkoxy carbonyl groups, cyano group, or acyl group. Other preferred compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC and the present invention useful as intermediates include those in which the R10 position substituent is a bromo group, hydroxyl group, sulfhydryl group, bromomethyl or other bromoalkyl groups, nitro group, amino group, methoxy carbonyl or other alkoxy carbonyl groups, cyano group, or acyl groups. Other compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC and the present invention useful as intermediates include those in which one or more of R6, R7, R11, and R12 substituents in Formula VII is a bromo group, hydroxyl group, sulfhydryl group, bromomethyl or other bromoalkyl groups, nitro group, amino group, methoxy carbonyl or other alkoxy carbonyl groups, cyano group, or acyl groups.
  • Scheme 8 discloses the conversion of a 3-bromo substituent at the R[0338] 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Bromophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with a phenol to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Phenoxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 12 discloses the conversion of a 3-bromo substituent at the R[0339] 7 position in Formula I-HP and I-HPC (“Polycyclic 3-Bromophenyl and 3-Bromoheteroaryl/Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) by reaction with a phenol or thiophenol to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-HP and I-HPC (“Polycyclic 3-Aryloxyaryl, 3-Heteroaryloxyaryl, 3-Heteroaryloxyheteroaryl, 3-Aryloxyheteroaryl, 3-Arylthioaryl, 3-Heteroarylthioaryl, 3-Heteroarylthioheteroaryl, and 3-Arylthioheteroaryl Aryl and Heteroaryl/Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”). Scheme 22 discloses the conversion of a 3-bromo substituent at the R7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Bromophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with an aryl borinate or an aryl tin to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Arylphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 23 discloses the conversion of a 3-bromo substituent at the R[0340] 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Bromophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with a primary or secondary amine to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-R22aminophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 40 discloses the conversion of a 3-bromo substituent at the R[0341] 10 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Bromophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with an aryl borinate to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Arylphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 41 discloses the conversion of a 3-bromo substituent at the R[0342] 10 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Bromophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with a heteroaryl dibutyl tin compound to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Heteroarylphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 21 discloses the conversion of a 3-bromomethyl substituent at the R[0343] 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Bromomethylphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) by reaction with an aryl borinate to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Arylmethylphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 13 discloses the conversion of a 3-hydroxyl substituent at the R[0344] 7 position in Formula I-HP and I-HPC (“Polycyclic 3-Hydroxyphenyl and 3-Hydroxyheteroaryl/Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) by reaction with an aryl bromide or heteroaryl bromide to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-HP and I-HPC (“Polycyclic 3-Aryloxyaryl, 3-Heteroaryloxyaryl, 3-Heteroaryloxyheteroaryl, and 3-Aryloxyheteroaryl Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 14 discloses the conversion of a 3-hydroxyl substituent at the R[0345] 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Hyroxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with an aryl bromide to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Phenoxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 15 discloses the conversion of a 3-hydroxyl substituent at the R[0346] 7 position in Formula I-HP and I-HPC (“Polycyclic 3-Hydroxyphenyl and 3-Hydroxyheteroaryl/Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with an aralkyl bromide or heteroaralkyl bromide to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-HP and I-HPC (“Polycyclic 3-Aralkyloxyaryl, 3-Heteroaralkyloxyaryl, 3-Heteroaralkyloxyheteroaryl, and 3-Aralkyloxyheteroaryl Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 16 discloses the conversion of a 3-hydroxyl substituent at the R[0347] 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Hyroxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with an aralkyl bromide to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Aralkyloxyaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 20 discloses the conversion of a 3-hydroxyl substituent at the R[0348] 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Hyroxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with an R17-bromide to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-R17-oxyaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 19 discloses the conversion of a 3-thio substituent at the R[0349] 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-thiophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with an R17-bromide to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-R17thiaaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”). “Polycyclic 3-R17thiaaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols” can be oxidized to sulfonyl compounds of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-R17sulfonylphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 24 discloses the conversion of a 3-nitro substituent at the R[0350] 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Nitrophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by hydrogenation to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Aminophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”). “Polycyclic 3-Aminophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols” can be acylated to acyl amide compounds of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-R17-C(O)amidophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Schemes 25 and 26 disclose the conversion of a 3-amino substituent at the R[0351] 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Aminophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with carbonyl compounds to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-(Saturated Nitrogen Heterocycl-1yl)aryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols” and (“Polycyclic 3-(Unsaturated Nitrogen Heterocycl-1-yl)aryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”, respectively).
  • Scheme 27 discloses the conversion of a 3-methoxycarbonyl substituent at the R[0352] 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Carbomethoxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with amination reagents to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Carboxamidophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 28 discloses the conversion of a 3-cyano substituent at the R[0353] 7 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Cyanophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with organometallic reagents to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Acylphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”). Said “Polycyclic 3-Acylphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”, according to Scheme 29 can be reduced to hydroxyl compounds of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-hydroxysubstitutedmethylphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 36 discloses the conversion of a 3-methoxycarbonyl substituent at the R[0354] 10 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Carbomethoxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with amination reagents to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP “Polycyclic 3-Carboxamdophenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 37 discloses the conversion of a 3-methoxycarbonyl substituent at the R[0355] 10 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Carbomethoxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with an organometallic reagent to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP “Polycyclic 3-(bis-R20-hydroxymethyl)aryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 38 discloses the conversion of a 3-methoxycarbonyl substituent at the R[0356] 10 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Carbomethoxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with lithium aluminum hydride to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Hydroxymethylphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 39 discloses the conversion of a 3-methoxycarbonyl substituent at the R[0357] 10 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Carbomethoxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction with an alkylation reagent to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-(bis-R21-hydroxymethyl)phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Scheme 55 discloses the conversion of a 3-methoxycarbonyl substituent at the R[0358] 10 position in Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-Carbomethoxyphenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) compounds by reaction intially with an amidation reagent and then an R20-organometallic reagent to afford, after isolation and purification as described above for Schemes 2, 5, 6, 7, and 11, additional compounds of the present invention of Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic 3-(R20-carbonyl)phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”).
  • Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”), Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated I-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) and other compounds of this invention posssessing hydroxyl, thiol, and amine functional groups can be converted to a wide variety derivatives. The hydroxyl group, wherein R[0359] 16 is a hydrogen and X is oxy, of compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-HPC, I-C, and I-CP can be readily converted to esters of carboxylic, sulfonic, carbamic, phosphonic, and phosphoric acids. Acylation to form a carboxylic acid ester is readily effected using a suitable acylating reagent such as an aliphatic acid anhydride or acid chloride. The corresponding aryl and heteroaryl acid anhydrides and acid chlorides can also be used. Such reactions are generally carried out using an amine catalyst such as pyridine in an inert solvent. In like manner, compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP that have at least one hydroxyl group present in the form of an alcohol or phenol can be acylated to its corresponding esters. Similarly, carbamic acid esters (urethans) can be obtained by reacting any hydroxyl group with isocyanates and carbamoyl chlorides. Sulfonate, phosphonate, and phosphate esters can be prepared using the corresponding acid chloride and similar reagents. Compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP that have at least one thiol group present can be converted to the corresponding thioesters derivatives analogous to those of alcohols and phenols using the same reagents and comparable reaction conditions. Compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP that have at least one primary or secondary amine group present can be converted to the corresponding amide derivatives. Amides of carboxylic acids can be prepared using the appropriate acid chloride or anhydrides with reaction conditions analogous to those used with alcohols and phenols. Ureas of the corresponding primary or secondary amine can be prepared using isocyanates directly and carbamoyl chlorides in the presence of an acid scavenger such as triethylamine or pyridine. Sulfonamides can be prepared from the corresponding sulfonyl chloride in the presence of aqueous sodium hydroxide. Suitable procedures and methods for preparing these derivatives can be found in House's Modern Synthetic Reactions, W. A. Benjamin, Inc., Shriner, Fuson, and Curtin in The Systematic Indentification of Organic Compounds, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, and Fieser and Fieser in Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volume 1, John Wiley & Sons. Reagents of a wide variety that can be used to derivatize hydroxyl, thiol, and amines of compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP are available from commerical sources or the references cited above, which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”), Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) and other compounds of this invention posssessing hydroxyl, thiol, and amine functional groups can be alkylated to a wide variety derivatives. The hydroxyl group, wherein R[0360] 16 is a hydrogen and X is oxy, of compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP can be readily converted to ethers. Alkylation to form an ether is readily effected using a suitable alkylating reagent such as an alkyl bromide, alkyl iodide or alkyl sulfonate. The corresponding aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, alkoxyalkyl, aralkyloxyalkyl, and heteroaralkyloxyalkyl bromides, iodides, and sulfonates can also be used. Such reactions are generally carried out using an alkoxide forming reagent such as sodium hydride, potassium t-butoxide, sodium amide, lithium amide, and n-butyl lithium using an inert polar solvent such as DMF, DMSO, THF, and similar, comparable solvents. In like manner, compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP that have at least one hydroxyl group present in the form of an alcohol or phenol can be alkylated to their corresponding ethers. Compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP that have at least one thiol group present can be converted to the corresponding thioether derivatives analogous to those of alcohols and phenols using the same reagents and comparable reaction conditions. Compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP that have at least one primary, secondary or tertiary amine group present can be converted to the corresponding quaternary ammonium derivatives. Quaternary ammonium derivatives can be prpared using the appropriate bromides, iodides, and sulfonates analogous to those used with alcohols and phenols. Conditions involve reaction of the amine by warming it with the alkylating reagent with a stoichiometric amount of the amine (i.e., one equivalent with a tertiary amine, two with a secondary, and three with a primary). With primary and secondary amines, two and one equivalents, respectively, of an acid scavenger are used concurrently. Tertiary amines can be prepared from the corresponding primary or secondary amine by reductive alkylation with aldehydes and ketones using reduction methods 1, 2, or 3 as shown in Scheme 3. Suitable procedures and methods for preparing these derivatives can be found in House's Modern Synthetic Reactions, W. A. Benjamin, Inc., Shriner, Fuson, and Curtin in The Systematic Indentification of Organic Compounds, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, and Fieser and Fieser in Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volume 1, John Wiley & Sons. Perfluoroalkyl derivatives can be prepared as described by DesMarteau in J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 2241 (1998). Reagents of a wide variety that can be used to derivatize hydroxyl, thiol, and amines of compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, I-HPC, Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C, and Cyclo I-CP are available from commerical sources or the references cited above, which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Formula I-H (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols”), Formula I-HP (“Generic Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated I-Substitutedamino-2-propanols”), Formula I-HPC (“Polycyclic Aryl-Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”), Formula I-C (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-(n+1)-Alkanols”), and Formula I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated 1-Substitutedamino-2-Propanols”) and certain other compounds of this invention can be converted, according to Schemes 17 and 18, to the corresponding cyclic derivatives represented by “Tricyclic tertiary-oxyalkylamines” and exemplified by Formulas Cyclo I-H (“Polycyclic Aryl and Heteroaryl (R)-Chiral Halogenated (N+1)-Cycloazaalkoxy”), Cyclo I-C (“Polycyclic Aryl Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated (N+1)-Cycloazaalkoxy”) and Cyclo I-CP (“Polycyclic Phenyl Phenyl (R)-Chiral Halogenated Cycloazaalkoxy”). The hydroxyl group, wherein R[0361] 16 is a hydrogen and X is oxy, of compounds of Formulas I-H, I-HP, I-C, I-CP, and I-HPC can be cyclized to corresponding cyclic ethers. Compounds suitable for cyclization will normally have at least one leaving group within 5 to 10 continuous atoms of the hydroxyl group wherein R16 is a hydrogen and X is oxy. Most preferrably the leaving group will be within 5 to 7 atoms of the hydroxyl group so as to form a 6 to 8 membered ring heteroatom containing ring. When the leaving group is part of an aromatic ring system, the leaving group will be preferrably in an ortho position.
  • Suitable leaving groups generally include halides, sulfates, sulfonates, trisubsituted amino, disubstituted sulfonium, diazonium, and like, and, in the case of aromatic systems, also includes nitro, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, and alkylthio. The cyclization reaction to form “Tricyclic tertiary-oxyalkylamines” of Formulas Cyclo I-H, Cyclo I-C and Cyclo I-CP can be accomplished by aromatic and aliphatic nucleophilic substitution reactions such as those disclosed in March's Advanced Organic Chemistry, 4-th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, especially at pages 293-412 and 649-658 and the references cited therein, which are incorporated herein by reference. Hydroxyl containing suitably substituted compounds can be converted to a cyclic analog by heating a suitably substituted compound under anhydrous conditions in a suitable solvent, such as dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, tetraglyme, or hexamethylphosphoramide, in the presence of a suitable base such as potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, potassium tertiary-butoxide, or lithium diisopropylamide. Alternately, sodium amide in anhydrous ammonia solvent can be used. Temperatures in the range of −20° C. to 200° C. can be used for time periods of 30 minutes to more than 24 hours. [0362]
  • The preferred temperature can be selected by standard synthetic chemical technique balancing maximum yield, maximum purity, cost, ease of isolation and operation, and time required. Isolation of the “Tricyclic tertiary-oxyalkylamines” can be effected as described above for other tertiary-oxyalkylamines. Representative “Tricyclic tertiary-oxyalkylamines” prepared using the methodology described above are included in Table 8. [0363]
  • The following examples are provided to illustrate the present invention and are not intended to limit the scope thereof. Those skilled in the art will readily understand that known variations of the conditions and processes of the following preparative procedures can be used to prepare these compounds. [0364]
    TABLE 8
    Structure of Substituted Tricyclictertiary-2-oxyalkylamines.
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00036
    Y Z R5 K1—R6 R10 K2—R11 R12 R13
    CH2 4-chloro-3- C—H H C—CF3 H H
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 4-chloro-3- N H C—CF3 H H
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 4-chloro-3- C—H H C—H CF3 H
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 4-chloro-3- N H C—H CF3 H
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 4-chloro-3- C—H H N CF3 H
    ethylphenoxy
    4-chloro-3- C—H H C—CF3 H H
    ethylphenoxy
    4-chloro-3- N H C—CF3 H H
    ethylphenoxy
    4-chloro-3- C—H H C—H CF3 H
    ethylphenoxy
    4-chloro-3- N H C—H CF3 H
    ethylphenoxy
    4-chloro-3- C—H H N CF3 H
    ethylphenoxy
    Structure of Substituted Tricyclic tertiary-2-oxyalkylamines.
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00037
    Y Z R7 K1—R6 R10 K2—R11 R5 R8
    CH2 4-chloro-3- C—H OCF2CF2H C—H H H
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 4-chloro-3- N OCF2CF2H C—H H H
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 4-chloro-3- C—H OCF2CF2H N H H
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 phenoxy C—H OCF2CF2H C—H H H
    CH2 phenoxy N OCF2CF2H C—H H H
    CH2 phenoxy C—H OCF2CF2H N H H
    CH2 4-chloro-3- C—H CF2CF3 C—H H H
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 4-chloro-3- N CF2CF3 C—H H H
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 4-chloro-3- C—H CF2CF3 N H H
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 phenoxy C—H CF2CF3 C—H H H
    CH2 phenoxy N CF2CF3 C—H H H
    CH2 phenoxy C—H CF2CF3 N H H
    CH2 4-chloro-3- C—H CF3 C—H H H
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 4-chloro-3- N CF3 C—H H H
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 4-chloro-3- C—H CF3 N H H
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 phenoxy C—H CF3 C—H H H
    CH2 phenoxy N CF3 C—H H H
    CH2 phenoxy C—H CF3 N H H
    CH2 4-chloro-3- C—H OCF2CF2H C—H H F
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 4-chloro-3- N OCF2CF2H C—H H F
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 4-chloro-3- C—H OCF2CF2H N H F
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 4-chloro-3- C—H 2-furyl C—H H H
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 4-chloro-3- N 2-furyl C—H H H
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 4-chloro-3- C—H 2-furyl N H H
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 4-chloro-3- C—H SCF3 C—H H H
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 4-chloro-3- N SCF3 C—H H H
    ethylphenoxy
    CH2 4-chloro-3- C—H SCF3 N H H
    ethylphenoxy
  • [0365]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00038
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00039
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00040
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00041
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00042
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00043
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00044
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00045
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00046
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00047
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00048
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00049
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00050
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00051
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00052
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00053
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00054
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00055
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00056
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00057
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00058
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00059
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00060
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00061
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00062
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00063
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00064
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00065
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00066
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00067
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00068
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00069
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00070
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00071
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00072
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00073
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00074
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00075
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00076
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00077
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00078
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00079
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00080
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00081
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00082
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00083
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00084
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00085
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00086
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00087
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00088
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00089
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00090
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00091
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00092
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00093
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00094
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00095
  • The following examples are provided to illustrate the present invention and are not intended to limit the scope thereof. Without further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the art can, using the preceding descriptions, utilize the present invention to its fullest extent. Therefore the following preferred specific embodiments are to be construed as merely illustrative and not limitative of the remainder of the disclosure in any way whatsoever. Compounds containing multiple variations of the structural modifications illustrated in the preceding schemes or the following Examples are also contemplated. Those skilled in the art will readily understand that known variations of the conditions and processes of the following preparative procedures can be used to prepare these compounds. [0366]
  • One skilled in the art may use these generic methods to prepare the following specific examples, which have been or may be properly characterized by [0367] 1H NMR and mass spectrometry. These compounds also may be formed in vivo.
  • The following examples contain detailed descriptions of the methods of preparation of compounds of Formula V-H. These detailed descriptions fall within the scope and are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not intended as a restriction on the scope of the invention. All parts are by weight and temperatures are Degrees centigrade unless otherwise indicated. [0368]
  • EXAMPLE 1
  • [0369]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00096
  • (2R,S)-3-[(3-phenoxyphenyl)[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]-methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol EX-1A
  • To a solution of 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)toluene (50 g, 0.24 mol) and N-bromosuccinimide (42.75 g, 0.24 mol) in 100 mL of carbon tetrachloride under nitrogen was added 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile (0.71 g, 0.004 mol). The resultant mixture was refluxed for 2 h, then cooled to room temperature and quenched with 300 mL of water. The organic layer was collected, washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO[0370] 4, and concentrated in vacuo to give 66.0 g (96%) of the desired crude 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)bromomethylbenzene product as a yellow oil. 1H NMR indicates that this oil is a mixture of products: 7% dibrominated, 67% monobrominated, and 20% starting material. The crude product was used without further purification. ESMS m/z=287 [M+H]+.
  • EX-1B
  • The crude product (56 g, 0.14 mol) from EX-1A in 200 mL of cyclohexane was added dropwise under nitrogen to a solution of 3-phenoxyaniline (89 g, 0.480 mol) in 500 mL of cyclohexane. The reaction mixture was refluxed overnight, then cooled to room temperature and diluted with water and diethyl ether. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO[0371] 4 and concentrated in vacuo to give a dark oil. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 1:4 ethyl acetate in hexane to afford 44.96 g (83%) of the desired N-(3-phenoxyphenyl)-[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amine product as a yellow oil. ESMS m/z=392 [M+H]+.
  • To a mixture of the amine product (15.0 g, 0.038 mol) from EX-1B and 1,1,1-tri-fluoro-2,3-epoxypropane (8.58 g, 0.077 mol, TCI) was added a suspension of ytterbium (III) trifluoromethanesulfonate (2.37 g, 0.0031 mol) in 15 mL of acetonitrile. The resulting mixture was heated at 50° C. in a sealed glass vial for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature then diluted with water and ethyl acetate and extracted. The organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO[0372] 4, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 1:4 ethyl acetate in hexane to afford 12.03 g (62%) of the desired (2RS)-3-[(3-phenoxyphenyl)[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy) phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol product as a yellow oil. Anal. calcd. for C24H20F7NO3: C, 57.26; H, 4.00; N, 2.78. Found: C, 56.96; H, 4.35; N, 2.69. HRMS calcd. 504.1410 [M+H]+, found: 504.1431. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ7.28 (m, 4H), 7.14 (t, 1H), 7.07, (m, 3H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 6.94 (d, 2H), 6.46 (dd, 1H), 6.38 (dd, 1H), 6.35 (t, 1H), 5.84 (t, 1H), 4.60 (t, 2H), 4.36 (m, 1H), 3.82 (d, 1H ), 3.48 (m, 1H), 2.51 (s, 1H). 19F NMR (CDCl3) δ−79.0 (s, 3F), −88.21 (d, 2F), −137.05 (dd, 2F).
  • EXAMPLE 2
  • [0373]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00097
  • (2R)-3-[(3-phenoxyphenyl)[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol
  • On a Chiralpak AD HPLC column, (2RS)-3-[(3-phenoxyphenyl)[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol (12.2 g, 0.024 mol) from EX-1 was purified by chiral chromatography to give 1.4 g (0.003 mol, 12%) of (2R)-3-[(3-phenoxyphenyl)[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol as a light yellow oil. Chiral purification was accomplished by eluting with 1:9 isopropanol in heptane at 1.0 mL/min with 250 nm UV detection. The product eluted at 8.43 min. [α][0374] 589=+16.8.0 (c 0.125 g/dL, CH3CN), [α]365=+84.0 (c 0.125, CH3CN). Anal. calcd. for C24H20F7NO3: C, 57.26; H, 4.00; N, 2.78. Found: C, 56.96; H, 4.35; N, 2.69. HRMS calcd.: 504.1410 [M+H]+, found: 504.1388. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ7.28 (m, 4H), 7.14 (t, 1H), 7.07, (m, 31H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 6.94 (d, 2H), 6.46 (dd, 1H), 6.38 (dd, 1H), 6.35 (t, 1H), 5.84 (t, 1H), 4.60 (t, 2H), 4.36 (m, 1H), 3.82 (d, 1H), 3.48 (m, 1H), 2.51 (s, 1H). 19F NMR (CDCl3) δ−79.0 (s, 3F), −88.21 (d, 2F), −137.05 (dd, 2F).
  • EXAMPLE 3
  • [0375]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00098
  • (2S)-3-[(3-phenoxyphenyl)[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)-phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol
  • On a Chiralpak AD HPLC column, (2RS)-3-[(3-phenoxyphenyl)[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol (12.2 g, 0.024 mol) from EX-1 was purified by chiral chromatography to give 10.5 g (0.021 mol, 86%) of (2S)-3-[(3-phenoxyphenyl)[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol as a light yellow oil. Chiral purification was accomplished by eluting with 1:9 isopropanol in heptane at 1.0 mL/min with 250 nm UV detection. The product eluted at 6.36 min. [α][0376] 589=−17.0 (c 0.265 g/dL, CH3CN), [α]365=−85.7 (c 0.265, CH3CN). Anal. calcd. For C24H20F7NO3: C, 57.26; H, 4.00; N, 2.78. Found: C, 56.96; H, 4.35; N, 2.69. HRMS calcd.: 504.1410 [M+H]+, found: 504.1431. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ7.28 (m, 4H), 7.14 (t, 1H), 7.07, (m, 3H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 6.94 (d, 2H), 6.46 (dd, 1H), 6.38 (dd, 1H), 6.35 (t, 1H), 5.84 (t, 1H), 4.60 (t, 2H), 4.36 (m, 1H), 3.82 (d, 1H), 3.48 (m, 1H), 2.51 (s, 1H). 19F NMR (CDCl3) δ−79.0 (s, 3F), −88.21 (d, 2F), −137.05 (dd, 2F).
  • EXAMPLE 4
  • [0377]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00099
  • (2R)-3-[(3-phenoxyphenyl)[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)-phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol
  • Using a procedure adopted from H. C. Brown et al. ([0378] J. Org. Chem. 60, 41-46, (1995)), R-(+)-1,1,1-trifluoro-2,3-epoxypropane was prepared beginning with the transfer of (+)-B-chlorodiisopinocampheylborane ((+)-DIP-Cl, 1.2 kg, 3.74 mol) to a 5 L three neck flask containing 5 L of ether under nitrogen. Anhydrous ether (5 L) was added, and the mixture was stirred until the solids dissolved and the temperature equilibrated to 0° C. Then 3-bromotrifluoroacetone (326 mL, 3.14 mol) was added, and the reaction was stirred for 72 h while maintaining the temperature between −4 and +5° C. The reaction was followed by 19 F NMR by removing an aliquot (20 μL), quenching with anhydrous methanol (0.6 mL), and referencing to external D2O . The reduction was 68% complete after 48 h. The ether was removed under vacuum (100 torr to 0.1 torr), leaving a pale, viscous oil. A 5 L 3-neck flask equipped with stirrer, dropping funnel, and short-path distillation head with chilled receiver was charged with 50% (w/w) aqueous NaOH and heated to 40° C. With external heat removed, the quenched reduction mixture was added dropwise to the aqueous NaOH, with the rate controlled to maintain the pot temperature below 65° C. The product epoxide formed immediately, distilling over with a head temperature of 32-42° C. A yellow-orange solid byproduct was broken up by stirring and some foaming was observed. When the distillation was complete, 145 g (43%) of the desired R-(+)-1,1,1-trifluoro-2,3-epoxy-propane product was obtained as a clear, colorless oil. 1H NMR (C6D6) δ2.50 (m, 1H), CF3CH), 2.15 (dd, 1H), J=2.10, 5.01 Hz), 1.75 (m, 1H). 19F NMR (C6D6) δ−75.4 (d, J=4.7 Hz). Chiral GC/MS analysis was performed on the corresponding diethylamine adduct using a gamma cyclodextrin column (Supelco gammadex120 G-cyclodextrin fused silica): 4 drops of the epoxide, R-(+)-1,1,1-trifluoro-2,3-epoxypropane, and 4 drops of diethylamine were heated briefly in a sealed vial, cooled, diluted with methyl t-butyl ether, and analyzed. Found: two gc peaks: 10.97 min and 11.11 min (ratio 1:230; 99% ee), where the R-product predominated. MS calcd. for C7H14F3NO: m/z=186 [M+H]+, found: 186, for both gc peaks. In contrast, the diethylamine adduct obtained with the TCI trifluoromethyl-oxirane (lot OGH01) from EX-1, gave 2 peaks with identical MS signals m/z=186, 10.96 min and 11.12 min (ratio 8.5:1; 79% ee), where the S-product predominated.
  • To a mixture N-(3-phenoxyphenyl)-[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl]-amine from EX-1B (1.48 g, 0.0038 mol) and R-(+)-1,1,1-trifluoro-2,3-epoxypropane (0.64 g, 0.0057 mol) was added a suspension of ytterbium (III) trifluoro-methanesulfonate (0.23 g, 0.0004 mol) in 1.5 mL of acetonitrile. The resulting mixture was heated at 50° C. in a sealed glass tube for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature then diluted with water and ethyl acetate and extracted. The organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO[0379] 4, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 1:4 ethyl acetate in hexane to afford 1.2 g (63%) of the desired (2R)-3-[(3-phenoxyphenyl)-[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol product as a pure yellow oil (>96% ee by chiral HPLC analysis), which was identical in all respects to EX-2. Anal. calcd. for C24H20F7NO3: C, 57.26; H, 4.00; N, 2.78. found: C, 56.96; H, 4.35; N, 2.69. HRMS calcd.: 504.1410 [M+H]+, found: 504.1431. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ7.28 (m, 4H), 7.14 (t, 1H), 7.07, (m, 3H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 6.94 (d, 2H), 6.46 (dd, 1H), 6.38 (dd, 1H), 6.35 (t, 1H), 5.84 (t, 1H), 4.60 (t, 2H), 4.36 (m, 1H), 3.82 (d, 1H), 3.48 (m, 1H), 2.51 (s, 1H). 19F NMR (CDCl3) δ−79.0 (s, 3F), −88.21 (d, 2F), −137.05 (dd, 2F).
  • Additional examples can be prepared by one skilled in the art using similiar methods and commercially available epoxides. For example, 3-[(3-phenoxyphenyl)[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1-chloro-2-propanols can be prepared from the reaction of N-(3-phenoxyphenyl)-[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amine with either (R)-epichlorohydrin or (S)-epichlorohydrin, as illustrated in Example Table 1. [0380]
    EXAMPLE TABLE 1
    3-[(3-phenoxyphenyl)[[3-
    (trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1-chloro-2-propanols.
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00100
    Calculated Observed
    Ex. Mass Mass
    No. RSUB1 RSUB2 [M + H]+ [M + H]+
    5 OH H 452.1240 452.1245
    6 H OH 452.1240 452.1259
  • EXAMPLE 7
  • [0381]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00101
  • (2R)-3-[(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)[[3-(trifluoromethylthio)phenyl]methyl]-amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol EX-45A
  • To a 1,2-dichloroethane (12 mL) solution of 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniline (0.80 g, 4.4 mmol) was added (3-trifluoromethylthio)benzaldehyde (0.90 g, 4.4 mmol), NaB(OAc)[0382] 3H (1.20 g, 5.66 mmol) and acetic acid (0.26 mL, 4.5 mmol). The cloudy solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give 1.58 g (96%) of the desired N-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)[[3-trifluoromethylthiophenyl]methyl]amine product as an off-white solid. MS: m/z=373.8 [M+H]+.
  • To an acetonitrile (3.2 mL) solution of amine (1.20 g, 3.2 mmol) from EX-45A was added R-(+)-1,1,1-trifluoro-2,3-epoxypropane (0.55 mL, 6.4 mmol) from EX-4 and Yb(OTf)[0383] 3 (0.40 g, 0.64 mmol). The cloudy solution was stirred in a sealed flask at 50° C. for 18 h. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to an oil. Purification by flash column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexane gave an oil which was triturated with hexanes to give a white solid. The precipitate was isolated by filtration and dried in vacuo to give 0.82 g (53%) of the desired (2R)-3-[(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)[[3-(trifluoromethylthio)phenyl]methyl]-amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol product as a white solid, m.p. 88.9-89.1° C. (95% ee by chiral HPLC). Anal. calcd. for C20H21NO4SF6: C, 49.48; H, 4.36; N, 2.89. Found: C, 49.29; H, 4.21; N, 2.81. HRMS calcd.: 486.1174 [M+H]+, found: 486.1158. 1H NMR (C6D6) δ3.10 (d, 1H), 3.18 (dd, 1H), 3.32 (s, 6H), 3.53 (d, 1H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 4.01 (m, 1H), 4.21 (dd, 2H), 5.70 (s, 2H), 6.80 (t, 1H), 6.94 (d, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.37 (s, 1H). [α]589=+26.8 (c 1.099 g/dL, CHCl3).
  • EXAMPLE 8
  • [0384]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00102
  • (2R)-3-[[3-(4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy)phenyl][[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro-ethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol EX-8A
  • To a solution of 1,3-dinitrobenzene (16.8 g, 0.1 mol) and 4-chloro-3-ethylphenol (15.6 g, 0.1 mol) in 200 mL of dimethylsulfoxide was added cesium carbonate (65 g, 0.2 mol). The reaction mixture was heated at 100° C. under nitrogen overnight then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite then rinsed with diethyl ether and a small amount of water. The filtrate was extracted several times with diethyl ether. The organic layers were combined, washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO[0385] 4, and concentrated in vacuo to give 21.8 g (78%) of the desired 3-(4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy)-1-nitrobenzene product as a dark orange oil, which was greater than 90% pure by reverse phase HPLC analysis. HRMS calcd. for C14H12CINO3: 295.0849 [M+NH4]+, found 295.0862.
  • EX-8B
  • To a solution of 3-(4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy)-1-nitrobenzene (10 g, 0.036 mol) from EX-8A in 400 mL of glacial acetic acid and 1 mL of water was added zinc metal (20 g, 0.305 mol) at room temperature, and the resultant mixture was stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite. The filtrate was neutralized with ammonium hydroxide and extracted with diethyl ether. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO[0386] 4, and concentrated in vacuo to give 10 g (100%) of the desired 3-(4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy)aniline product as a dark orange oil, which was greater than 90% pure by reverse phase HPLC analysis. HRMS calcd. for C14H14CINO: 248.0842 [M+H]+, found: 248.0833.
  • EX-8C
  • To a solution of 3-(4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy)aniline (2.0 g, 8.1 mmol) from EX-8B and 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)benzaldehyde (1.6 g, 7.3 mmol) in 30 mL of dichloroethane was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (2.0 g, 9.7 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (0.51 mL, 8.9 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h then quenched with water and extracted with diethyl ether. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO[0387] 4, and concentrated in vacuo to give 3.5 g (95%) of the desired N-[(4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy)phenyl]-3-[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]-methyl]amine product as a brown oil, which was greater than 90% pure by reverse phase HPLC analysis. HRMS calcd. for C23H20ClF4NO2: 454.1197 [M+]+, found: 454.1220.
  • A solution of N-[(4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy)phenyl]-3-[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)-phenyl]methyl]amine (1.8 g, 4.0 mmol) from EX-8C, R-(+)-1,1,1-trifluoro-2,3-epoxy-propane (0.64 g, 0.0057 mol) from EX-4, and ytterbium (III) trifluoromethanesulfonate (0.25 g, 0.4 mmol) in 1.5 mL of acetonitrile was heated at 40° C. in a sealed glass tube for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature then diluted with water and diethyl ether and extracted. The ether layer was washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO[0388] 4, and concentrated in vacuo The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 1:7:0.01 of ethyl acetate:hexane:ammonium hydroxide to afford 1.5 g (66%) of the desired (2R)-3-[[3-(4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy)phenyl][[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-tri-fluoro-2-propanol product as a yellow oil (96% ee by chiral HPLC analysis). [α]589 25=+36.9 (c 1.044 g%, CHCl3), [α]365 25=+189.7 (c 1.044 g%, CHCl3). The refractive index @ 25° C. is 1.5275. Anal. calcd. for C26H23ClF7NO3: C, 55.18; H, 4.10; N, 2.48. found: C, 54.92; H, 4.05; N, 2.33. HRMS calcd.: 566.1330 [M+H]+, found: 566.1323. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ7.30 (t, 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 7.15 (t, 1H), 7.08 (t, 2H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 6.86 (d, 1H), 6.68 (dd, 1H), 6.48 (dd, 1H), 6.36 (dd, 1H), 6.34 (t, 1H), 5.81 (tt, 1H), 4.62(s, 2H), 4.32 (m, 1H), 3.84 (dd, 1H), 3.55 (dd, 1H), 2.67 (q, 2H), 2.45 (bs, 1H), 1.17 (t, 3H). 19F NMR (CDCl3) δ−79.22 (d, 3F), −88.57 (m, 2F), −137.16 (dt, 2F).
  • Additional examples of (2R)-3-[[3-(substituted-phenoxy)phenyl][[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols and (2R)-3-[[3-(4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy)phenyl][[3-substituted-phenyl]-methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols can be prepared by one skilled in the art using similar methods, as shown in Example Tables 2 and 3, respectively. [0389]
    EXAMPLE TABLE 2
    (2R)-3-[[3-(Substituted-phenoxy)phenyl][[3-(1,1,2,2-
    tetrafluoroethoxy)-phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols.
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00103
    Calculated Observed
    Ex. Mass Mass
    No. RSUB [M + H]+ [M + H]+
     9 4-methyl 518.1566 518.1587
    10 3-isopropyl 546.1879 546.1900
    11 3-ethyl 532.1723 532.1713
  • [0390]
    EXAMPLE TABLE 3
    (2R)-3-[[3-(4-Chloro-3-ethylphenoxy)phenyl][[3-substituted-
    phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols.
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00104
    Calculated Observed
    Ex. Mass Mass
    No. RSUB [M + H]+ [M + H]+
    12 3-trifluoromethoxy 534.1271 534.1309
    13 3-trifluoromethyl, 4-fluoro 536.1228 536.1265
    14 2-fluoro, 4-trifluoromethyl 536.1228 536.1241
    15 2-trifluoromethyl, 4-fluoro 536.1228 536.1245
    16 2-fluoro, 5-trifluoromethyl 536.1228 536.1252
    17 2-fluoro, 6-trifluoromethyl 536.1228 536.1199
  • EXAMPLE 18
  • [0391]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00105
  • (2R)-3-[[3-(4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy)phenyl][[3-(1,1,1,2,2-pentafluoroethyl)-phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol EX-18A
  • Sodium pentafluoroethyl propionate (8.4 g, 50 mmol) and 3-iodotoluene (5.5 g, 25 mmol) were dissolved in anhydrous DMF (300 mL) under nitrogen. CuI (9.5 g, 50 mmol) was added, and the mixture was heated to 160° C. under nitrogen for 4 h, at which time a 15 mL fraction of a mixture of DMF and 3-pentafluoroethyl toluene was collected. The distillate was diluted with Et[0392] 2O and was washed with brine. The ether layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give 5.25 g (55%) of the desired 3-pentafluoroethyl-toluene product as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ7.36 (m, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H). 19F NMR (CDCl3) δ−85.2 (s, 3F), −115.2 (s, 2F).
  • EX-18B
  • The 3-pentafluoroethyl-toluene (2.9 g, 13.8 mmol) product from EX-18A and N-bromosuccinimide (2.5 g, 13.8 mmol) were dissolved in CCl[0393] 4 (25 mL). AIBN (50 mg, 0.3 mmol) was added, and the mixture was refluxed for 3.5 h under N2. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with water. The layers were separated, and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried with anhydrous MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give 3.4 g (87%) of a colorless oil. The 1H NMR spectrum indicated that the crude product contained 3-pentafluoroethyl-benzylbromide (70%), the benzyldibromide (10%) and pentafluoroethyl toluene (20%). 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ7.60 (m, 2H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 4.50 (s, 2H). 19F NMR (CDCl3) δ−85.1 (s, 3F), −115.4 (s, 2F).
  • EX-18C
  • A solution of 3-(4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy)aniline (1.7 g, 6.9 mmol) was prepared in cyclohexane (13 mL). A solution of crude 3-pentafluoroethyl benzylbromide (1 g, 3.5 mmol) product from EX-18B in cyclohexane (10 mL) was added dropwise under nitrogen over 3 min. The reaction mixture was refluxed under N[0394] 2 for 24 h and then was cooled to room temperature. The mixture was diluted with Et2O and saturated aqueous NaHCO3. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with Et2O. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried with anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes in ethyl acetate (95:5) which gave 0.56 g (35%) of the desired N-[3-(4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy)phenyl][[3-(pentafluoro-ethyl)phenyl]-methyl]amine product as a brown oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ7.53 (m, 4H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.15 (t, 1H), 6.93 (d, 1H), 6.77 (dd, 1H), 6.41 (tt, 2H), 6.30 (t, 1H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 2.73 (q, 2H), 1.23 (t, 3H). 13C NMR (CDCl3) δ158.6, 156.1, 143.4, 141.3, 140.2, 131.3, 130.7, 130.4, 129.4, 128.1, 120.4, 117.8, 108.8. 103.9, 48.5, 27.5, 14.1. 19F NMR (CDCl3) δ−85.1 (s, 3F), −115.2 (s, 2F). HRMS calcd. for C23H19ClF5NO: 456.1154 [M+H]+, found: 456.1164. The N-[3-(4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy)phenyl][[3-(pentafluoroethyl)phenyl]-methyl]amine (0.4 g, 0.88 mmol) product of EX-18C was dissolved in anhydrous acetonitrile (1.5 mL). R-(+)-1,1,1-trifluoro-2,3-epoxypropane (0.22 g, 1.94 mmol) and Yb(OTf)3 (22 mg, 0.035 mmol) were added, and the reaction mixture was stirred under N2 at 45° C. in a sealed glass tube for 15 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and diluted with Et2O and saturated aqueous NaHCO3. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with Et2O. The ether layers were combined, washed with brine, dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The viscous oil was adsorbed onto silica gel and purified by column chromatography eluting with hexanes in ethyl acetate (95:5) which gave 0.32 g (64%) of the desired (2R)-3-[(4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy)phenyl[[3-(pentafluoroethyl)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol product as a viscous, colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ7.47 (m, 4H), 7.23 (m, 3H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 6.72 (dd, 1H), 6.52 (d, 1H), 6.42 (m, 2H), 4.73 (s, 2H), 4.39 (m, 1H), 3.91 (dd, 1H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 2.73 (q, 2H), 2.57 (s, 1H), 1.22 (t, 3H). 19F NMR (CDCl3) δ−79.2 (s, 3F), −84.9 (s, 3F), −115.2 (s, 2F). HRMS calcd. for C26H22ClF8NO2: 568.1290 [M+H]+, found: 568.1296.
  • EXAMPLE 19
  • [0395]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00106
  • (2R)-3-[[3-(3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy)pheny][[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol EX-19A
  • To a solution of 1,3-dinitrobenzene (4.5 g, 0.03 mol) and 3-trifluoromethoxy-phenol (4.8 g, 0.03 mol) in 54 mL of dimethylsulfoxide was added cesium carbonate (21.8 g, 0.07 mol). The reaction mixture was heated at 100° C. under nitrogen overnight then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with diethyl ether several times. The organic layers were combined, washed with 1 N HCl and water, dried over MgSO[0396] 4, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 1:9 ethyl acetate in hexane to afford 3.0 g (38%) of the desired 3-(3-trifluoro-methoxyphenoxy)nitrobenzene product as a yellow-orange liquid which was 85% pure by reverse phase HPLC analysis. This material was carried on without further purification.
  • EX-19B
  • To a solution of 3-(3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy)nitrobenzene (3.0 g, 0.01 mol) from EX-19A in 100 mL of glacial acetic acid was added zinc metal (6.6 g, 0.1 mol) at room temperature, and the resultant mixture was stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite. The filtrate was neutralized with ammonium hydroxide and extracted with diethyl ether then ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO[0397] 4 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 1:9 ethyl acetate in hexane to afford 1.2 g (44%) of the desired 3-(3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy)aniline product as a yellow oil which was 98% pure by reverse phase HPLC analysis. Anal. calcd. for C13H10F3NO2: C, 58.00; H, 3.74; N, 5.20. found: C, 57.68; H, 3.57; N, 5.14. HRMS calcd.: 270.0742 [M+H]+, found: 270.0767.
  • EX-19C
  • To a solution of 3-(3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy)aniline (1.0 g, 3.7 mmol) from EX-19B and 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)benzaldehyde (0.83 g, 3.7 mmol) in 18.5 mL of dichloroethane was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.0 g, 4.7 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (0.25 mL, 4.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight then quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and extracted with methylene chloride. The organic layer was dried over MgSO[0398] 4 and concentrated in vacuo to give 1.8 g (100%) of the desired [3-(3-trifluoromethoxy-phenoxy)phenyl][[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro-ethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amine product as a yellow oil, which was greater than 90% pure by reverse phase HPLC analysis. HRMS calcd. for C22H16F7NO3: 476.1097 [M+H]+, found: 476.1069. This material was carried on to the next step without further purification.
  • A solution of [3-(3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy)phenyl][[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)-phenyl]methyl]amine (1.8 g, 3.7 mmol) from EX-19C, R-(+)-1,1,1-trifluoro-2,3-epoxy-propane (0.57 g, 5.2 mmol), and ytterbium (III) trifluoromethanesulfonate (0.24 g, 0.38 mmol) in 2.0 mL of acetonitrile was heated at 40° C. in a sealed glass tube overnight. At this time reverse phase HPLC analysis indicated that the reaction was only 50% complete. Additional ytterbium (III) trifluoromethanesulfonate and R-(+)-1,1,1-trifluoro-2,3-epoxypropane (0.26 g, 2.3 mmol) were added to the reaction mixture and again heated at 40° C. in a sealed glass tube for 48 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature then diluted with water and methylene chloride and extracted. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO[0399] 4, and concentrated in vacuo The crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC eluting with 30% to 90% acetonitrile in water to afford 1.25 g (23%) of the desired (2R)-3-[[3-(3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy) phenyl][[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol product as yellow-brown oil (90% ee by chiral HPLC analysis). HRMS calcd. for C25H19F10NO4: 588.1233 [M+H]+, found: 588.1225. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ7.35-7.18 (m, 3H), 7.12 (t, 2H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.93 (d, 1H), 6.85 (d, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.56 (dd, 1H), 6.47 (dd, 1H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 5.88 (t, 1H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 4.35 (m, 1H), 3.86 (d, 1H), 3.59 (dd, 1H), 2.02 (s, 1H). 19F NMR (CDCl3) δ−58.31 (s, 3F), −79.24 (d, 3F), −88.57 (m, 2F), −137.16 (dt, 2F).
  • EXAMPLE 20
  • [0400]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00107
  • (2R)-3-[[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl][3-[[3-(trifluoromethyl)-phenyl]methoxy]phenyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol EX-20A
  • To a solution of 3-aminophenol (4.91 g, 45.0 mmol) and 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)benzaldehyde (10.0 g, 45.0 mmol) in 100 mL of 1,2-dichloroethane was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (14.28 g 67.5 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (2.7 mL, 47.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 h then quenched with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, dried over MgSO[0401] 4, and concentrated in vacuo to give 11.82 g (83%) of the desired 3-[[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro-ethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]phenol product as a dark orange oil. 1H NMR (acetone-d6) δ7.01-7.38 (m, 5H), 6.26-6.44 (m, 3H), 6.08 (t, 1H), 5.88 (tt, 1H), 4.34 (s, 2H).
  • EX-20B
  • A solution of 3-[[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]phenol (5.1 g, 16.2 mmol) from EX-20A, R-(+)-1,1,1-trifluoro-2,3-epoxypropane (1.5 mL, 17.4 mmol), and ytterbium trifluoromethanesulfonate (1.0 g, 10 mol%) in 10 mL of acetonitrile was heated at 50° C. in a sealed glass tube for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, then diluted with water and diethyl ether and extracted. The ether layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO[0402] 4, and concentrated in vacuo to give 5.64 g (81%) of the desired (2R)-3-[[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy]phenyl]methyl][3,3,3-trifluoro-2-hydroxy-propyl)amino]-phenol product as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (acetone-d6) δ7.41 (t, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.16-7.20 (m, 2H), 6.97 (t, 1H), 6.42 (tt, 1H), 6.18-6.24 (m, 3H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 4.43-4.48 (m, 1H), 3.58 (dd, 1H), 3.39 (dd, 1H).
  • To a solution of (2R)-3-[[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy]phenyl]methyl][3,3,3-trifluoro-2-hydroxypropyl)amino]phenol (100 mg, 0.23 mmol) from EX-20B and 3-trifluoromethylbenzyl bromide (70.0 mg, 0.27 mmol) in 2.5 mL of acetone was added cesium carbonate (100 mg, 0.31 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 60° C. for 18 h then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC eluting with 50% to 90% acetonitrile in water to afford 63.3 mg (45%) of the desired (2R)-3-[[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl][3-[[3-(trifluoro-methyl)phenyl]-methoxy]phenyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol product as an orange oil. HRMS calcd. for C[0403] 26H21F10NO3: 586.1440 [M+H]+, found: 586.1419 . 1H NMR (acetone-d6) δ7.61-7.82 (m, 4H), 7.41 (t, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.10-7.21 (m, 3H), 6.34-6.67 (m, 4H), 5.73 (d, 1H), 5.19 (s, 2H), 4.82 (s, 2H), 4.34-4.48 (m, 1H), 3.99 (dd, 1H), 3.68 (dd, 1H).
  • Additional examples of (2R)-3-[[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]-methyl]-[3-[[aryl]methoxy]phenyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols are prepared by one skilled in the art using similar methods, as shown in. Example Table 4. [0404]
    EXAMPLE TABLE 4
    (2R)-3-[[[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl][3-
    [[aryl]methoxy]phenyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols.
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00108
    Calculated Observed
    Ex. Mass Mass
    No. RSUB [M + H]+ [M + H]+
    21 3,5-difluorobenzyl 554.1378 554.1352
    22 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyl 602.1389 602.1390
    23 3-isopropyl 470.1566 464.1601
  • EXAMPLE 24
  • [0405]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00109
  • (2R)-3-[[3-[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methoxylphenyl][[3-(trifluoromethoxy)-phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol
  • (2R)-3-[[3-[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl][[3-(trifluoro-methoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol can be prepared by one skilled in the art using similar methods starting from 3-(trifluoromethoxy)-benzaldehyde. HRMS calcd. for C[0406] 25H20F9NO4: 570.1327 [M+H]+, found: 570.1325. 1H NMR (acetone-d6) δ7.43 (t, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.18-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.01-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.92-7.00 (m, 1H), 6.38-6.45 (m, 3H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 4.81 (s, 2H), 4.41-4.53 (m, 1H), 3.98 (dd, 1H), 3.63 (dd, 1H).
  • Additional examples of (2R)-3-[[3-[[aryl]methoxy]phenyl][[3-(trifluoro-methoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols can be prepared by one skilled in the art using similar methods, as shown in Example Table 5. [0407]
    EXAMPLE TABLE 5
    (2R)-3-[[3-[[aryl]methoxy]phenyl][[3-trifluoromethoxy)-
    phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols.
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00110
    Calculated Observed
    Ex. Mass Mass
    No. RSUB [M + H]+ [M + H]+
    25 4-trifluoromethoxybenzyl 570.1327 570.1299
    26 3,5-di(triflouromethyl)benzyl 622.1252 622.1252
    27 3-trifluoromethylbenzyl 554.1378 554.1369
    28 3,5-difluorobenzyl 522.1315 522.1259
    29 benzyl 486.1504 486.1504
    30 isopropyl 438.1504 438.1509
    31 cyclohexylmethyl 492.1973 492.1973
    32 cyclopentyl 464.1660 464.1641
  • EXAMPLE 33
  • [0408]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00111
  • (2R)-3-[[3-(4-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy)phenyl][[3-(trifluoromethoxy)-phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol EX-33A
  • To a solution of 3-bromoaniline (5.7 mL, 52.6 mmol) and 3-trifluoro-methoxybenzaldehyde (10.0 g, 52.6 mmol) in 135 mL of dichloroethane was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (14.5 g, 68.4 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (3.1 mL, 54.7 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, then quenched with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, dried over MgSO[0409] 4, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 1:9 ethyl acetate in hexane to give 14.3 g (78%) of the desired of N-(3-bromophenyl)[[3-(trifluoromethoxy) phenyl]methyl]amine product as a dark brown oil. HRMS calcd. for C14H11BrF3NO: 346.0055 [M+H]+, found: 346.0052.
  • EX-33B
  • A solution of of N-(3-bromophenyl)[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methyl]-amine (10.0 g, 28.9 mmol) from EX-33A, R-(+)-1,1,1-trifluoro-2,3-epoxypropane (4.2 g, 37.6 mmol), and ytterbium (III) trifluoromethanesulfonate (1.79 g, 2.89 mmol) in 27 mL of acetonitrile was heated at 50° C. in a sealed glass tube overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through celite. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 2:3 dichloromethane in hexane to afford 11.9 g (90%) of the desired (2R)-3-[[(3-bromophenyl)][[3-(tri-fluoromethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol product as a brown oil (98% ee by chiral HPLC analysis). HRMS calcd. for C[0410] 17H14BrF6NO2: 458.0190 [M+H]+, found: 458.0197.
  • A suspension of 4-fluoro-3-methylphenol (98.0 μL, 0.88 mmol) and cesium carbonate (319.5 mg, 0.98 mmol) in 1 mL of N,N-dimethylacetamide was preheated at 60° C. for 5 minutes. To this solution was added 4 mL of a stock solution containing (2R)-3-[[(3-bromophenyl)][[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol (200 mg, 0.437 mmol) from EX-33B, 1-naphthoic acid (164 mg, 0.95 mmol), copper(I) trifluoromethansulfonate benzene complex (21.8 mg, 0.0434 mmol), 4 Å sieves (105 mg), and 4 mL of toluene. The reaction mixture was stirred at 105° C. for 3 weeks and 2 days. During that time, additional cesium carbonate and catalyst were added (a spatula tip of each) to the reaction three different times. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, filtered through celite, and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC eluting with 35% to 90% acetonitrile in water to afford 50.5 mg (23%) of the desired (2R)-3-[[3-(4-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy)phenyl][[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol product as an orange oil. HRMS calcd. for C[0411] 24H20F7NO3: 504.1410 [M+H]+, found: 504.1389. 1H NMR (acetone-d6) δ7.44 (t, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.08-7.21 (m, 3H), 6.98 (t, 1H), 6.75-6.85 (m, 1H), 6.68-6.74 (m, 1H), 6.53 (d, 1H), 6.21-6.34 (m, 2H), 4.79 (t, 2H), 4.46-4.53 (m, 1H), 3.95 (dd, 1H), 2.61-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.20 (s, 3H).
  • Additional examples (2R)-3-[[(aryloxy)phenyl][[3-(trifluoromethoxy )phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols can be prepared by one skilled in the art using similar methods, as shown in Example Table 6. [0412]
    EXAMPLE TABLE 6
    (2R)-3-[[(aryloxy)phenyl][[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]-
    methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols.
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00112
    Calculated Observed
    Ex. Mass Mass
    No. RSUB [M + H]+ [M + H]+
    34 3-trifluoromethoxy 556.1170 556.1180
    35 3-isopropyl 514.1817 514.1823
    36 3,4-dimethyl 500.1660 500.1654
    37 4-chloro-3-methyl 520.1114 520.1129
    38 3-tert-butyl 528.1973 528.1942
    39 3,4-dichioro 540.0568 540.0567
    40 3,4-(CH2CH2CH2CH2)- 526.1817 526.1788
  • EXAMPLE 41
  • [0413]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00113
  • (2R)-3-[[3-(4-methylphenoxy)phenyl][[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol EX-41A
  • To a solution of p-cresol (5.76 g, 0.053 mol) and 1,3-dinitrobenzene (8.97 g, 0.053 mol) in 100 mL of dimethylsulfoxide was added cesium carbonate (43.4 g, 0.133 mol). The reaction mixture was heated at 100° C. for 18 h, then cooled to room temperature, quenched with water, and extracted with diethyl ether. The organic layers were combined, washed with 0.1 N HCl and water, dried over MgSO[0414] 4 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 1:4 ethyl acetate in hexane to afford 8.0 g (66%) of the desired 3-(4-methylphenoxy)nitrobenzene product as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ7.83 (s, 1H), 7.64 (t, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.09 (d, 2H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 2.20 (s, 1H).
  • EX-41B
  • A solution of 3-(4-methylphenoxy)nitrobenzene (8.0 g, 0.035 mol) from EX-41A in 25 mL of ethanol under nitrogen was charged with 10% palladium on carbon (0.80 g). The resulting mixture was hydrogenated for 4 h at room temperature and 45 psi. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated in vacuo to give 6.7 g (96%) of the desired 3-(4-methylphenoxy)aniline product as a yellow oil. ESMS m/z=200 [M+H][0415] +, confirmed the desired C13H13NO product and the complete consumption of starting material.
  • EX-41C
  • To a solution of 3-(4-methylphenoxy)aniline (2.91 g, 0.015 mol) from EX-41B, and 3-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyaldehyde (3.24 g, 0.015 mol) in 50 mL dichloroethane was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (4.02 g, 0.019 mol) and glacial acetic acid (0.99 g, 0.017 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h, then quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO[0416] 4 and concentrated in vacuo to give 5.38 g (91%) of the desired N-[3-(4-methylphenoxy)-phenyl)]-[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amine product as an orange oil. ESMS m/z=374 [M+H+ confirmed the desired C21H18NO2F3 product and the complete consumption of starting material.
  • To a mixture of N-[3-(4-methylphenoxy)phenyl)]-[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl]amine(1.3 g, 0.0035 mol) from EX-41C and R-(+)-1,1,1-trifluoro-2,3-epoxypropane (0.59 g, 0.0053 mol) was added a suspension of ytterbium (III) trifluoromethanesulfonate (0.22 g, 0.0004 mol) in 1.3 mL of acetonitrile. The resulting mixture was heated at 50° C. in a sealed glass tube for 18 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, then diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 1:4 ethyl acetate in hexane to afford 1.03 g (61%) of the desired (2R)-3-[3-(4-methyl-phenoxy)phenyl)[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propa-nol product as a pure yellow oil. Anal. calcd. for C[0417] 24H21F6NO3: C, 59.38; H, 4.36; N, 2.89. Found: C, 59.17; H, 4.62; N, 2.80. HRMS calcd.: 486.1504 [M+H]+, found: 486.1513. 1H NMR (C6D6) δ6.82 (m, 8H), 6.60 (dd, 1H), 6.42 (dd, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H),. 6.18 (dd, 1H), 4.00 (s, 2H), 3.63 (m, 1H), 3.40 (d, 1H), 3.02 (m, 1H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.40 (d, 1H). 19F NMR (C6D6) δ−57.98 (s, 3F), −78.50 (s, 3F).
  • Additional examples of (2R)-3-[3-(substituted-phenoxy)phenyl]-[[3-(trifluoro-methoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols can prepared by one skilled in the art using similar methods, as shown in Example Table 7. [0418]
    EXAMPLE TABLE 7
    (2R)-3-[3-(substituted-phenoxy)phenyl][[3-(trifluoromethoxy)-
    phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols.
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00114
    Calculated Observed
    Ex. Mass Mass
    No. RSUB [M + H]+ [M + H]+
    42 4-fluoro 490.1253 490.1238
  • EXAMPLE 43
  • [0419]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00115
  • (2R)-3-[[3-(2-bromo-5-fluorophenoxy)phenyl][[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol EX-43A
  • To a solution of 3-aminophenol (5 g, 46 mmol), 1-bromo-2,4-difluoro-benzene (10 g, 50 mmol) and Cs[0420] 2CO3 (16 g, 50 mmol) in 25 mL of dimethyl-formamide was added solid (CuOTf)2C6H6 (100 mg), and the mixture was stirred under nitrogen at 85° C. for 22 h, at which time HPLC analysis indicated that the reaction had gone to completion and formed two products. The DMF was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with ether and filtered through a celite pad. The pad was washed with ether and a small amount of water. The mixture was extracted with ether several times. The combined ether layers were washed with water and brine, then dried over MgSO4. The dried organic layer was evaporated to give 10.2 g (80%) of the desired product, which consisted of a 11:1 ratio of 3-(2-bromo-5-fluoro-phenoxy)aniline and 3-(4-bromo-3-fluorophenoxy)aniline. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 1:7:0.01 of ethyl acetate:hexane:ammonium hydroxide to give 8.8 g (68%) of the desired product as a yellow oil, which was a 25:1 ratio of 3-(2-bromo-5-fluorophenoxy)aniline and 3-(4-bromo-3-fluorophenoxy)aniline. HRMS calcd. for C12H9NOFBr: 281.9930 [M+H]+, found: 281.9950.
  • EX-43B
  • The 3-(2-bromo-5-fluorophenoxy)aniline (1.39 g, 4.95 mmol) product from EX-43A and 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)benzaldehyde (1.0 g, 4.5 mmol) were dissolved in 15 mL of dichloroethane and acetic acid (0.30 mL, 5.4 mmol), then solid NaBH(OAc)[0421] 3 (1.26 g, 5.9 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, then quenched with water and extracted with ether. The ether layer was washed with water and brine, then dried over MgSO4, and evaporated to give 2.1 g (97%) of crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 1:7:0.01 of ethyl acetate:hexane:ammonium hydroxide to give 2.0 g (91%) of the desired 3-[3-(2-bromo-5-fluoro-phenoxy)phenyl][[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro-ethoxy)phenyllmethyl]amine product, as a light yellow oil, >90% pure by HPLC analysis. HRMS calcd. for C21H15NO2BrF5: 488.0285 [M+H]+, found: 488.0269.
  • The 3-[3-(2-bromo-5-fluorophenoxy)phenyl][[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl]amine (0.5 g, 2.0 mmol) product from EX-43B and R-(+)-1,1,1-trifluoro-2,3-epoxypropane (0.17 g, 2.0 mmol) from EX-4 were dissolved in 0.5 mL of acetonitrile. Ytterbium (III) trifluoromethanesulfonate (0.06 g, 0.1 mmol) was added, and the stirred solution was warmed to 40° C. for 1 h, at which time HPLC analysis indicated that no secondary amine starting material remained. The reaction was quenched with water and extracted with ether. The ether layer was washed with water and brine, then dried over MgSO[0422] 4. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 1:7:0.01 of ethyl acetate:hexane:ammonium hydroxide to give 0.4 g (67%) of the desired R-(+)-3-[[3-(2-bromo-5-fluorophenoxy)phenyl][[3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)-phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol product as a light yellow oil (>84% ee by chiral HPLC analysis). Anal. calcd. for C24H18BrF8NO3: C, 48.02; H, 3.02; N, 2.33. found: C, 48.07; H, 3.14; N, 2.31. HRMS calcd.: 600.0420 [M+H]+, found: 600.0386. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ7.50 (dd, 1H), 7.30 (t, 1H), 7.18 (t, 1H), 7.07 (t, 2H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 6.70 (dt, 1H), 6.56 (dd, 1H), 6.52 (dd, 1H), 6.38 (dd, 1H), 6.32 (m, 1H), 5.87 (tt, 1H,), 4.65 (d, 2H), 4.33 (m, 1H), 3.85 (dd, 1H), 3.56 (dd, 1H), 2.48 (bs, 1H). NOE difference spectra confirmed that the isolated material was the indicated N-[3-(2-bromo-5-fluoro-phenoxy)phenyl]-3-aminopropanol product. 19F NMR (CDCl3) δ−79.24 (d, 3F), −88.57 (m, 2F), −112.04 (q, 1H), −137.16 (dt, 2F).
  • EXAMPLE 44
  • [0423]
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00116
  • (2R)-N-[2-chloro-6-(p-fluorophenoxy)-1,3,5-triazin-4-yl]-3-[[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro -2-propanol EX-44A
  • 3-Trifluoromethoxybenzenemethanamine (1.15 g, 6 mmol) and R-(+)-1,1,1-trifluoro-2,3-epoxypropane (0.67 g, 6 mmol) were combined and stirred at 80° C. for 1.5 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the resulting solid was recrystallized from hot hexanes. The white solid was isolated by vacuum filtration and washed with cold hexanes to give 0.67 g (37%) of pure (2R)-3-[[[3-(trifluoro-methoxy)phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanol. [0424] 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ7.37 (t, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 3.99 (m, 1H), 3.85 (d, 2H), 2.98 (dd, 1H), 2.88 (dd, 1H), 2.79 (s, 1H). 19F NMR (CDCl3) δ−58.19 (s, 3F), −78.88 (s, 3F). HRMS calcd. for C11H11F6NO2: 304.0772 [M+H]+, found: 304.0794.
  • EX-44B
  • To a solution of p-fluorophenol 1.00 g (8.92 mmol) in 30 mL of tetrahydrofuran at 0° C. was added a 60% dispersion of sodium hydride in mineral oil (0.36 g, 8.92 mmol). After 30 min, cyanuric chloride (1.64 g, 8.92 mmol) was added as a heterogeneous mixture in tetrahydrofuran at 0° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to slowly warm to room temperature. After 14 h, the mixture was cooled to 0° C., and a saturated aqueous NH[0425] 4Cl solution was added. The aqueous solution was extracted with diethyl ether (3×50 mL). The combined ether extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), and concentrated in vacuo to afford 1.34 g (58%) of the desired 2,4-dichloro-6-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1,3,5-triazine product as an off white solid which was taken on to the next step without purification. MS m/z=260 [M+H]+.
  • To a stirred solution of aminopropanol from EX-44A (0.100 g, 0.330 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide at 0° C. was added the 2,4-dichloro-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1,3,5-triazine ether product from EX-44B (0.086 g, 0.330 mmol) as a solution in N,N-di-methylformamide. The reaction mixture was allowed to slowly warm to room temperature. After 14 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C., and a saturated aq. NaHCO[0426] 3 solution was added. After stirring the reaction mixture for 30 min at room temperature, the aqueous layer was extracted with ether (3×30 mL). The combined ether extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), and concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow oil. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 20% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give 0.075 g (43%) of the desired (2R)-N-[2-chloro-6-(p-fluorophenoxy)-1,3,5-triazin-4-yl]-3-[[[3-(trifluoromethoxy)-phenyl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1,-trifluoro-2-propanol product as a pale yellow oil. HRMS calcd. for C20H14ClF7N4O3: 526.0643 [M+], found: 526.0632 . 1H NMR (C6D6) δ6.95 (s, 1H), 6.63 (m, 14H), 4.74 (d, 1H), 4.37 (d, 1H), 4.16 (d, 1H), 4.00 (d, 2H), 3.73 (m, 1H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.26 (m, 2H), 3.12 (m, 2H)
  • Based on the preceding procedures, additional substituted (2R)-3-[(N-aryl)-[[aryl]methyl]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols are prepared by one skilled in the art using similar methods, as shown in Example Table 8. Substituted (3R)-4-[N-(aryl)-[(aryl)methyl]amino]-1,1,1,2,2-pentafluoro-3-butanols are prepared by one skilled in the art using similar methods, as shown in Example Table 9. Substituted (2R)-3-[N-(aryl)[(aryl)oxy]amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols are prepared by one skilled in the art using similar methods, as shown in Example Table 10. Substituted (2R)-3-[N-(aryl)-[(aryl)methyl]amino]-1,1-difluoro-1-chloro-2-propanols are prepared by one skilled in the art using similar methods, as shown in Example Table 11. Substituted (2R)-3-[N,N′-(diaryl)amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols are prepared by one skilled in the art using similar methods, as shown in Example Table 12. [0427]
    EXAMPLE TABLE 8
    Substituted (2R)-3-[N-(aryl)-[(aryl)methyl]amino]-
    1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols.
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00117
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    45 3-isopropyl
    46 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    47 3-CF3O
    48 4-F
    49 4-CH3
    50 2-F, 5-Br
    51 3-CF3CF2
    52 3-CH3CH2
    53 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    54 3-(CH3)3C
    55 4-F, 3-CH3
    56 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    57 3,4-(CH2)4
    58 3-HCF2CF2O
    59 3-CHF2O
    60 3-(CH3)2N
    61 3-cyclopropyl
    62 3-(2-furyl)
    63 3-CF3CF2
    64 4-NH2
    65 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    66 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    67 3-CF3
    68 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00118
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    69 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    70 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    71 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    72 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    73 benzyloxy
    74 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    75 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    76 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    77 isopropoxy
    78 3-CF3-benzyl
    79 isopropylthio
    80 cyclopentoxy
    81 3-Cl-5-pyridiflylOxy
    82 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    83 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    84 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    85 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    86 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    87 1-phenylethoxy
    88 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    89 3-CF3-phenyl
    90 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    91 cyclopropoxy
    92 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00119
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    93 3-isopropyl
    94 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    95 3-CF3O
    96 4-F
    97 4-CH3
    98 2-F, 5-Br
    99 4-Cl, 3-CH3CH2
    100 3-CH3CH2
    101 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    102 3-(CH3)3C
    103 4-F, 3-CH3
    104 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    105 3,4-(CH2)4
    106 3-HCF2CF2O
    107 3-CHF2O
    108 3-(CH3)2N
    109 3-cyclopropyl
    110 3-(2-furyl)
    111 3-CF3CF2
    112 4-NH2
    113 3-CH3,4-CH3, 5-CH3
    114 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    115 3-CF3
    116 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00120
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    117 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    118 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    119 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    120 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    121 benzyloxy
    122 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    123 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    124 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    125 isopropoxy
    126 3-CF3-benzyl
    127 isopropylthio
    128 cyclopentoxy
    129 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    130 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    131 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    132 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    133 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    134 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    135 1-phenylethoxy
    136 4-F, 3-CH3-benzyl
    137 3-CF3-phenyl
    138 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    139 cyclopropoxy
    140 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00121
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    141 3-isopropyl
    142 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    143 3-CF3O
    144 4-F
    145 4-CH3
    146 2-F, 5-Br
    147 4-Cl, 3-CH3CH2
    148 3-CH3CH2
    149 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    150 3-(CH3)3C
    151 4-F, 3-CH3
    152 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    153 3 ,4-(CH2)4
    154 3-HCF2CF2O
    155 3-CHF2O
    156 3-(CH3)2N
    157 3-cyclopropyl
    158 3-(2-furyl)
    159 3-CF3CF2
    160 4-NH2
    161 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    162 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    163 3-CF3
    164 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00122
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    165 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    166 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    167 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    168 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    169 benzyloxy
    170 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    171 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    172 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    173 isopropoxy
    174 3-CF3-benzyl
    175 isopropylthio
    176 cyclopentoxy
    177 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    178 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    179 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    180 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    181 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    182 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    183 1-phenylethoxy
    184 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    185 3-CF3-phenyl
    186 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    187 cyclopropoxy
    188 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00123
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    189 3-isopropyl
    190 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    191 3-CF3O
    192 4-F
    193 4-CH3
    194 2-F, 5-Br
    195 4-Cl, 3-CH3
    196 3-CH3CH2
    197 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    198 3-(CH3)3C
    199 4-F, 3-CH3
    200 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    201 3,4-(CH2)4
    202 3-HCF2CF2O
    203 3-CHF2O
    204 3-(CH3)2N
    205 3-cyclopropyl
    206 3-(2-furyl)
    207 3-CF3CF2
    208 4-NH2
    209 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    210 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    211 3-CF3
    212 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00124
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    213 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    214 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    215 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    216 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    217 benzyloxy
    218 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    219 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    220 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    221 isopropoxy
    222 3-CF3-benzyl
    223 isopropylthio
    224 cyclopentoxy
    225 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    226 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    227 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    228 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    229 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    230 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    231 1-phenylethoxy
    232 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    233 3-CF3-phenyl
    234 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    235 cyclopropoxy
    236 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00125
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    237 3-isopropyl
    238 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    239 3-CF3O
    240 4-F
    241 4-CH3
    242 2-F, 5-Br
    243 4-Cl , 3-CH3
    244 3-CH3CH2
    245 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    246 3-(CH3)3C
    247 4-F, 3-CH3
    248 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    249 3,4-(CH2)4
    250 3-HCF2CF2O
    251 3-CHF2O
    252 3-(CH3)2N
    253 3-cyclopropyl
    254 3-(2-furyl)
    255 3-CF3CF2
    256 4-NH2
    257 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    258 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    259 3-CF3
    260 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00126
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    261 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    262 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    263 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    264 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    265 benzyloxy
    266 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    267 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    268 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    269 isopropoxy
    270 3-CF3-benzyl
    271 isopropylthio
    272 cyclopentoxy
    273 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    274 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    275 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    276 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    277 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    278 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    279 1-phenylethoxy
    280 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    281 3-CF3-phenyl
    282 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    283 cyclopropoxy
    284 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00127
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    285 3-isopropyl
    286 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    287 3-CF3O
    288 4-F
    289 4-CH3
    290 2-F, 5-Br
    291 4-Cl, 3-CH3CH2
    292 3-CH3CH2
    293 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    294 3-(CH3)3C
    295 4-F, 3-CH3
    296 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    297 3,4-(CH2)4
    298 3-HCF2CF2O
    299 3-CHF2O
    300 3-(CH3)2N
    301 3-cyclopropyl
    302 3-(2-furyl)
    303 3-CF3CF2
    304 4-NH2
    305 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    306 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    307 3-CF3
    308 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00128
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    309 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    310 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    311 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    312 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    313 benzyloxy
    314 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    315 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    316 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    317 isopropoxy
    318 3-CF3-benzyl
    319 isopropylthio
    320 cyclopentoxy
    321 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    322 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    323 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    324 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    325 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    326 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    327 1-phenylethoxy
    328 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    329 3-CF3-phenyl
    330 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    331 cyclopropoxy
    332 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00129
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    333 3-isopropyl
    334 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    335 3-CF3O
    336 4-F
    337 4-CH3
    338 2-F, 5-Br
    339 4-Cl, 3-CH3CH2
    340 3-CH3CH2
    341 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    342 3-(CH3)3C
    343 4-F, 3-CH3
    344 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    345 3,4-(CH2)4
    346 3-HCF2CF2O
    347 3-CHF2O
    348 3-(CH3)2N
    349 3-cyclopropyl
    350 3-(2-furyl)
    351 3-CF3CF2
    352 4-NH2
    353 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    354 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    355 3-CF3
    356 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00130
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    357 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    358 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    359 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    360 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    361 benzyloxy
    362 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    363 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    364 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    365 isopropoxy
    366 3-CF3-benzyl
    367 isopropylthio
    368 cyclopentoxy
    369 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    370 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    371 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    372 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    373 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    374 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    375 1-phenylethoxy
    376 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    377 3-CF3-phenyl
    378 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    379 cyclopropoxy
    380 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00131
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    381 3-isopropyl
    382 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    383 3-CF3O
    384 4-F
    385 4-CH3
    386 2-F, 5-Br
    387 4-Cl, 3-CH3CH2
    388 3-CH3CH2
    389 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    390 3-(CH3)3C
    391 4-F, 3-CH3
    392 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    393 3,4-(CH2)4
    394 3-HCF2CF2O
    395 3-CHF2O
    396 3-(CH3)2N
    397 3-cyclopropyl
    398 3-(2-furyl)
    399 3-CF3CF2
    400 4-NH2
    401 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    402 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    403 CF3
    404 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00132
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    405 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    406 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    407 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    408 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    409 benzyloxy
    410 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    411 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    412 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    413 isopropoxy
    414 3-CF3-benzyl
    415 isopropylthio
    416 cyclopentoxy
    417 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    418 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    419 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    420 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    421 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    422 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    423 1-phenylethoxy
    424 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    425 3-CF3-phenyl
    426 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    427 cyclopropoxy
    428 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00133
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    429 3-isopropyl
    430 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    431 3-CF3O
    432 4-F
    433 4-CH3
    434 2-F, 5-Br
    435 4-Cl, 3-CH3CH2
    436 3-CH3CH2
    437 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    438 3-(CH3)3C
    439 4-F, 3-CH3
    440 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    441 3,4-(CH2)4
    442 3-HCF2CF2O
    443 3-CHF2O
    444 3-(CH3)2N
    445 3-cyclopropyl
    446 3-(2-furyl)
    447 3-CF3CF2
    448 4-NH2
    449 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    450 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    451 3-CF3
    452 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00134
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    453 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    454 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    455 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    456 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    457 benzyloxy
    458 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    459 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    460 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    461 isopropoxy
    462 3-CF3-benzyl
    463 isopropylthio
    464 cyclopentoxy
    465 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    466 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    467 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    468 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    469 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    470 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    471 1-phenylethoxy
    472 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    473 3-CF3-phenyl
    474 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    475 cyclopropoxy
    476 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00135
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    477 3-isopropyl
    478 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    479 3-CF3O
    480 4-F
    481 4-CH3
    482 2-F, 5-Br
    483 4-Cl, 3-CH3CH2
    484 3-CH3CH2
    485 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    486 3-(CH3)3C
    487 4-F, 3-CH3
    488 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    489 3,4-(CH2)4
    490 3-HCF2CF2O
    491 3-CHF2O
    492 3-(CH3)2N
    493 3-cyclopropyl
    494 3-(2-furyl)
    495 3-CF3CF2
    496 4-NH2
    497 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    498 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    499 3-CF3
    500 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00136
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    501 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    502 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    503 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    504 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    505 benzyloxy
    506 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    507 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    508 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    509 isopropoxy
    510 3-CF3-benzyl
    511 isopropylthio
    512 cyclopentoxy
    513 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    514 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    515 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    516 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    517 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    518 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    519 1-phenylethoxy
    520 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    521 3-CF3-phenyl
    522 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    523 cyclopropoxy
    524 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00137
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    525 3-isopropyl
    526 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    527 3-CF3O
    528 4-F
    529 4-CH3
    530 2-F, 5-Br
    531 4-Cl, 3-CH3CH2
    532 3-CH3CH2
    533 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    534 3-(CH3)3C
    535 4-F, 3-CH3
    536 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    537 3,4-(CH2)4
    538 3-HCF2CF2O
    539 3-CHF2O
    540 3-(CH3)2N
    541 3-cyclopropyl
    542 3-(2-furyl)
    543 3-CF3CF2
    544 4-NH2
    545 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    546 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    547 3-CF3
    548 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00138
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    549 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    550 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    551 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    552 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    553 benzyloxy
    554 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    555 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    556 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    557 isopropoxy
    558 3-CF3-benzyl
    559 isopropylthio
    560 cyclopentoxy
    561 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    562 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    563 3-CH3,4-CH3-benzyloxy
    564 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    565 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    566 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    567 1-phenylethoxy
    568 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    569 3-CF3-phenyl
    570 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    571 cyclopropoxy
    572 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00139
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    573 3-isopropyl
    574 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    575 3-CF3O
    576 4-F
    577 4-CH3
    578 2-F, 5-Br
    579 4-Cl, 3-CH3CH2
    580 3-CH3CH2
    581 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    582 3-(CH3)3C
    583 4-F, 3-CH3
    584 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    585 3,4-(CH2)4
    586 3-HCF2CF2O
    587 3-CHF2O
    588 3-(CH3)2N
    589 3-cyclopropyl
    590 3-(2-furyl)
    591 3-CF3CF2
    592 4-NH2
    593 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    594 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    595 3-CF3
    596 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00140
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    597 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    598 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    599 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    600 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    601 benzyloxy
    602 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    603 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    604 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    605 isopropoxy
    606 3-CF3-benzyl
    607 isopropylthio
    608 cyclopentoxy
    609 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    610 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    611 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    612 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    613 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    614 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    615 1-phenylethoxy
    616 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    617 3-CF3-phenyl
    618 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    619 cyclopropoxy
    620 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00141
    Calculated Observed
    Ex. Mass Mass
    No. RSUB1 [M + H]+ [M + H]+
    621 4-F 522.1315 522.1297
    622 2-Cl, 3-Cl 572.0630 572.0653
    623 2-F, 5-Br 600.0420 600.0404
    624 4-Cl, 3-CH3 551.1098 551.1101
    625 3-CH3, 5-CH3 532.1722 532.1705
    626 3-(CH3)3C 560.2035 560.2055
    627 4-F, 3-CH3 536.1471 536.1480
    628 3-Cl, 4-Cl 572.0630 572.0630
    629 3,4-(CH2)4 558.1879 558.1881
    630 3-HCF2CF2O
    631 3-CHF2O
    632 3-(CH3)2N 547.1831 547.1844
    633 3-cyclopropyl
    634 3-(2-furyl)
    635 3-CF3CF2
    636 3-cyclopentyl
    637 4-NH2 519.1519 519.1529
    638 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3 546.1879 546.1901
    639 4-CH3CH2O 547.1594 547.1594
    640 3-CF3
    641 2-NO2 549.1260 549.1235
    642 3,4-dimethyl 531.1644 531.1649
    643 3-methyl, 5-ethyl 546.1879 546.1899
    644 3-methyl 517.1488 517.1493
    645 2,3-difluoro 540.1221 540.1182
    646 4-CF3 572.1282 572.1268
    647 2-fluoro, 3-CF3 590.1189 590.1184
    648 2-fluoro, 4-CF3 590.1189 590.1155
    649 2-chloro, 4-fluoro 556.0925 556.0891
    650 4-n-propyl 546.1879 546.1878
    651 3-chloro, 4-fluoro 556.0925 556.0932
    652 2,4-difluoro 540.1221 540.1194
    653 3,5-difluoro 540.1221 540.1217
    654 3,4-difluoro 540.1221 540.1248
    655 3-fluoro 522.1315 522.1337
    656 2-chloro 538.1019 538.1021
    657 2-fluoro 522.1315 522.1310
    658 2,5-difluoro 540.1221 540.1255
    659 4-chloro, 2-fluoro 556.0926 556.0954
    660 2,4-dichioro 572.0630 572.0667
    661 2-fluoro, 3-CH3
    662 4-chloro 537.0942 537.0944
    663 4-isopropyl, 3-methyl 560.2035 560.2035
    664 2,3,4-trifluoro 558.1127 558.1161
    665 2,3,5-trifluoro 558.1127 558.1109
    666 4-propoxy 562.1828 562.1803
    667 4-isopropyl 546.1879 546.1899
    668 4-CF3O- 588.1233 588.1241
    669 4-butoxy 576.1958 576.1969
    670 3-methyl, 4-CH3S- 564.1443 564.1476
    671 4-nitro 549.1260 549.1306
    672 3-CF3S-
    673 4-chloro, 3-fluoro 556.0925 556.0933
    674 3,5-dimethoxy 564.1623 564.1617
    675 4-bromo 582.0716 582.0473
    676 4-sec-butyl 560.2035 560.2051
    677 3-fluoro-2-nitro 567.1166 567.1135
    678 3-methoxy 533.1437 533.1450
    679 4-bromo-2-nitro 627.0366 627.0375
    680 4-cyano 529.1362 529.1364
    681 4-CH3S- 550.1209 550.1251
    682 3,4-(CH═CH)2 554.1566 554.1578
    683 4-CH3CH2NH- 547.1832 547.1819
    684 4-propionyl 560.1672 560.1694
    685 3-phenyl 580.1723 580.1772
    686 4-cyclopentyl 572.2035 572.2029
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00142
    Calculated Observed
    Ex. Mass Mass
    No. RSUB2 [M + H]+ [M + H]+
    687 6-methyl-3-pyridinyloxy 518.1440 518.1452
    688 5-chloro-3-pyridinyloxy 539.0972 539.1002
    689 3-pyridinyloxy 505.1362 505.1369
    690 2-methyl-3-pyridinyloxy 519.1518 519.1517
    691 5-indolinyloxy 543.1519 543.1630
    692 4-fluoro-2-pyridinyloxy 523.1268 523.1243
    693 2-cyano-3-pyridinyloxy 530.1315 530.1300
    694 5-bromo-2-pyridinyloxy 583.0667 583.0405
    695 3-CF3-2-pyridinyloxy 573.1236 573.1205
    696 2-pyridinylmethyleneoxy 519.1519 519.1522
    697 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy 524.2036 524.2028
    698 isopropoxy 470.1488 470.1565
    699 cyclopentyloxy 496.1723 496.1719
    700 neo-pentoxy 498.1879 498.1845
    701 4-(methoxycarbonyl)-butoxy 542.1777 542.1827
    702 trifluoromethoxy 496.0971 496.0959
    703 2-methyipropoxy 484.1723 484.1718
    704 2-methoxyethoxy 486.1515 486.1537
    705 2-oxobutoxy 498.1515 498.1529
    706 cyclohexyloxy 510.1880 510.1910
    707 (methoxycarbonyl)methoxy 500.1308 500.1297
    708 4-tetrahydropyranyloxy 512.1672 512.1631
    709 1-phenylethoxy 532.1723 532.1711
    710 3-CF3O-benzyloxy 602.1389 602.1380
    711 3-trifluoromethyl-benzyloxy 586.1440 586.1419
    712 3,5-dimethyl-benzyloxy 546.1879 546.1890
    713 3 -bromo-benzyloxy 596.0671 596.0641
    714 3-CF3S-benzyloxy 618.1161 618.1151
    715 3,4-dimethyl-benzyloxy 546.1879 546.1881
    716 3,5-difluoro-benzyloxy 554.1378 554.1390
    717 2-fluoro-3-CF3-benzyloxy 604.1346 604.1329
    718 benzyloxy 518.1566 518.1578
    719 3,5-(CF3)2-benzyloxy 654.1314 654.1308
    720 3-fluoro-5-CF3-benzyloxy 604.1346 604.1309
    721 4-CF3O-benzyloxy 602.1389 602.1383
    722 3-chloro-benzyloxy 552.1176 552.1157
    723 4-ethyl-benzyloxy 546.1879 546.1862
    724 3-methyl-benzyloxy 532.1723 532.1692
    725 2-fluoro-benzyloxy536.1472 536.1465
    726 2,3-difluoro-benzyloxy 554.1378 554.1364
    727 4-isopropyl-benzyloxy 560.2036 560.2020
    728 4-methyl-benzyloxy 532.1723 532.1729
    729 4-bromo-benzyloxy 596.0671 596.0669
    730 4-CF3-benzyloxy 586.1440 586.1400
    731 4-fluoro-benzyloxy 536.1472 536.1454
    732 3-iodo-benzyloxy 644.0533 644.0517
    733 4-CF3S-benzyloxy 618.1161 618.1165
    734 4-CF2HO-benzyloxy 584.1483 584.1480
    735 4-fluoro-3-CF3-benzyloxy 604.1346 604.1336
    736 2,3,5-trifluoro-benzyloxy 572.1284 572.1276
    737 4-chloro-benzyloxy 552.1176 552.1188
    738 2,5-difluoro-benzyloxy 554.1378 554.1350
    739 3-chloro-2-fluoro-benzyloxy 570.1082 570.1069
    740 2,4-(CF3)2-benzyloxy 654.1314 654.1321
    741 3,5-dichloro-benzyloxy 586.1787 586.1378
    742 3-methoxy-benzyloxy 548.1672 548.1676
    743 4-cyano-benzyloxy 543.1519 543.1517
    744 4-tert-butyl-benzyloxy 574.2192 574.2163
    745 isopropylthio 486.1338 486.1351
    746 4-nitrophenylthio 565.1032 565.1034
    747 4-acetylphenylthio 562.1287 562.1261
    748 (4-chloro-thien-2-yl)-methylthio 574.0512 574.0523
    749 4-methoxy-phenylamino 532.1597 532.1592
    750 3-methoxy-phenylamino 532.1597 532.1593
    751 4-chloro-phenylamino 536.1102 536.1125
    752 4-n-propyl-phenylamino 544.1961 544.1959
    753 3-cyano-phenylamino 527.1444 527.1448
    754 3-CF3-benzyl 570.1413 570.1480
    755 3-methyl-4-fluoro-benzyl 534.1679 534.1688
    756 3-CF3-phenyl 556.1334 556.1339
    757 2,4-dichloro-phenyl 556.0681 556.0651
    758 3-methoxybenzyl 532.1723 532.1705
    759 4-methoxyphenyl 518.1566 518.1533
    760 3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl 540.0976 540.0957
    761 4-fluoro-3-methyl-benzoyl 548.1410 548.1441
    762 3-chlorobenzyl 536.1227 536.1218
    763 3,4-dimethylbenzyl 530.1930 530.1887
    764 3,5-dichlorobenzyl 570.0838 570.0801
    765 2,3,4-trifluorophenyl 542.1177 542.1152
    766 3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzyl 554.1133 554.1108
    767 4-fluoro-3-methyl-phenyl 520.1523 520.1494
    768 3-methyl-4-chloro-benzyl 550.1384 550.1380
    769 2-methylpropanoyl 482.1566 482.1576
    770 4-methylthiobenzyl 548.1494 548.1503
    771 4-fluorophenyl 506.1366 506.1336
    772 4-chlorophenyl 522.1071 522.1049
    773 3-methoxyphenyl 518.1566 518.1544
    774 4-methylbenzyl 516.1774 516.1769
    775 1-hydroxy-2-methyl-propyl 484.1723 484.1725
    776 benzyl 502.1617 502.1609
    777 2-CF3-phenyl 556.1334 556.1286
    778 3,4-dichlorophenyl 556.0681 556.0698
    779 benzoyl 516.1410 516.1383
    780 4-fluorobenzoyl 534.1315 534.1273
    781 N-piperidinyl 494.1804 494.1804
    782 phenyl 488.1460 488.1457
    783 thien-2-yl 494.1024 494.0987
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00143
    Calculated Observed
    Ex. Mass Mass
    No. RSUB1 RSUB2 [M + H]+ [M + H]+
    784 phenoxy 3-cyclopentyl 456.2150 456.2143
    785 phenoxy 3-isopropoxy 446.1943 446.1936
    786 phenoxy 3CF3S 488.1119 488.1116
    787 4-F-phenoxy 3CF3S 505.0946 505.0927
    788 4-F-phenoxy 3-sec-butoxy 478.2005 478.1880
    789 phenoxy 3-(CF3)2COH- 554.1378 554.1385
    790 4-CH3-phenoxy 3-CF3S 502.1275 502.1261
    791 phenoxy 3-(2-furyl) 454.1630 454.1635
    792 4-F-phenoxy 3-isopropoxy 464.1849 464.1867
    793 phenoxy 3-isobutyl 444.2150 444.2157
    794 phenoxy 3-tert-butoxy 460.2100 460.2103
    795 4-F-phenoxy 3-CH3CH2O- 450.1692 450.1682
    796 4-F-phenoxy 3-CF3O 490.1253 490.1211
    797 phenoxy 4-F-3-(2-furyl)- 472.1536 472.1530
    798 4-F-phenoxy 3-n-propoxy- 464.1849 464.1820
    799 4-F-phenoxy 3-cyclopentyloxy- 490.2005 490.1998
    800 phenoxy 3-(3-furyl)- 454.1630 454.1646
    801 4-F-phenoxy 3-cyclopropyl- 476.1849 476.1857
    methyleneoxy
    802 phenoxy 3-CF3CH2O- 486.1504 486.1498
  • [0428]
    Example Table 9
    (3R)-4-[N-(aryl)-[(aryl)methyl]amino]-
    1,1,1,2,2-pentafluoro-3-butanols.
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00144
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    803 3-isopropyl
    804 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    805 3-CF3O
    806 4-F
    807 4-CH3
    808 2-F, 5-Br
    809 4-Cl, 3-CH3CH2
    810 3-CH3CH2
    811 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    812 3-(CH3)3C
    813 4-F, 3-CH3
    814 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    815 3,4-(CH2)4
    816 3-HCF2CF2O
    817 3-CHF2O
    818 3-(CH3)2N
    819 3-cyclopropyl
    820 3-(2-furyl)
    821 3-CF3CF2
    822 4-NH2
    823 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    824 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    825 3-CF3
    826 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00145
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    827 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    828 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    829 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    830 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    831 benzyloxy
    832 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    833 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    834 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    835 isopropoxy
    836 3-CF3-benzyl
    837 isopropylthio
    838 cyclopentoxy
    839 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    840 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    841 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    842 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    843 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    844 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    845 1-phenylethoxy
    846 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    847 3-CF3-phenyl
    848 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    849 cyclopropoxy
    850 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00146
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    851 3-isopropyl
    852 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    853 3-CF3O
    854 4-F
    855 4-CH3
    856 2-F, 5-Br
    857 4-Cl, 3-CH3CH2
    858 3-CH3CH2
    859 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    860 3-(CH3)3C
    861 4-F, 3-CH3
    862 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    863 3,4-(CH2)4
    864 3-HCF2CF2O
    865 3-CHF2O
    866 3-(CH3)2N
    867 3-cyclopropyl
    868 3-(2-furyl)
    869 3-CF3CF2
    870 4-NH2
    871 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    872 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    873 3-CF3
    874 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00147
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    875 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    876 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    877 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    878 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    879 benzyloxy
    880 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    881 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    882 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    883 isopropoxy
    884 3-CF3-benzyl
    885 isopropylthio
    886 cyclopentoxy
    887 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    888 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    889 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    890 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    891 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    892 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    893 1-phenylethoxy
    894 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    895 3-CF3-phenyl
    896 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    897 cyclopropoxy
    898 4-NO2-phenylthio
  • [0429]
    Example Table 10
    Substituted (2R)-3-[N-(aryl)-[(aryl)oxy]amino]-
    1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols.
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00148
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    899 3-isopropyl
    900 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    901 3-CF3O
    902 4-F
    903 4-CH3
    904 2-F, 5-Br
    905 4-Cl, 3-CH3CH2
    906 3-CH3CH2
    907 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    908 3-(CH3)3C
    909 4-F, 3-CH3
    910 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    911 3,4-(CH2)4
    912 3-HCF2CF2O
    913 3-CHF2O
    914 3-(CH3)2N
    915 3-cyclopropyl
    916 3-(2-furyl)
    917 3-CF3CF2
    918 4-NH2
    919 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    920 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    921 3-CF3
    922 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00149
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    923 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    924 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    925 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    926 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    927 benzyloxy
    928 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    929 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    930 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    931 isopropoxy
    932 3-CF3-benzyl
    933 isopropylthio
    934 cyclopentoxy
    935 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    936 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    937 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    938 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    939 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    940 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    941 1-phenylethoxy
    942 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    943 3-CF3-phenyl
    944 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    945 cyclopropoxy
    946 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00150
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    947 3-isopropyl
    948 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    949 3-CF3O
    950 4-F
    951 4-CH3
    952 2-F, 5-Br
    953 4-Cl, 3-CH3CH2
    954 3-CH3CH2
    955 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    956 3-(CH3)3C
    957 4-F, 3-CH3
    958 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    959 3,4-(CH2)4
    960 3-HCF2CF2O
    961 3-CHF2O
    962 3-(CH3)2N
    963 3-cyclopropyl
    964 3-(2-furyl)
    965 3-CF3CF2
    966 4-NH2
    967 3-CH34-CH3, 5-CH3
    968 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    969 3-CF3
    970 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00151
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    971 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    972 3-CF3benzyloxy
    973 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    974 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    975 benzyloxy
    976 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    977 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    978 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    979 isopropoxy
    980 3-CF3-benzyl
    981 isopropylthio
    982 cyclopentoxy
    983 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    984 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    985 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    986 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    987 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    988 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    989 1-phenylethoxy
    990 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    991 3-CF3-phenyl
    992 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    993 cyclopropoxy
    994 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00152
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    995 3-isopropyl
    996 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    997 3-CF3O
    998 4-F
    999 4-CH3
    1000 2-F, 5-Br
    1001 4Cl, 3-CH3CH2
    1002 3-CH3CH2
    1003 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    1004 3-(CH3)3C
    1005 4-F, 3-CH3
    1006 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    1007 34(CH2)4
    1008 3-HCF2CF2O
    1009 3-CHF2O
    1010 3-(CH3)2N
    1011 3-cyclopropyl
    1012 3-(2-furyl)
    1013 3-CF3CF2
    1014 4-NH2
    1015 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    1016 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    1017 3-CF3
    1018 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00153
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    1019 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    1020 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    1021 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    1022 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    1023 benzyloxy
    1024 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    1025 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    1026 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    1027 isopropoxy
    1028 3-CF3-benzyl
    1029 isopropylthio
    1030 cyclopentoxy
    1031 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    1032 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    1033 3-CH34-CH3-benzyloxy
    1034 2-CF3-benzyloxy
    1035 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    1036 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    1037 1-phenylethoxy
    1038 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    1039 3-CF3-phenyl
    1040 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    1041 cyclopropoxy
    1042 4-N02-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00154
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    1043 3-isopropyl
    1044 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    1045 3CF3O
    1046 4-F
    1047 4-CH3
    1048 2-F, 5-Br
    1049 4-Cl, 3-CH3CH2
    1050 3-CH3CH2
    1051 3-CH35-CH3
    1052 3-(CH3)3C
    1053 4-F, 3-CH3
    1054 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    1055 3,4-(CH2)4
    1056 3-HCF2CF2O
    1057 3-CHF2O
    1058 3-(CH3)2N
    1059 3-cyclopropyl
    1060 3-(2-furyl)
    1061 3-CF3CF2
    1062 4-NH2
    1063 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    1064 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    1065 3-CF3
    1066 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00155
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    1067 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    1068 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    1069 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    1070 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    1071 benzyloxy
    1072 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    1073 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    1074 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    1075 isopropoxy
    1076 3-CF3-benzyl
    1077 isopropylthio
    1078 cyclopentoxy
    1079 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    1080 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    1081 3-CH3-benzyloxy
    1082 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    1083 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    1084 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    1085 1-phenylethoxy
    1086 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    1087 3-CF3-phenyl
    1088 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    1089 cyclopropoxy
    1090 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00156
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    1091 3-isopropyl
    1092 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    1093 3-CF3O
    1094 4-F
    1095 4-CH3
    1096 2-F, 5-Br
    1097 4-Cl, 3-CH3CH2
    1098 3-CH3CH22
    1099 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    1100 3-(CH3)3C
    1101 4-F, 3-CH3
    1102 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    1103 3,4-(CH2)4
    1104 3-HCF2CF2O
    1105 3-CHF2O
    1106 3-(CH3)2N
    1107 3-cyclopropyl
    1108 3-(2-furyl)
    1109 3-CF3CF2
    1110 4-NH2
    1111 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    1112 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    1113 3-CF3
    1114 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00157
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    1115 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    1116 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    1117 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    1118 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    1119 benzyloxy
    1120 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    1121 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    1122 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    1123 isopropoxy
    1124 3-CF3-benzyl
    1125 isopropylthio
    1126 cyclopentoxy
    1127 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    1128 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    1129 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    1130 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    1131 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    1132 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    1133 1-phenylethoxy
    1134 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    1135 3-CF3-phenyl
    1136 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    1137 cyclopropoxy
    1138 4-NO2-phenylthio
  • [0430]
    Example Table 11
    (2R)-3-[N-(aryl)-[(aryl)-[(aryl)methyl]amino]-
    1,1-difluoro-1-chloro-2-propanols.
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00158
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    1139 3-isopropyl
    1140 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    1141 3-CF3O
    1142 4-F
    1143 4-CH3
    1144 2-F, 5-Br
    1145 4-Cl, 3-CH3CH2
    1146 3-CH3CH2
    1147 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    1148 3-(CH3)3C
    1149 4-F, 3-CH3
    1150 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    1151 3,4-(CH2)4
    1152 3-HCF2CF2O
    1153 3-CHF2O
    1154 3-(CH3)2N
    1155 3-cyclopropyl
    1156 3-(2-furyl)
    1157 3-CF3CF2
    1158 4-NH2
    1159 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    1160 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    1161 3-CF3
    1162 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00159
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    1163 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    1164 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    1165 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    1166 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    1167 benzyloxy
    1168 3-CF35-CF3-benzyloxy
    1169 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    1170 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    1171 isopropoxy
    1172 3-CF3-benzyl
    1173 isopropylthio
    1174 cyclopentoxy
    1175 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    1176 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    1177 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    1178 2-F, 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    1179 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    1180 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    1181 1-phenylethoxy
    1182 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    1183 3-CF3-phenyl
    1184 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    1185 cyclopropoxy
    1186 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00160
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    1187 3-isopropyl
    1188 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    1189 3-CF3O
    1190 4-F
    1191 4-CH3
    1192 2-F, 5-Br
    1193 3-CH3CH2
    1194 3-CH3CH2
    1195 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    1196 3-(CH3)3C
    1197 4-F, 3-CH3
    1198 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    1199 3,4-(CH2)4
    1200 3-HCF2CF2O
    1201 3-CHF2O
    1202 3-(CH3)2N
    1203 3-cyclopropyl
    1204 3-(2-furyl)
    1205 3-CF3CF2
    1206 4-NH2
    1207 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    1208 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    1209 3-CF3
    1210 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00161
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    1211 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    1212 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    1213 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    1214 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    1215 benzyloxy
    1216 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    1217 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    1218 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    1219 isopropoxy
    1220 3-CF3-benzyl
    1221 isopropylthio
    1222 cyclopentoxy
    1223 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    1224 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    1225 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    1226 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    1227 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    1228 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    1229 1-phenylethoxy
    1230 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    1231 3-CF3-phenyl
    1232 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    1233 cyclopropoxy
    1234 4-NO2-phenylthio
  • [0431]
    Example Table 12
    (2R)-3-[N,N′-(diaryl)amino]-1,1,1-trifluoro-2-propanols
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00162
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    1235 3-isopropyl
    1236 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    1237 3-CF3O
    1238 4-F
    1239 4-CH3
    1240 2-F, 5-Br
    1241 4-Cl, 3-CH3CH2
    1242 3-CH3CH2
    1243 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    1244 3-(CH3)3C
    1245 4-F, 3-CH3
    1246 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    1247 3,4-(CH2)4
    1248 3-HCF2CF2O
    1249 3-CHF2O
    1250 3-(CH3)2N
    1251 3-cyclopropyl
    1252 3-(2-furyl)
    1253 3-CF3CF2
    1254 4-NH2
    1255 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    1256 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    1257 3-CF3
    1258 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00163
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    1259 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    1260 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    1261 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    1262 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    1263 benzyloxy
    1264 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    1265 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    1266 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    1267 isopropoxy
    1268 3-CF3-benzyl
    1269 isopropylthio
    1270 cyclopentoxy
    1271 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    1272 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    1273 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    1274 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    1275 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    1276 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    1277 1 -phenylethoxy
    1278 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    1279 3-CF3-phenyl
    1280 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    1281 cyclopropoxy
    1282 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00164
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    1283 3-isopropyl
    1284 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    1285 3-CF3O
    1286 4-F
    1287 4-CH3
    1288 2-F, 5-Br
    1289 4-Cl , 3-CH3CH2
    1290 3-CH3CH2
    1291 3-Cl3, 5-Cl3
    1292 3-(CH3)3C
    1293 4-F, 3-CH3
    1294 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    1295 3,4-(CH2)4
    1296 3-HCF2CF2O
    1297 3-CHF2O
    1298 3-(CH3)2N
    1299 3-cyclopropyl
    1300 3-(2-furyl)
    1301 3-CF3CF2
    1302 4-NH2
    1303 3-CH3, 4-Cl3, 5-Cl3
    1304 CH3CH2CH2O
    1305 3-CF3
    1306 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00165
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    1307 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    1308 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    1309 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    1310 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    1311 benzyloxy
    1312 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    1313 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    1314 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    1315 isopropoxy
    1316 3-CF3-benzyl
    1317 isopropylthio
    1318 cyclopentoxy
    1319 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    1320 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    1321 3-Cl3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    1322 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    1323 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    1324 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    1325 1-phenylethoxy
    1326 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    1327 3-CF3-phenyl
    1328 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    1329 cyclopropoxy
    1330 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00166
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    1331 3-isopropyl
    1332 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    1333 3-CF3O
    1334 4-F
    1335 4-CH3
    1336 2-F, 5-Br
    1337 4-Cl , 3-CH3CH2
    1338 3-CH3CH2
    1339 3-CH3, 5-CH3
    1340 3-(CH3)3C
    1341 4-F, 3-Cl3
    1342 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    1343 3,4-(CH2)4
    1344 3-HCF2CF2O
    1345 3-CHF2O
    1346 3-(CH3)2N
    1347 3-cyclopropyl
    1348 3-(2-furyl)
    1349 3-CF3CF2
    1350 4-NH2
    1351 3-CH3, 4-CH3, 5-CH3
    1352 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    1353 3-CF3
    1354 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00167
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    1355 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    1356 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    1357 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    1358 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    1359 benzyloxy
    1360 3-CF3, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    1361 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    1362 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    1363 isopropoxy
    1364 3-CF3-benzyl
    1365 isopropylthio
    1366 cyclopentoxy
    1367 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    1368 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    1369 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    1370 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    1371 3-F, 4-CF3-benzyloxy
    1372 4-(CH3)2C-benzyloxy
    1373 1-phenylethoxy
    1374 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    1375 3-CF3-phenyl
    1376 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    1377 cyclopropoxy
    1378 4-NO2-phenylthio
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00168
    Ex.
    No. RSUB1
    1379 3-isopropyl
    1380 2-Cl, 3-Cl
    1381 3-CF3O
    1382 4-F
    1383 4-CH3
    1384 2-F, 5-Br
    1385 4-Cl, 3-CH3CH2
    1386 3-CH3CH2
    1387 3-CH35-CH3
    1388 3-(CH3)3C
    1389 4-F, 3-CH3
    1390 3-Cl, 4-Cl
    1391 3,4-(CH2)4
    1392 3-HCF2CF2O
    1393 3-CHF2O
    1394 3-(CH3)2N
    1395 3-cyclopropyl
    1396 3-(2-furyl)
    1397 3-CF3CF2
    1398 4-NH2
    1399 3-CH3, 4-Cl3, 5-Cl3
    1400 4-CH3CH2CH2O
    1401 3-CF3
    1402 2-NO2
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00169
    Ex.
    No. RSUB2
    1403 3-CF3O-benzyloxy
    1404 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    1405 3-F, 5-F-benzyloxy
    1406 cyclohexylmethyleneoxy
    1407 benzyloxy
    1408 3-CF35-CF3-benzyloxy
    1409 4-CF3O-benzyloxy
    1410 4-CH3CH2-benzyloxy
    1411 isopropoxy
    1412 3-CF3-benzyl
    1413 isopropylthio
    1414 cyclopentoxy
    1415 3-Cl-5-pyridinyloxy
    1416 3-CF3S-benzyloxy
    1417 3-CH3, 4-CH3-benzyloxy
    1418 2-F, 3-CF3-benzyloxy
    1419 3-F, 5-CF3-benzyloxy
    1420 4-(CH3)2CH-benzyloxy
    1421 1-phenylethoxy
    1422 4-F, 3-CH3-benzoyl
    1423 3-CF3-phenyl
    1424 4-CH3O-phenylamino
    1425 cyclopropoxy
    1426 4-NO2-phenylthio
  • BIOASSAYS
  • CETP Activity in Vitro [0432]
  • ASSAY OF CETP INHIBITION USING PURIFIED COMPONENTS
  • (Reconstituted Buffer Assay) [0433]
  • The ability of compounds to inhibit CETP activity was assessed using an in vitro assay that measured the rate of transfer of radiolabeled cholesteryl ester ([[0434] 3H]CE) from HDL donor particles to LDL acceptor particles. Details of the assay are provided by Glenn, K. C. et al. (Glenn and Melton, “Quantification of Cholesteryl Ester Transfer Protein (CETP): A) CETP Activity and B) Immunochemical Assay of CETP Protein,” Meth. Enzymol., 263, 339-351 (1996)). Human recombinant CETP can be obtained from the serum-free conditioned medium of CHO cells transfected with a cDNA for CETP and purified as described by Wang, S. et al. (J. Biol. Chem. 267, 17487-17490 (1992)). To measure CETP activity, [3H]CE-labeled-HDL, LDL, CETP and assay buffer (50 mM tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane, pH 7.4; 150 mM sodium chloride; 2 mM ethylenediamine-tetraacetic acid (EDTA); 1% bovine serum albumin) were incubated in a final volume of 200 μL, for 2 hours at 37° C. in 96 well plates. Inhibitors were included in the assay by diluting from a 10 mM DMSO stock solution into 16% (v/v) aqueous DMSO so that the final concentration of inhibitor was 800 μM. The inhibitors were then diluted 1:1 with CETP in assay buffer, and then 25 μL of that solution was mixed with 175 μL of lipoprotein pool for assay. Following incubation, LDL was differentially precipitated by the addition of 50 μL of 1% (w/v) dextran sulfate/0.5 M magnesium chloride, mixed by vortex, and incubated at room temperature for 10 minutes. A potion of the solution (200 μL) was transferred to a filter plate (Millipore). After filtration, the radioactivity present in the precipitated LDL was measured by liquid scintillation counting. Correction for non-specific transfer or precipitation was made by including samples that do not contain CETP. The rate of [3H]CE transfer using this assay was linear with respect to time and CETP concentration, up to 25-30% of [3H]CE transferred.
  • The potency of test compounds was determined by performing the above described assay in the presence of varying concentrations of the test compounds and determining the concentration required for 50% inhibition of transfer of [[0435] 3H]CE from HDL to LDL. This value was defined as the IC50. The IC50 values determined from this assay are accurate when the IC50 is greater than 10 nM. In the case where compounds have greater inhibitory potency, accurate measurements of IC50 may be determined using longer incubation times (up to 18 hours) and lower final concentrations of CETP (<50 nM).
  • Examples of IC[0436] 50 values determined by these methods are summarized in Table 9.
  • ASSAY OF CETP INHIBITION IN HUMAN PLASMA
  • Blood was obtained from healthy volunteers, recruited from the personnel of Monsanto Company, Saint Louis, Mo. Blood was collected in tubes containing EDTA (EDTA plasma pool). The EDTA human plasma pool, previously stored at −20° C., was thawed at room temperature and centrifuged for 5 minutes to remove any particulate matter. Tritiated HDL, radiolabeled in the cholesteryl ester moiety ([[0437] 3H]CE-HDL) as described by Morton and Zilversmit (J. Biol. Chem., 256, 11992-95 (1981)), was added to the plasma to a final concentration of 25 μg/mL cholesterol. Equal volumes (396 μL) of the plasma containing the [3H]CE-HDL were added by pipette into micro tubes (Titertube®, Bio-Rad laboratories, Hercules, Calif.). Inhibitor compounds, dissolved as 20-50 mM stock solutions in DMSO, were serially diluted in DMSO (or an alternative solvent in some cases, such as dimethylformamide or ethanol). Four μL of each of the serial dilutions of inhibitor compounds or DMSO alone were then added to each of the tubes containing plasma (396 μL). After mixing, triplicate aliquots (100 μL) from each plasma tube were then transferred to wells of 96-well round-bottomed polystyrene microtiter plates (Corning, Corning, N.Y.). Plates were sealed with plastic film and incubated at 37° C. for 4 hours. “Test ” samples contained plasma with dilutions of inhibitor compounds. “Control ” samples contained plasma with DMSO diluted to the same concentration as the test samples, but without inhibitor. “Blank ” samples were prepared as “control” samples, but were left in the micro tubes at 4° C. for the 4 hour incubation and were then added to the microtiter wells at the end of the incubation period. VLDL and LDL were precipitated by the addition of 10 μL of precipitating reagent (1% (w/v) dextran sulfate (Dextralip50)/0.5 M magnesium chloride, pH 7.4) to all wells. The wells were mixed on a plate mixer and then incubated at ambient temperature for 10 min. The plates were then centrifuged at 1000 ×g for 30 min at 10° C. The supernatants (50 μL) from each well were then transferred to Picoplate™ 96 plate wells (Packard, Meriden, Conn.) containing Microscint™-40 (Packard, Meriden, Conn.). The plates were heat-sealed (TopSeal™-P, Packard, Meriden, Conn.) according to the manufacturer's directions and mixed for 30 min. Radioactivity was measured on a microplate scintillation counter (TopCount, Packard, Meriden, Conn.). The maximum percentage transfer in the control wells (% transfer) was determined using the following equation: % Transfer = [ dpm blank - dpm control ] × 100 dpm blank
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-M00001
  • The percentage of transfer relative to the control (% control) was determined in the wells containing inhibitor compounds was determined as follows: [0438] % Control = [ dpm blank - dpm test ] × 100 dpm blank - dpm control
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-M00002
  • IC[0439] 50 values were then calculated from plots of % control versus concentration of inhibitor compound. IC50 values were determined as the concentration of inhibitor compound inhibiting transfer of [3H]CE from the supernatant [3H]CE-HDL to the precipitated VLDL and LDL by 50% compared to the transfer obtained in the control wells.
  • Examples of plasma IC[0440] 50 values determined by these methods are summarized in Table 10.
  • ASSAY OF CETP INHIBITION IN VIVO.
  • Inhibition of CETP activity by a test compound can be determined by administering the compound to an animal by intravenous injection or oral gavage, measuring the amount of transfer of tritium-labeled cholesteryl ester ([[0441] 3H]CE) from HDL to VLDL and LDL particles, and comparing this amount of transfer with the amount of transfer observed in control animals.
  • Male golden Syrian hamsters were maintained on a diet of chow containing 0.24% cholesterol for at least two weeks prior to the study. For animals receiving intravenous dosing immediately before the experiment, animals were anesthetized with pentobarbital. Anesthesia was maintained throughout the experiment. In-dwelling catheters were inserted into the jugular vein and carotid artery. At the start of the experiment all animals received 0.2 mL of a solution containing [[0442] 3H]CE-HDL into the jugular vein. [3H]CE-HDL is a preparation of human HDL containing tritium-labeled cholesteryl ester, and was prepared according to the method of Glenn et al. (Meth. Enzymol., 263, 339-351 (1996)). Test compound was dissolved as a 80 mM stock solution in vehicle (2% ethanol: 98% PEG 400, Sigma Chemical Company, St. Louis, Mo., USA) and administered either by bolus injection or by continuous infusion. Two minutes after the [3H]CE-HDL dose was administered, animals received 0.1 mL of the test solution injected into the jugular vein. Control animals received 0.1 mL of the intravenous vehicle solution without test compound. After 5 minutes, the first blood samples (0.5 mL) were taken from the carotid artery and collected in standard microtainer tubes containing ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid. Saline (0.5 mL) was injected to flush the catheter and replace blood volume. Subsequent blood samples were taken at two hours and four hours by the same method. Blood samples were mixed well and kept on ice until the completion of the experiment. Plasma was obtained by centrifugation of the blood samples at 4° C. The plasma (50 μL) was treated with 5 μL of precipitating reagent (dextran sulfate, 10 g/L; 0.5 M magnesium chloride) to remove VLDL/LDL. After centrifugation, the resulting supernatant (25 μL) containing the HDL was analyzed for radioactivity using a liquid scintillation counter.
  • The percentage [[0443] 3H]CE transferred from HDL to LDL and VLDL (% transfer) was calculated based on the total radioactivity in equivalent plasma samples before precipitation. Typically, the amount of transfer from HDL to LDL and VLDL in control animals was 20% to 35% after 4 hours. The polyethylene glycol vehicle was determined to have no effect on CETP activity in this model.
  • Alternatively, conscious, non-anesthetized animals received an oral gavage dose of test compound as a suspension in 0.1% methyl cellulose in water. At a time determined for each compound at which plasma levels of the test substance reached their peak (C[0444] max) after oral dosing, the animals were anesthetized with pentobarbital and then dosed with 0.2 mL of a solution containing [3H]CE-HDL into the jugular vein as described above. Control animals received 0.25 mL of the vehicle solution without test compound by oral gavage. After 4 hours, the animals were sacrificed, blood samples were collected, and the percentage [3H]CE transferred from HDL to LDL and VLDL (% transfer) assayed, as described above. The aqueous methyl cellulose vehicle was determined to have no effect on CETP activity in this model. Results from testing in this model are summarized in Table 11.
  • Alternatively, inhibition of CETP activity by a test compound was determined by administering the compound to mice which have been selected for expression of human CETP (hCETP) by transgenic manipulation (hCETP mice). Test compounds were administered by intravenous injection, or oral gavage and the amount of transfer of tritium-labeled cholesteryl ester ([[0445] 3H]CE) from HDL to VLDL and LDL particles was determined, and compared to the amount of transfer observed in control animals. C57B1/6 mice that were homozygous for the hCETP gene were maintained on a high fat chow diet, such as TD 88051, as described by Nishina et al. (J Lipid Res., 31, 859-869 (1990)) for at least two weeks prior to the study. Mice received an oral gavage dose of test compound as a suspension in 0.1% methyl cellulose in water or an intravenous bolus injection of test compound in 10% ethanol and 90% polyethylene glycol. Control animals received the vehicle solution without test compound by oral gavage or by an intravenous bolus injection. At the start of the experiment all animals received 0.05 mL of a solution containing [3H]CE-HDL into the tail vein. [3H]CE-HDL is a preparation of human HDL containing tritium-labeled cholesteryl ester, and was prepared according to the method of Glenn et al. (Meth. Enzymol., 263, 339-351 (1996)). After 30 minutes, the animals were exsanguinated and blood collected in standard microtainer tubes containing ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid. Blood samples were mixed well and kept on ice until the completion of the experiment. Plasma was obtained by centrifugation of the blood samples at 4° C. The plasma was separated and analyzed by gel filtration chromatography and the relative proportion of [3H]CE in the VLDL, LDL and HDL regions was determined.
  • The percentage [[0446] 3H]CE transferred from HDL to LDL and VLDL (% transfer) was calculated based on the total radioactivity in equivalent plasma samples before precipitation. Typically, the amount of transfer from HDL to LDL and VLDL in control animals was 20% to 35% after 30 min. The polyethylene glycol and the aqueous methyl cellulose vehicles were determined to have no effect on CETP activity in this model. Results from testing in this model are summarized in Table 12.
  • ASSAY OF PLASMA HDL ELEVATION IN VIVO.
  • Syrian Golden hamsters were made hypercholesterolemic by feeding cholesterol supplemented chow for a minimum of two weeks, as described above. Test compounds were administered orally in selected aqueous or oil based vehicles for up to 1 week. Serum was obtained and analyzed by precipitation or size exclusion chromatography for the relative abundance of VLDL, LDL and HDL. Results from testing in this model are summarized in Table 13. [0447]
  • Alternatively, a strain of C57bl mouse was made to transgenicaly express human CETP. Plasma concentrations of hCETP ranged from 2-20 μg/ml. The hCETP mice were made hypercholesterolemic by feeding cholesterol and fat supplemented chow for a minimum of two weeks, as described above. Test compounds were administered orally in selected aqueous or oil based vehicles for up to 1 week. Serum was obtained and analyzed by size exclusion chromatography for the relative abundance of VLDL, LDL and HDL. Results from testing in this model are summarized in Table 14. [0448]
  • Alternatively, cynomologous monkeys were maintained on a normal chow diet. The compound corresponding to example 8 was dissolved in a corn oil based vehicle and administered by oral gavage at 10 mpk q.d. for up to 11 days. Plasma levels of drug were detected throughout the experiment in treated animals at ranges of 0.1-1.5 μg/mL. Periodically, plasma samples were taken and analyzed for total cholesterol and HDL. After seven days, the treated animals exhibited a 2% increase in HDL and a 5% increase in total cholesterol, relative to vehicle-treated controls. [0449]
  • Alternatively, rabbits were maintained on a normal chow diet. The compound corresponding to example 8 was dissolved in a vehicle of ethanol:propylene glycol (1.5:18) and administered by Alzet pump at 30 mg/day/animal for up to 14 days. Plasma concentrations of drug were detected throughout the duration of the pump infusion in treated animals and averaged 1.2 μg/mL. Periodically, plasma samples were taken and analyzed for triglycerides, total cholesterol, and HDL. After fourteen days, the treated animals exhibited a 12% decrease in HDL, a 19% decrease in total cholesterol, as well as a 17% increase in triglycerides, compared to pre-dose levels. [0450]
    TABLE 9
    Inhibition of CETP Activity by Examples in
    Reconstituted Buffer Assay.
    Ex. IC50
    No. (μM)
     8 0.0008
    11 0.001
    19 0.004
     9 0.008
    10 0.012
     2 0.014
     4 0.014
    20 0.027
    22 0.027
    12 0.034
    14 0.04
    18 0.044
    16 0.049
    43 0.058
    23 0.066
    34 0.076
    41 0.086
    21 0.11
    13 0.13
    1 0.14
    33 0.15
    38 0.18
    36 0.20
    37 0.21
    40 0.23
    35 0.28
    24 0.33
    42 0.38
    27 0.44
    26 0.53
    29 0.72
    3 0.76
    28 0.86
    32 1.2
    25 1.4
    39 1.6
    15 1.6
    30 2.7
    33B 3.2
     5 3.4
    31 3.5
     7 4.9
    44 6.8
    17 18
     6 68
    44A >50
  • [0451]
    TABLE 10
    Inhibition of CETP Activity by
    Examples in Human Plasma Assay.
    Ex. IC50
    No. (μM)
     8 0.049
    11 0.072
    10 0.11
    22 0.14
    19 0.19
    20 0.3
    18 0.44
    14 0.59
     9 0.62
     2 0.65
     4 0.65
    16 0.77
    12 0.79
    34 1.4
    43 1.5
    23 2.0
     1 5.6
     1 7.2
    42 11
     3 20
  • [0452]
    TABLE 11
    Inhibition of CETP-mediated Transfer in Hamster
    Ex. Single Oral % Inhibition
    No. Dose of Transfer
    8 10 mpk 35
  • [0453]
    TABLE 12
    Inhibition of CETP-mediated Transfer in hCETP Mice.
    Ex. Single Oral % Inhibition
    No. Dose of Transfer
    8 60 mpk 40
  • [0454]
    TABLE 13
    Change in Lipoprotein Profile in Hamster.
    Oral Dose % Change in
    Ex. qd, Lipoprotein Profile
    No. 5 days HDL LDL VLDL
    8 30 mpk 12 −12 −22
  • [0455]
    TABLE 14
    Change in Lipoprotein Profile in hCETP Mice.
    Oral Dose % Change in
    Ex. qd, Lipoprotein Profile
    No. 5 days HDL LDL VLDL
    8 30 mpk 12 20

Claims (34)

    What we claim is:
  1. 68. A compound of Formula I:
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00170
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein;
    R16 is bonded together with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R4, R8, R9, and R13 to form a heterocyclyl ring having from 6 through 10 members;
    n is 1 or 2;
    R1 is haloalkyl or haloalkoxyalkyl with the proviso that R1 is selected to have the highest Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking of three groups bonded to the hydroxy-substituted carbon to which R1 and R2 are attached in radical Ia:
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00171
    which radical Ia is a fragment of Formula I;
    R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, aryl, aralkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, perhaloaryl, perhaloaralkyl, perhaloaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, dicyanoalkyl, and carboalkoxycyanoalkyl;
    R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, aryl, aralkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboxamido, and carboxamidoalkyl;
    Y is a bond or (C(R14)2)q wherein q is 1 or 2;
    Z is a bond or (C(R15)2)q wherein q is 1 or 2;
    R14 and R15 are independently hydrido or alkyl;
    R4, R8, R9, and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, haloalkyl, and alkyl unless R4 is bonded together with R16 or R8 is bonded together with R16 or R9 is bonded together with R16 or R13 is bonded together with R16;
    R5, R6, R7, R10, R11, and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, perhaloaryloxy, alkanoylalkyl, alkanoylalkoxy, alkanoyloxy, N-aryl-N-alkylamino, heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylthio, hydroxyalkoxy, carboxaridoalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkenyloxy, aralkanoylalkoxy, aralkenoyl, N-alkylcarboxamido, N-haloalkylcarboxamido, N-cycloalkylcarboxamido, N-arylcarboxamidoalkoxy, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cyanoalkoxy, heterocyclylcarbonyl, carboxy, heteroaralkylthio, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkylamino, acylalkyl, acylalkoxy, aroylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, heterocyclyl, haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, hydroxy, amino, thio, nitro, alkylamino, alkylthio, arylamino, aralkylamino, arylthio, arylthioalkyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonamido, monoarylamidosulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylthio, heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocyclylsulfonyl, heterocyclylthio, alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, aralkanoyl, heteroaralkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkenyloxy, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylenedioxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkanoyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyhaloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, saturated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroaralkyl, arylalkenyl, carboalkoxy, alkoxycarboxamido, alkylamidocarbonylamido, arylamidocarbonylamido, carboalkoxyalkyl, carboalkoxyalkenyl, carboxamido, carboxamidoalkyl, and cyano;
    with the proviso that at least one of R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 is not hydrido or with the proviso that at least one of R9, R10, R11, R12, and R13 is not hydrido.
  2. 69. Compound of claim 68 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein at least one of R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 is not hydrido and at least one of R9, R10, R11, R12, and R13 is not hydrido.
  3. 70. Compound of claim 69 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein;
    R16 is bonded together with R4 or R9 to form a heterocyclyl ring having from 6 through 8 members;
    n is 1 or 2;
    R1 is haloalkyl or haloalkoxyalkyl with the proviso that R1 is selected to have the highest Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking of said three groups bonded to the hydroxy-substituted carbon to which R1 and R2 are attached in said fragment of the Formula I and with the further proviso that said haloalkyl has two or more halo substituents;
    R2 is hydrido;
    R3 is hydrido;
    Y is selected from the group consisting of a bond, CH2, and CH2CH2;
    Z is selected from the group consisting of a bond, CH2, and CH2CH2;
    R4 is hydrido or halo unless R4 is bonded together with R16;
    R9 is hydrido or halo unless R9 is bonded together with R16;
    R8 and R13 are independently hydrido or halo;
    R5, R6, R7, R10, R11, and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, perhaloaryloxy, N-aryl-N-alkylarnino, heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylthio, hydroxyalkoxy, carboxamidoalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkenyloxy, aralkanoylalkoxy, aralkenoyl, N-arylcarboxamidoalkoxy, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cyanoalkoxy, heterocyclylcarbonyl, heteroaralkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, aralkyl, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, alkylamino, alkylthio, arylamino, arylthio, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylthio, heteroarylsulfonyl, aroyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkanoyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyhaloalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, saturated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, and heteroaryloxy;
    with the proviso that at least one of R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 is not hydrido and with the further proviso that at least one of R9, R10, R11, R12, and R13 is not hydrido.
  4. 71. Compound of claim 70 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein;
    R16 is bonded together with R4 or R9 to form a heterocyclyl ring having 6 or 7 members;
    n is 1;
    R1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl;
    R2 is hydrido;
    R3 is hydrido;
    Y is CH2 or CH2CH2;
    Z is a bond;
    R4 is hydrido or fluoro unless R4 is bonded together with R16;
    R9 is hydrido or fluoro unless R9 is bonded together with R16;
    R8 and R13 are independently hydrido or fluoro;
    R7 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of 4-aminophenoxy, benzoyl, benzyl, benzyloxy, 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-bromo-3-fluorophenoxy, 4-bromo-2-nitrophenoxy, 3-bromobenzyloxy, 4-bromobenzyloxy, 4-bromophenoxy, 5-bromopyrid-2-yloxy, 4-butoxyphenoxy, chloro, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2-chlorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 3-chloro-4-fluorobenzyl, 3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl, 3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chloro-3-methylphenoxy, 2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenoxy, 3-chloro-4-ethylphenoxy, 3-chloro-4-methylphenoxy, 3-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-fluorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenylamino, 5-chloropyrid-3-yloxy, 2-cyanopyrid-3-yloxy, 4-cyanophenoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclobutyl, cyclohexoxy, cyclohexylmethoxy, cyclopentoxy, cyclopentyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethoxy, cyclopropoxy, 2,3-dichlorophenoxy, 2,4-dichlorophenoxy, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorobenzyl, 3,4-dichlorophenoxy, 3,4-difluorophenoxy, 2,3-difluorobenzyloxy, 2,4-difluorobenzyloxy, 3,4-difluorobenzyloxy, 2,5-difluorobenzyloxy, difluoromethoxy, 3,5-difluorophenoxy, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 3,5-difluorobenzyloxy, 4-difluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 2,3-difluorophenoxy, 2,4-difluorophenoxy, 2,5-difluorophenoxy, 3,5-dimethoxyphenoxy, 3-dimethylaminophenoxy, 3,5-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylbenzyl, 3,4-dimethylbenzyloxy, 3,5-dimethylbenzyloxy, 2,2-dimethylpropoxy, 1,3-dioxan-2-yl, 1,4-dioxan-2-yl, 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, ethoxy, 4-ethoxyphenoxy, 4-ethylbenzyloxy, 3-ethylphenoxy, 4-ethylarninophenoxy, 3-ethyl-5-methylphenoxy, fluoro, 4-fluoro-3-methylbenzyl, 4-fluoro-3-methylphenyl, 4-fluoro-3-methylbenzoyl, 4-fluorobenzyloxy, 2-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy, 3-fluoro-4-methylphenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluoro-2-nitrophenoxy, 2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 3-fluoro-5-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-fluoro-2-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy, 2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 2-fluorobenzyloxy, 4-fluorophenylamino, 2-fluoro-4-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 4-fluoropyrid-2-yloxy, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, heptafluoropropyl, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropyl, 2-hydroxy-3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy, 3-iodobenzyloxy, isobutyl, isobutylamiino, isobutoxy, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, isopropoxy, isopropyl, 4-isopropylbenzyloxy, 3-isopropylphenoxy, 4-isopropylphenoxy, isopropylthio, 4-isopropyl-3-methylphenoxy, 3-isothiazolyl, 4-isothiazolyl, 5-isothiazolyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 4-methoxycarbonylbutoxy, 3-methoxycarbonylprop-2-enyloxy, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenylamino, 4-methoxyphenylamino, 3-methylbenzyloxy, 4-methylbenzyloxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 3-methyl-4-methylthiophenoxy, 4-methylphenoxy, 1-methylpropoxy, 2-methylpyrid-5-yloxy, 4-methylthiophenoxy, 2-naphthyloxy, 2-nitrophenoxy, 4-nitrophenoxy, 3-nitrophenyl, 4-nitrophenylthio, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, pentafluoroethyl, pentafluoroethylthio, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, 1,1,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, 1,1,2,2,3-pentafluoropropyl, phenoxy, phenylamino, 1-phenylethoxy, phenylsulfonyl, 4-propanoylphenoxy, propoxy, 4-propylphenoxy, 4-propoxyphenoxy, thiophen-3-yl, sec-butyl, 4-sec-butylphenoxy, tert-butoxy, 3-tert-butylphenoxy, 4-tert-butylphenoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetrfuoroethoxy, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyloxy), thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4yl, thiazol-5-yl, thiophen-2-yl, 2,3,5-trifluorobenzyloxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoro-2-hydroxypropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, trifluoromethyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 2,4-bis-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 1,1-bis-trifluoromethyl-1-hydroxymethyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyl, 3,5-bis-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylthiobenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethylthiobenzyloxy, 2,3,4-trifluorophenoxy, 2,3,4-trifluorophenyl, 2,3,5-trifluorophenoxy, 3,4,5-trimethylphenoxy, 3-difluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-pentafluoroethylphenoxy, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylthiophenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylthiobenzyloxy, and trifluoromethylthio;
    R6 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of chloro, fluoro, hydrido, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, trifluoromethyl, and trifluoromethoxy;
    R5 and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, fluoro, and trifluoromethyl.
  5. 72. Compound of claim 71 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein;
    R16 is bonded together with R4 or R9 to form a 6-membered heterocyclyl ring;
    n is 1;
    R1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl;
    R2 is hydrido;
    R3 is hydrido;
    Y is CH2;
    Z is a bond;
    R4 is hydrido or fluoro unless R4 is bonded together with R16;
    R9 is hydrido or fluoro unless R9 is bonded together with R16;
    R8 and R13 are independently hydrido or fluoro;
    R7 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of benzyloxy, 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-bromo-3-fluorophenoxy, 3-bromobenzyloxy, 4-bromophenoxy,4-butoxyphenoxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 2-chlorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 4-chloro-3-methylphenoxy, 2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenoxy, 3-chloro-4-ethylphenoxy, 3-chloro-4-methylphenoxy, 3-chloro4-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-fluorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenylamino, 5-chloropyrid-3-yloxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclobutyl, cyclohexylmetboxy, cyclopentoxy, cyclopentyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl, cyclopropylmethoxy, 2,3-dichlorophenoxy, 2,4-dichlorophenoxy, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorobenzyl, 3,4-dichlorophenoxy, 3,4-difluorophenoxy, 2,3-difluorobenzyloxy, 3,5-difluorobenzyloxy, difluoromethoxy, 3,5-difluorophenoxy, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 2,3-difluorophenoxy, 2,4-difluorophenoxy, 2,5-difluorophenoxy, 3,5-dimethoxyphenoxy, 3-dimethylaminophenoxy, 3,4-dimethylbenzyloxy, 3,5-dimethylbenzyloxy, 3,5-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, 4-ethylbenzyloxy, 3-ethylphenoxy, 4-ethylaminophenoxy, 3-ethyl-5methylphenoxy, 4-fluoro-3-methylbenzyl, 4-fluorobenzyloxy, 2-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy, 3-fluoro-4-methylphenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluoro-2-nitrophenoxy, 2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 3-fluoro-5trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy, 2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 2-fluorobenzyloxy, 4-fluorophenylamino, 2-fluoro-4-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, heptafluoropropyl, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropyl, 2-hydroxy-3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy, isobutoxy, isobutyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, isopropoxy, 4-isopropylbenzyloxy, 3-isopropylphenoxy, isopropylthio, 4-isopropyl-3-methylphenoxy, 3-isothiazolyl, 4-isothiazolyl, 5-isothiazolyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 4-methoxyphenylamino, 3-methylbenzyloxy, 4-methylbenxyloxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 3-methyl-4-methylthiophenoxy, 4-methylphenoxy, 1-methylpropoxy, 2-methylpyrid-5-yloxy, 4-methylthiophenoxy, 2-naphthyloxy, 2-nitrophenoxy, 4-nitrophenoxy, 3-nitrophenyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, pentafluoroethyl, pentafluoroethylthio, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, 1,1,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, 1,2,2,3-pentafluoropropyl, phenoxy, phenylamino, 1-phenylethoxy, 4-propylphenoxy, 4-propoxyphenoxy, thiophen-3-yl, tert-butoxy, 3-tert-butylphenoxy, 4-tert-butylphenoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyloxy), thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl, thiophen-2-yl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoro-2-hydroxypropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, trifluoromethyl, 3-trifluorometbylbenzyloxy, 1,1-bis-trifluoromethyl-1-hydroxymethyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyl, 3,5-bis-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2,3,4-trifluorophenoxy, 2,3,5-trifluorophenoxy, 3,4,5-trimethylphenoxy, 3-difluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-pentafluoroetbylphenoxy, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylthiophenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylthiobenzyloxy, and trifluoromethylthio;
    R6 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of chloro, fluoro, hydrido, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, and trifluoromethyl;
    R5 and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, fluoro, and trifluoromethyl.
  6. 73. Compound of claim 69 of Formula II:
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00172
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein;
    R1 is haloalkoxyalkyl or haloalkyl with the proviso that said haloalkyl has two or more halo substituents;
    R8, R9, and R13 are independently hydrido or halo;
    R5, R6, R7, R10, R11, and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, perhaloaryloxy, N-aryl-N-alkylamino, heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylthio, hydroxyalkoxy, aralkanoylalkoxy, aralkenoyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cyanoalkoxy, heterocyclylcarbonyl, heteroaralkoxy, aralkyl, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, alkylthio, arylamino, arylthio, arylsulfonyl, aroyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkanoyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyhaloalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxyalkyl , and heteroaryloxy;
    with the proviso that at least one of R9, R10, R11, R12, and R13 is not hydrido.
  7. 74. Compound of claim 73 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein;
    R1 is trifluoromethyl;
    R8, R9, and R13 are independently hydrido or fluoro;
    R7 is selected from the group consisting of 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 2,3-dichlorophenoxy, 3,4-dichlorophenoxy, 3-difluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3,5-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 3-ethylphenoxy, 3-ethyl-5-methylphenoxy, 4-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy, 3-isopropylphenoxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 3-pentafluoroethylphenoxy, 3-tert-butylphenoxy, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenoxy, 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyloxy), 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, and 3-trifluoromethylthiophenoxy;
    R12 is selected from the group consisting of cyclopentyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, 2-furyl, 1,1-bis-trifluoromethyl-1-hydroxymethyl, pentafluoroethyl, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl, and trifluoromethylthio;
    R5, R6, R10, and R11 are independently hydrido or fluoro.
  8. 75. Compound of claim 74 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein;
    R1 is trifluoromethyl;
    R8, R9, and R13 are independently hydrido or fluoro;
    R7 is selected from the group consisting of 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 2,3-dichlorophenoxy, 3,4-dichlorophenoxy, 3-difluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3,5-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 3-ethylphenoxy, 3-ethyl-5-methylphenoxy, 4-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy, 3-isopropylphenoxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 3-pentafluoroethylphenoxy, 3-tert-butylphenoxy, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenoxy, 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyloxy), 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy,3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, and 3-trifluoromethylthiophenoxy;
    R12 is selected from the group consisting of 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, pentafluoroethyl, and trifluoromethyl;
    R5, R6, R10, and R11 are independently hydrido or fluoro.
  9. 76. Compound of claim 68 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein said compound is a compound of Formula III:
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00173
    wherein R7, R8, and R10 are selected to form a compound selected from the group consisting of;
    R7 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is 1,1,2,2-etrafluoroethoxy;
    R7 is phenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy;
    R7 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is pentafluoroethyl;
    R7 is phenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is pentafluoroethyl;
    R7 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is trifluoromethyl;
    R7 is phenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is trifluoromethyl;
    R7 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R8 is fluoro, and R10 is 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy;
    R7 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is 2-furyl; and
    R7 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is trifluoromethylthio.
  10. 77. A compound of claim 68 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein said compound is a compound of Formula IV:
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00174
    wherein R5, R11, R12, Y, and Z are selected to form a compound selected from the group consisting of;
    R5 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R11 is trifluoromethyl, R12 is hydrido, Y is methylene, and Z is a bond;
    R5 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R11 is hydrido, R12 is trifluoromethyl, Y is methylene, and Z is a bond;
    R5 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R11 is trifluoromethyl, R12 is hydrido, Y is a bond, and Z is a bond; and
    R5 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R11 is hydrido, R12 is trifluoromethyl, Y is a bond, and Z is a bond.
  11. 78. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, said compound being of Formula I:
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00175
    wherein;
    R16 is bonded together with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R4, R8, R9, and R13 to form a heterocyclyl ring having from 6 through 10 members;
    n is 1 or 2;
    R1 is haloalkyl or haloalkoxyalkyl with the proviso that R1 is selected to have the highest Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking of three groups bonded to the hydroxy-substituted carbon to which R1 and R2 are attached in radical Ia:
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00176
    which radical Ia is a fragment of Formula I;
    R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, aryl, aralkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, perhaloaryl, perhaloaralkyl, perhaloaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, dicyanoalkyl, and carboalkoxycyanoalkyl;
    R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, aryl, aralkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboxamido, and carboxamidoalkyl;
    Y is a bond or (C(R14)2)q wherein q is 1 or 2;
    Z is a bond or (C(R15)2)q wherein q is 1 or 2;
    R14 and R15 are independently hydrido or alkyl;
    R4, R8, R9, and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, haloalkyl, and alkyl unless R4 is bonded together with R16 or R8 is bonded together with R16 or R9 is bonded together with R16 or R13 is bonded together with R16;
    R5, R6, R7, R10, R11, and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, perhaloaryloxy, alkanoylalkyl, alkanoylalkoxy, alkanoyloxy, N-aryl-N-alkylamino, heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylthio, hydroxyalkoxy, carboxamidoalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkenyloxy, aralkanoylalkoxy, aralkenoyl, N-alkylcarboxamido, N-haloalkylcarboxamido, N-cycloalkylcarboxamido, N-arylcarboxamidoalkoxy, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cyanoalkoxy, heterocyclylcarbonyl, carboxy, heteroaralkyltlio, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkylamino, acylalkyl, acylalkoxy, aroylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, heterocyclyl, haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, hydroxy, amino, thio, nitro, alkylaamino, alkylthio, arylamino, aralkylamino, arylthio, arylthioalkyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonarnido, monoarylamidosulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, beteroarylthio, beteroarylsulfonyl, heterocyclylsulfonyl, heterocyclylthio, alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, aralkanoyl, heteroaralkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkenyloxy, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylenedioxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkanoyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyhaloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, saturated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroaralkyl, arylalkenyl, carboalkoxy, alkoxycarboxarniido, alkylarnidocarbonylamido, arylamidocarbonylamido, carboalkoxyalkyl, carboalkoxyalkenyl, carboxamido, carboxamidoalkyl, and cyano;
    with the proviso that at least one of R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 is not hydrido or with the proviso that at least one of R9, R10, R11, R12, and R13 is not hydrido.
  12. 79. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 78, wherein said compound is of Formula I, wherein at least one of R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 is not hydrido and at least one of R9, R10, R11, R12, and R13 is not hydrido.
  13. 80. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 79, wherein said compound is of Formula I, wherein;
    R16 is bonded together with R4 or R9 to form a heterocyclyl ring having from 6 through 8 members;
    n is 1 or 2;
    R1 is haloalkyl or haloalkoxyalkyl with the proviso that R1 is selected to have the highest Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochernical system ranking of said three groups bonded to the hydroxy-substituted carbon to which R1 and R2 are attached in said fragment of the Formula I and with the further proviso that said haloalkyl has two or more halo substituents;
    R2 is hydrido;
    R3 is hydrido;
    Y is selected from the group consisting of a bond, CH2, and CH2CH2;
    Z is selected from the group consisting of a bond, CH2, and CH2CH2;
    R4 is hydrido or halo unless R4 is bonded together with R16;
    R9 is hydrido or halo unless R9 is bonded together with R16;
    R8 and R13 are independently hydrido or halo;
    R5, R6, R7, R10, R11, and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, perhaloaryloxy, N-aryl-N-alkylamino, heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylthio, hydroxyalkoxy, carboxamidoalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkenyloxy, aralkanoylalkoxy, aralkenoyl, N-arylcarboxamidoalkoxy, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cyanoalkoxy, heterocyclylcarbonyl, heteroaralkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, arlkylaryl, aralkyl, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, alkylamino, alkylthio, arylamnino, arylthio, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylthio, heteroarylsulfonyl, aroyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkanoyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyhaloalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, saturated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, and heteroaryloxy;
    with the proviso that at least one of R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 is not hydrido and with the further proviso that at least one of R9, R10, R11, R12, and R13 is not hydrido.
  14. 81. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 80, wherein said compound is of Formula I, wherein;
    R16 is bonded together with R4 or R9 to form a heterocyclyl ring having 6 or 7 members;
    n is 1;
    R1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl;
    R2 is hydrido;
    R3 is hydrido;
    Y is CH2 or CH2CH2;
    Z is a bond;
    R4 is hydrido or fluoro unless R4 is bonded together with R16;
    R9 is hydrido or fluoro unless R9 is bonded together with R16;
    R8 and R13 are independently hydrido or fluoro;
    R7 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of 4-aminophenoxy, benzoyl, benzyl, benzyloxy, 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-bromo-3-fluorophenoxy, 4-bromo-2-nitrophenoxy, 3-bromobenzyloxy, 4-bromobenzyloxy, 4-bromophenoxy, 5-bromopyrid-2-yloxy, 4-butoxyphenoxy, chloro, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2-chlorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 3-chloro-4-fluorobenzyl, 3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl, 3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chloro-3-methylphenoxy, 2-chlorofluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenoxy, 3-chloroethylphenoxy, 3-chloro-4-methylphenoxy, 3-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-fluorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenylamino, 5-chloropyrid-3-yloxy, 2-cyanopyrid-3-yloxy, 4-cyanophenoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclobutyl, cyclohexoxy, cyclohexylmethoxy, cyclopentoxy, cyclopentyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethoxy, cyclopropoxy, 2,3-dichlorophenoxy, 2,4-dichlorophenoxy, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorobenzyl, 3,4-dichlorophenoxy, 3,4-difluorophenoxy, 2,3-difluorobenzyloxy, 2,4-difluorobenzyloxy, 3,4-difluorobenzyloxy, 2,5-difluorobenzyloxy, difluoromethoxy, 3,5-difluorophenoxy, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 3,5-difluorobenzyloxy, 4-difluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 2,3-difluorophenoxy, 2,4-difluorophenoxy, 2,5-difluorophenoxy, 3,5-dimethoxyphenoxy, 3-dimethylaminophenoxy, 3,5-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylbenzyl, 3,4-dimethylbenzyloxy, 3,5-dimethylbenzyloxy, 2,2-dimethylpropoxy, 1,3-dioxan-2-yl, 1,4-dioxan-2-yl, 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, ethoxy, 4-ethoxyphenoxy, 4-ethylbenzyloxy, 3-ethylphenoxy, 4-ethylaminophenoxy, 3-ethyl-5methylphenoxy, fluoro, 4-fluoro-3-methylbenzyl, 4-fluoro-3-methylphenyl, 4-fluoro-3-methylbenzoyl, 4-fluorobenzyloxy, 2-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy, 3-fluoro-4-methylphenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluoro-2-nitrophenoxy, 2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 3-fluoro-5-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-fluoro-2-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy, 2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 2-fluorobenzyloxy, 4-fluorophenylanuno, 2-fluoro-4-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 4-fluoropyrid-2-yloxy, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, heptafluoropropyl, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropyl, 2-hydroxy-3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy, 3-iodobenzyloxy, isobutyl, isobutylamino, isobutoxy, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, isopropoxy, isopropyl, 4-isopropylbenzyloxy, 3-isopropylphenoxy, 4-isopropylphenoxy, isopropylthio, 4-isopropyl-3-methylphenoxy, 3-isothiazolyl, 4-isothiazolyl, 5-isothiazolyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 4-methoxycarbonylbutoxy, 3-methoxycarbonylprop-2-enyloxy, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenylamino, 4-methoxyphenylamnino, 3-methylbenzyloxy, 4-methylbenzyloxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 3-methyl-4-methylthiophenoxy, 4-methylphenoxy, 1-methylpropoxy, 2-methylpyrid-5-yloxy, 4-methylthiophenoxy, 2-naphthyloxy, 2-nitrophenoxy, 4-nitrophenoxy, 3-nitrophenyl, 4-nitrophenylthio, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, pentafluoroethyl, pentafluoroethylthio, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, 1,1,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, 1, 1,2,2,3-pentafluoropropyl, phenoxy, phenylamnino, 1-phenylethoxy, phenylsulfonyl, 4-propanoylphenoxy, propoxy, 4-propylphenoxy, 4-propoxyphenoxy, thiophen-3-yl, sec-butyl, 4-sec-butylphenoxy, tert-butoxy, 3-tert-butylphenoxy, 4-tert-butylphenoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyloxy), thiazol-2-yl, thiazolyl, thiazol-5-yl, thiophen-2-yl, 2,3,5-trifluorobenzyloxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoro-2-hydroxypropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, trifluoromethyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 2,4-bis-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 1,1-bis-trifluoromethyl-1-hydroxymethyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyl, 3,5-bis-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylthiobenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethylthiobenzyloxy, 2,3,4-trifluorophenoxy, 2,3,4-trifluorophenyl, 2,3,5-trifluorophenoxy, 3,4,5-trimethylphenoxy, 3-difluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-pentafluoroethylphenoxy, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylthiophenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylthiobenzyloxy, and trifluoromethylthio;
    R6 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of chloro, fluoro, hydrido, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, trifluoromethyl, and trifluoromethoxy;
    R5 and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, fluoro, and trifluoromethyl.
  15. 82. The pharmnaceutical composition of claim 81, wherein said compound is of Formula I, wherein;
    R16 is bonded together with R4 or R9 to form a 6-membered heterocyclyl ring;
    n is 1;
    R1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl;
    R2 is hydrido;
    R3 is hydrido;
    Y is CH2;
    Z is a bond;
    R4 is hydrido or fluoro unless R4 is bonded together with R16;
    R9 is hydrido or fluoro unless R9 is bonded together with R16;
    R8 and R13 are independently hydrido or fluoro;
    R7 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of benzyloxy, 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-bromo-3-fluorophenoxy, 3-bromobenzyloxy, 4-bromophenoxy,4-butoxyphenoxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 2-chlorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 4-chloro-3-methylphenoxy, 2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenoxy, 3-chloro-4-ethylphenoxy, 3-chloro-4-methylphenoxy, 3-chlorofluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-fluorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenylamino, 5-chloropyrid-3-yloxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclobutyl, cyclohexylmethoxy, cyclopentoxy, cyclopentyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl, cyclopropylmethoxy, 2,3-dichlorophenoxy, 2,4-dichlorophenoxy, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorobenzyl, 3,4-dichlorophenoxy, 3,4-difluorophenoxy, 2,3-difluorobenzyloxy, 3,5-difluorobenzyloxy, difluoromethoxy, 3,5-difluorophenoxy, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 2,3-difluorophenoxy, 2,4-difluorophenoxy, 2,5-difluorophenoxy, 3,5-dimethoxyphenoxy, 3-dimethylaminophenoxy, 3,4-dimethylbenzyloxy, 3,5-dimethylbenzyloxy, 3,5-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, 4-ethylbenzyloxy, 3-ethylphenoxy, 4-ethylaminophenoxy, 3-ethyl-5-methylphenoxy, 4-fluoro-3-methylbenzyl, 4-fluorobenzyloxy, 2-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy, 3-fluoromethylphenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluoro-2-nitrophenoxy, 2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 3-fluoro-5-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy, 2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 2-fluorobenzyloxy, 4-fluorophenylamino, 2-fluorotrifluoromethylphenoxy, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, heptafluoropropyl, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropyl, 2-hydroxy-3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy, isobutoxy, isobutyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, isopropoxy, 4-isopropylbenzyloxy, 3-isopropylphenoxy, isopropylthio, 4-isopropyl-3-methylphenoxy, 3-isothiazolyl, 4-isothiazolyl, 5-isothiazolyl, 3-methoxybenzyl. 4-methoxyphenylamino, 3-methylbenzyloxy, 4-methylbenxyloxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 3-methyl-4-methylthiophenoxy, 4-methylphenoxy, 1-methylpropoxy, 2-methylpyrid-5-yloxy, 4-methylthiophenoxy, 2-naphthyloxy, 2-nitrophenoxy, 4-nitrophenoxy, 3-nitrophenyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, pentafluoroethyl, pentafluoroethylthio, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, 1,1,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, 1,1,2,2,3-pentafluoropropyl, phenoxy, phenylamino, 1-phenylethoxy, 4-propylphenoxy, 4-propoxyphenoxy, thiophen-3-yl, tert-butoxy, 3-tert-butylphenoxy, 4-tert-butylphenoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyloxy), thiazol-2-yl, thiazol4-yl, thiazol-5-yl, thiophen-2-yl, 2,2,2-trifluoroetboxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoro-2-hydroxypropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, trifluoromethyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 1,1-bis-trifluoromethyl-1-hydroxymethyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyl, 3 5-bis-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2,3,4-trifluorophenoxy, 2,3,5-trifluorophenoxy, 3,4,5-trimethylphenoxy, 3-difluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-pentafluoroethylphenoxy, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylthiophenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylthiobenzyloxy, and trifluoromethylthio;
    R6 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of chloro, fluoro, hydrido, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, and trifluoromethyl;
    R5 and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, fluoro, and trifluoromethyl.
  16. 83. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 80, wherein said compound is of Formula II:
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00177
    or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein;
    R1 is haloalkoxyalkyl or haloalkyl with the proviso that said haloalkyl has two or more halo substituents;
    R8, R9, and R13 are independently hydrido or halo;
    R5, R6, R7, R10, R11, and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, perhaloaryloxy, N-aryl-N-alkylamino, heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylthio, hydroxyalkoxy, aralkanoylalkoxy, aralkenoyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cyanoalkoxy, heterocyclylcarbonyl, heteroaralkoxy, aralkyl, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, alkylthio, arylamino, arylthio, arylsulfonyl, aroyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkanoyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyhaloalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxyalkyl , and heteroaryloxy;
    with the proviso that at least one of R9, R10, R11, R12, and R13 is not hydrido.
  17. 84. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 83, wherein said compound is of Formula II, wherein;
    R1 is trifluoromethyl;
    R8, R9, and R13 are independently hydrido or fluoro;
    R7 is selected from the group consisting of 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 2,3-dichlorophenoxy, 3,4-dichlorophenoxy, 3-difluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3,5-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 3-ethylphenoxy, 3-ethyl-5-methylphenoxy, 4-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy, 3-isopropylphenoxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 3-pentafluoroethylphenoxy, 3-tert-butylphenoxy, 3-(1,1,2,2-etrafluoroethoxy)phenoxy, 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyloxy), 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy,3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, and 3-trifluoromethylthiophenoxy;
    R12 is selected from the group consisting of cyclopentyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, 2-furyl, 1,1-bis-trifluoromethyl-1-hydroxymethyl, pentafluoroethyl, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl, and trifluoromethylthio;
    R5, R6, R10, and R11 are independently hydrido or fluoro.
  18. 85. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 84, wherein said compound is of Formula II, wherein;
    R1 is trifluoromethyl;
    R8, R9, and R13 are independently hydrido or fluoro;
    R7 is selected from the group consisting of 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 2,3-dichlorophenoxy, 3,4-dichlorophenoxy, 3-difluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3,5-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 3-ethylphenoxy, 3-ethyl-5-methylphenoxy, 4-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy, 3-isopropylphenoxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 3-pentafluoroethylphenoxy, 3-tert-butylphenoxy, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenoxy, 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyloxy), 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, and 3-trifluoromethylthiophenoxy;
    R12 is selected from the group consisting of 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, pentafluoroethyl, and trifluoromethyl;
    R5, R6, R10, and R11 are independently hydrido or fluoro.
  19. 86. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 78, wherein said compound is a compound of Formula III:
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00178
    wherein R7, R8, and R10 are selected to form a compound selected from the group consisting of;
    R7 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy;
    R7 is phenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy;
    R7 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is pentafluoroethyl;
    R7 is phenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is pentafluoroethyl;
    R7 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is trifluoromethyl;
    R7 is phenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is trifluoromethyl;
    R7 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R8 is fluoro, and R10 is 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy;
    R7 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is 2-furyl; and
    R7 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is trifluoromethylthio.
  20. 87. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 78, wherein said compound is a compound of Formula IV:
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00179
    wherein R5, R11, R12, Y, and Z are selected to form a compound selected from the group consisting of;
    R5 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R11 is trifluoromethyl, R12 is hydrido, Y is methylene, and Z is a bond;
    R5 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R11 is hydrido, R12 is trifluoromethyl, Y is methylene, and Z is a bond;
    R5 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R11 is trifluoromethyl, R12 is hydrido, Y is a bond, and Z is a bond; and
    R5 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R11is hydrido, R12 is trifluoromethyl, Y is a bond, and Z is a bond.
  21. 88. A method of treating or preventing a CETP-mediated disorder in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, said compound being of Formula I:
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00180
    wherein;
    R16 is bonded together with a substituent selected from the group consisting of R4, R8, R9, and R13 to form a heterocyclyl ring having from 6 through 10 members;
    n is 1 or 2;
    R1 is haloalkyl or haloalkoxyalkyl with the proviso that R1 is selected to have the highest Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking of three groups bonded to the hydroxy-substituted carbon to which R1 and R2 are attached in radical Ia:
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00181
    which radical Ia is a fragment of Formula I;
    R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, aryl, aralkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, halocycloalkyl, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, halocycloalkoxy, halocycloalkoxyalkyl, perhaloaryl, perhaloaralkyl, perhaloaryloxyalkyl, heteroaryl, dicyanoalkyl, and carboalkoxycyanoalkyl;
    R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrido, hydroxy, cyano, aryl, aralkyl, acyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyalkyl, heteroaryl, alkenyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxyalkyl, haloalkenyloxyalkyl, monocyanoalkyl, dicyanoalkyl, carboxamido, and carboxamidoalkyl;
    Y is a bond or (C(R14)2)q wherein q is 1 or 2;
    Z is a bond or (C(R15)2)q wherein q is 1 or 2;
    R14 and R15 are independently hydrido or alkyl;
    R4, R8, R9, and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, halo, haloalkyl, and alkyl unless R4 is bonded together with R16 or R8 is bonded together with R16 or R9 is bonded together with R16 or R13 is bonded together with R16;
    R5, R6, R7, R10, R11, and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, perhaloaryloxy, alkanoylalkyl, alkanoylalkoxy, alkanoyloxy, N-aryl-N-alkylamino, heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylthio, hydroxyalkoxy, carboxamidoalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkenyloxy, aralkanoylalkoxy, aralkenoyl, N-alkylcarboxarnido, N-haloalkylcarboxamido, N-cycloalkylcarboxamido, N-arylcarboxamidoalkoxy, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cyanoalkoxy, heterocyclylcarbonyl, carboxy, heteroaralkylthio, heteroaralkoxy, cycloalkylamino, acylalkyl, acylalkoxy, aroylalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, heterocyclyl, haloalkylthio, alkanoyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, hydroxy, amino, thio, nitro, alkylaamino, alkylthio, arylamino, aralkylamino, arylthio, arylthioalkyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonamido, monoarylamidosulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylthio, heteroarylsulfonyl, heterocyclylsulfonyl, heterocyclylthio, alkanoyl, alkenoyl, aroyl, heteroaroyl, aralkanoyl, heteroaralkanoyl, haloalkanoyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkenyloxy, alkylenedioxy, haloalkylenedioxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkanoyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyhaloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, alyl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, saturated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryloxyalkyl, heteroaralkyl, arylalkenyl, carboalkoxy, alkoxycarboxamido, alkylamidocarbonylamido, arylamidocarbonylamido, carboalkoxyalkyl, carboalkoxyalkenyl, carboxamido, carboxamidoalkyl, and cyano;
    with the proviso that at least one of R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 is not hydrido or with the proviso that at least one of R9, R10, R11, R12, and R13 is not hydrido.
  22. 89. The method of claim 88, wherein said compound is of Formula I, wherein at least one of R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 that is not hydrido and at least one of R9, R10, R11, R12, and R13 that is not hydrido.
  23. 90. The method of claim 89, wherein said compound is of Formula I, wherein;
    R16 is bonded together with R4 or R9 to form a heterocyclyl ring having from 6 through 8 members;
    n is 1 or 2;
    R1 is haloalkyl or haloalkoxyalkyl with the proviso that R1 is selected to have the highest Cahn-Ingold-Prelog stereochemical system ranking of said three groups bonded to the hydroxy-substituted carbon to which R1 and R2 are attached in said fragment of the Formula I and with the further proviso that said haloalkyl has two or more halo substituents;
    R2 is hydrido;
    R3 is hydrido;
    Y is selected from the group consisting of a bond, CH2, and CH2CH2;
    Z is selected from the group consisting of a bond, CH2, and CH2CH2;
    R4 is hydrido or halo unless R4 is bonded together with R16;
    R9 is hydrido or halo unless R9 is bonded together with R16;
    R8 and R13 are independently hydrido or halo;
    R5, R6, R7, R10, R11, and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, perhaloaryloxy, N-aryl-N-alkylamino, heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylthio, hydroxyalkoxy, carboxamidoalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkenyloxy, aralkanoylalkoxy, aralkenoyl, N-arylcarboxamidoalkoxy, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cyanoalkoxy, heterocyclylcarbonyl, heteroaralkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aralkylaryl, aralkyl, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, alkylarnino, alkylthio, arylamino, arylthio, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylthio, heteroarylsulfonyl, aroyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkanoyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyhaloalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, saturated heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxyalkyl, and heteroaryloxy;
    with the proviso that at least one of R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 is not hydrido and with the further proviso that at least one of R9, R10, R11, R12, and R13 is not hydrido.
  24. 91. The method of claim 90, wherein said compound is of Formula I, wherein;
    R16 is bonded together with R4 or R9 to form a heterocyclyl ring having 6 or 7 members;
    n is 1;
    R1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxymethyl, trifluoromethoxymethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl;
    R2 hydrido;
    R3 is hydrido;
    Y is CH2 or CH2CH2;
    Z is a bond;
    R4 is hydrido or fluoro unless R4 is bonded together with R16;
    R9 is hydrido or fluoro unless R9 is bonded together with R16;
    R8 and R13 are independently hydrido or fluoro;
    R7 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of 4-aminophenoxy, benzoyl, benzyl, benzyloxy, 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-bromo-3-fluorophenoxy, 4-bromo-2-nitrophenoxy, 3-bromobenzyloxy, 4-bromobenzyloxy, 4-bromophenoxy, 5-bromopyrid-2-yloxy, 4-butoxyphenoxy, chloro, 3-chlorobenzyl, 2-chlorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 3-chloro4-fluorobenzyl, 3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl, 3-chloro-2-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chlorobenzyloxy, 4-chloro-3-methylphenoxy, 2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenoxy, 3-chloro-4-ethylphenoxy, 3-chloro-4-methylphenoxy, 3-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-fluorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenylamino, 5-chloropyrid-3-yloxy, 2-cyanopyrid-3-yloxy, 4-cyanophenoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclobutyl, cyclohexoxy, cyclohexylmethoxy, cyclopentoxy, cyclopentyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethoxy, cyclopropoxy, 2,3-dichlorophenoxy, 2,4-dichlorophenoxy, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorobenzyl, 3,4-dichlorophenoxy, 3,4-difluorophenoxy, 2,3-difluorobenzyloxy, 2,4-difluorobenzyloxy, 3,4-difluorobenzyloxy, 2,5-difluorobenzyloxy, difluoromethoxy, 3,5-difluorophenoxy, 3,4-difluorophenyl, 3,5-difluorobenzyloxy, 4-difluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 2,3-difluorophenoxy, 2,4-difluorophenoxy, 2,5-difluorophenoxy, 3,5-dimethoxyphenoxy, 3-dimethylaminophenoxy, 3,5-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylbenzyl, 3,4-dimethylbenzyloxy, 3,5-dimethylbenzyloxy, 2,2-dimethylpropoxy, 1,3-dioxan-2-yl, 1,4-dioxan-2-yl, 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, ethoxy, 4-ethoxyphenoxy, 4-ethylbenzyloxy, 3-ethylphenoxy, 4-ethylaminophenoxy, 3-ethyl-5-methylphenoxy, fluoro, 4-fluoro-3-methylbenzyl, 4-fluoro-3-methylphenyl, 4-fluoro-3-methylbenzoyl, 4-fluorobenzyloxy, 2-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy, 3-fluoro-4-methylphenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluoro-2-nitrophenoxy, 2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 3-fluoro-5-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-fluoro-2-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy, 2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 2-fluorobenzyloxy, 4-fluorophenylamino, 2-fluoro-4-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 4-fluoropyrid-2-yloxy, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, heptafluoropropyl, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropyl, 2-hydroxy-3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy, 3-iodobenzyloxy, isobutyl, isobutylamino, isobutoxy, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, isopropoxy, isopropyl, 4-isopropylbenzyloxy, 3-isopropylphenoxy, 4-isopropylphenoxy, isopropylthio, 4-isopropyl-3-methylphenoxy, 3-isothiazolyl, 4-isothiazolyl, 5-isothiazolyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 4-methoxycarbonylbutoxy, 3-methoxycarbonylprop-2-enyloxy, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenylamnino, 4-methoxyphenylamnino, 3-methylbenzyloxy, 4-methylbenzyloxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 3-methyl-4-methylthiophenoxy, 4-methylphenoxy, 1-methylpropoxy, 2-methylpyrid-5-yloxy, 4-methylthiophenoxy, 2-naphthyloxy, 2-nitrophenoxy, 4-nitrophenoxy, 3-nitrophenyl, 4-nitrophenylthio, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, pentafluoroethyl, pentafluoroethylthio, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, 1,1,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, 1,1,2,2,3-pentafluoropropyl, phenoxy, phenylamino, 1-phenylethoxy, phenylsulfonyl, 4-propanoylphenoxy, propoxy, 4-propylphenoxy, 4-propoxyphenoxy, thiophen-3-yl, sec-butyl, 4-sec-butylphenoxy, tert-butoxy, 3-tert-butylphenoxy, 4-tert-butylphenoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyloxy), thiazol-2-yl, thiazol4-yl, thiazol-5yl, thiophen-2-yl, 2,3,5-trifluorobenzyloxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoro-2-hydroxypropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, trifluoromethyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 2,4-bis-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 1,1-bis-trifluoromethyl-1-hydroxymethyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyl, 3,5-bis-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 3-trflluoromethylphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylthiobenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethylthiobenzyloxy, 2,3,4-trifluorophenoxy, 2,3,4-trifluorophenyl, 2,3,5-trifluorophenoxy, 3,4,5-trimethylphenoxy, 3-difluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-pentafluoroethylphenoxy, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylthiophenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylthiobenzyloxy, and trifluoromethylthio;
    R6 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of chloro, fluoro, hydrido, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, trifluoromethyl, and trifluoromethoxy;
    R5 and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, fluoro, and trifluoromethyl.
  25. 92. The method of claim 91 wherein said compound is of Formula I, wherein;
    R16 is bonded together with R4 or R9 to form a 6-membered heterocyclyl ring;
    n is 1;
    R1 is selected from the group consisting of trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, and pentafluoroethyl;
    R2 is hydrido;
    R3 is hydrido;
    Y is CH2;
    Z is a bond;
    R4 is bydrido or fluoro unless R4 is bonded together with R16;
    R9 is hydrido or fluoro unless R9 is bonded together with R16;
    R8 and R13 are independently hydrido or fluoro;
    R7 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of benzyloxy, 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-bromo-3-fluorophenoxy, 3-bromobenzyloxy, 4-bromophenoxy, 4-butoxyphenoxy, 3-chlorobenzyloxy, 2-chlorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 4-chloro-3-methylphenoxy, 2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenoxy, 3-chloro-4-ethylphenoxy, 3-chloro-4-methylphenoxy, 3-chloro-4-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-fluorophenoxy, 4-chlorophenylamino, 5-chloropyrid-3-yloxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclobutyl, cyclohexylmethoxy, cyclopentoxy, cyclopentyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl, cyclopropylmethoxy, 2,3-dichlorophenoxy, 2,4-dichlorophenoxy, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-diclorobenzyl, 3,4-dichlorophenoxy, 3,4-difluorophenoxy, 2,3-difluorobenzyloxy, 3,5-difluorobenzyloxy, difluoromethoxy, 3,5-difluorophenoxy, 3,4-difluoropbenyl, 2,3-difluorophenoxy, 2,4-difluorophenoxy, 2,5-difluorophenoxy, 3,5-dimethoxyphenoxy, 3-dimethylaminophenoxy, 3,4-dimethylbenzyloxy, 3,5-dimethylbenzyloxy, 3,5-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, 4-ethylbenzyloxy, 3-ethylphenoxy, 4-ethylaminophenoxy, 3-ethyl-5-methylphenoxy, 4-fluoro-3-methylbenzyl, 4-fluorobenzyloxy, 2-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy, 3-fluoro-4-methylphenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 3-fluoro-2-nitrophenoxy, 2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 3-fluoro-5-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 2-fluorophenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy, 2-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 2-fluorobenzyloxy, 4-fluorophenylamino, 2-fluoro-4-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, heptafluoropropyl, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropyl, 2-hydroxy-3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy, isobutoxy, isobutyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, isopropoxy, 4-isopropylbenzyloxy, 3-isopropylphenoxy, isopropylthio, 4-isopropyl-3-methylphenoxy, 3-isothiazolyl, 4-isothiazolyl, 5-isothiazolyl, 3-methoxybenzyl, 4-methoxyphenylamino, 3-methylbenzyloxy, 4-methylbenxyloxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 3-methylmethylthiophenoxy, 4-methylphenoxy, 1-methylpropoxy, 2-methylpyrid-5-yloxy, 4-methylthiophenoxy, 2-naphthyloxy, 2-nitrophenoxy, 4-nitrophenoxy, 3-nitrophenyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, pentafluoroethyl, pentafluoroethylthio, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, 1,1,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, 1,1,2,2,3-pentafluoropropyl, phenoxy, phenylamino, 1-phenylethoxy, 4-propylphenoxy, 4-propoxyphenoxy, thiophen-3-yl, tert-butoxy, 3-tert-butylphenoxy, 4-tert-butylphenoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, 2-(5,6,7,8tetrahydronaphthyloxy), thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl, thiophen-2-yl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoro-2-hydroxypropyl, trifluoromethoxy, 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, trifluoromethyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 1,1-bis-trifluoromethyl-1-hydroxymethyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyl, 3,5-bis-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, 4-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2,3,4-trifluorophenoxy, 2,3,5-trifluorophenoxy, 3,4,5-trimethylphenoxy, 3-difluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-pentafluoroethylphenoxy, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylthiophenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylthiobenzyloxy, and trifluoromethylthio;
    R6 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of chloro, fluoro, hydrido, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, and trifluoromethyl;
    R5 and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, fluoro, and trifluoromethyl.
  26. 93. The method of claim 90, wherein said compound is of Formula II:
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00182
    wherein;
    R1 is haloalkoxyalkyl or haloalkyl with the proviso that said haloalkyl has two or more halo substituents;
    R8, R9, and R13 are independently hydrido or halo;
    R5, R6, R7, R10, R11, and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrido, perhaloaryloxy, N-aryl-N-alkylamnino, heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylthio, hydroxyalkoxy, aralkanoylalkoxy, aralkenoyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, cyanoalkoxy, heterocyclylcarbonyl, heteroaralkoxy, aralkyl, haloalkylthio, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, cycloalkylalkoxy, alkylthio, arylamino, arylthio, arylsulfonyl, aroyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkanoyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, hydroxyhaloalkyl, hydroxyhaloalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxyalkyl , and heteroaryloxy;
    with the proviso that at least one of R9, R10, R11, R12, and R13 is not hydrido.
  27. 94. The method of claim 93, wherein said compound is of Formula II, wherein;
    R1 is trifluoromethyl;
    R8, R9, and R13 are independently hydrido or fluoro;
    R7 is selected from the group consisting of 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 2,3-dichlorophenoxy, 3,4-dichlorophenoxy, 3-difluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3,5-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 3-ethylphenoxy, 3-ethyl-5-methylphenoxy, 4-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy, 3-isopropylphenoxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 3-pentafluoroethylphenoxy, 3-tert-butylphenoxy, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)phenoxy, 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyloxy), 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy,3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, and 3-trifluoromethylthiophenoxy;
    R12 is selected from the group consisting of cyclopentyl, 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, 2-furyl, 1,1-bis-trifluoromethyl-1-hydroxymethyl, pentafluoroethyl, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl, and trifluoromethylthio;
    R5, R6, R10, and R11 are independently hydrido or fluoro.
  28. 95. The method of claim 94, wherein said compound is of Formula II, wherein;
    R1 is trifluoromethyl;
    R8, R9, and R13 are independently hydrido or fluoro;
    R7 is selected from the group consisting of 5-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy, 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, 2,3-dichlorophenoxy, 3,4-dichlorophenoxy, 3-difluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3,5-dimethylphenoxy, 3,4-dimethylphenoxy, 3-ethylphenoxy, 3-ethyl-5-methylphenoxy, 4-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy, 4-fluorophenoxy, 3-isopropylphenoxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 3-pentafluoroethylphenoxy, 3-tert-butylphenoxy, 3-(1,1,2,2-etrafuoroethoxy)phenoxy, 2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyloxy), 3-trifluoromethoxybenzyloxy, 3-trifluoromethoxyphenoxy, 3-trifluoromethylbenzyloxy, and 3-trifluoromethylthiophenoxy;
    R12 is selected from the group consisting of 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, pentafluoroethyl, and trifluoromethyl;
    R5, R6, R10, and R11 are independently hydrido or fluoro.
  29. 96. The method of claim 88, wherein said compound is a compound of Formula III:
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00183
    wherein R7, R8, and R10 are selected to form a compound selected from the group consisting of;
    R7 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy;
    R7 is phenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy;
    R7 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is pentafluoroethyl;
    R7 is phenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is pentafluoroethyl;
    R7 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is trifluoromethyl;
    R7 is phenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is trifluoromethyl;
    R7 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R8 is fluoro, and R10 is 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy;
    R7 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is 2-furyl; and
    R7 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R8 is hydrido, and R10 is trifluoromethylthio.
  30. 97. The method of claim 88, wherein said compound is a compound of Formula IV:
    Figure US20040044048A1-20040304-C00184
    wherein R5, R11, R12, Y, and Z are selected to form a compound selected from the group consisting of;
    R5 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R11 is trifluoromethyl, R12 is hydrido, Y is methylene, and Z is a bond;
    R5 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R11 is hydrido, R12 is trifluoromethyl, Y is methylene, and Z is a bond;
    R5 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R11 is trifluoromethyl, R12 is hydrido, Y is a bond, and Z is a bond; and
    R5 is 4-chloro-3-ethylphenoxy, R11 is hydrido, R12 is trifluoromethyl, Y is a bond, and Z is a bond.
  31. 98. The method of claim 88 further characterized by treating coronary artery disease in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 88 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  32. 99. The method of claim 88 further characterized by preventing coronary artery disease in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 88 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  33. 100. The method of claim 88 further characterized by preventing cerebral vascular accident (CVA) in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 88 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  34. 101. The method of claim 88 further characterized by treating or preventing dyslipidemia in a subject by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 88 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
US10/357,960 1999-09-23 2003-02-04 (R)-chiral halogenated 1-substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity Abandoned US20040044048A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/357,960 US20040044048A1 (en) 1999-09-23 2003-02-04 (R)-chiral halogenated 1-substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US40191599A 1999-09-23 1999-09-23
US10/017,134 US6544974B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2001-12-12 (R)-chiral halogenated substituted fused heterocyclic amino compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US10/357,960 US20040044048A1 (en) 1999-09-23 2003-02-04 (R)-chiral halogenated 1-substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/017,134 Continuation US6544974B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2001-12-12 (R)-chiral halogenated substituted fused heterocyclic amino compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20040044048A1 true US20040044048A1 (en) 2004-03-04

Family

ID=23589767

Family Applications (11)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/017,558 Expired - Fee Related US6683113B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2001-12-12 (R)-chiral halogenated substituted N,N-Bis-benzyl aminioalcohol compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US10/017,134 Expired - Fee Related US6544974B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2001-12-12 (R)-chiral halogenated substituted fused heterocyclic amino compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US10/020,800 Expired - Fee Related US6521607B1 (en) 1999-09-23 2001-12-12 (R)-chiral halogenated substituted N-phenoxy N-phenyl aminoalcohol compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US10/017,056 Expired - Fee Related US6723752B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2001-12-12 (R)-chiral halogenated substituted n-benzyl-n-phenyl aminoalcohol compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US10/017,819 Expired - Fee Related US6677341B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2001-12-12 (R)-Chiral halogenated substituted heteroaryl benzyl aminoalcohol compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US10/017,290 Expired - Fee Related US6803388B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2001-12-12 (R)-Chiral halogenated substituted n,n-bis-phenyl aminoalcohol compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US10/357,960 Abandoned US20040044048A1 (en) 1999-09-23 2003-02-04 (R)-chiral halogenated 1-substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US10/929,013 Expired - Fee Related US7122536B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2004-08-27 (R)-chiral halogenated substituted fused heterocyclic amino compounds useful for inhibiting cholesterol ester transfer protein activity
US11/373,770 Expired - Fee Related US7253211B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2006-03-09 (R)-chiral halogenated substituted fused heterocyclic amino compounds useful for inhibiting cholesterol ester transfer protein activity
US11/693,161 Abandoned US20070219274A1 (en) 1999-09-23 2007-03-29 (R)-Chiral Halogenated Substituted Fused Heterocyclic Amino Compounds Useful for Inhibiting Cholesterol Ester Transfer Protein Activity
US12/021,813 Expired - Fee Related US7700658B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2008-01-29 (R)-chiral halogenated substituted fused heterocyclic amino compounds useful for inhibiting cholesterol ester transfer protein activity

Family Applications Before (6)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/017,558 Expired - Fee Related US6683113B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2001-12-12 (R)-chiral halogenated substituted N,N-Bis-benzyl aminioalcohol compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US10/017,134 Expired - Fee Related US6544974B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2001-12-12 (R)-chiral halogenated substituted fused heterocyclic amino compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US10/020,800 Expired - Fee Related US6521607B1 (en) 1999-09-23 2001-12-12 (R)-chiral halogenated substituted N-phenoxy N-phenyl aminoalcohol compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US10/017,056 Expired - Fee Related US6723752B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2001-12-12 (R)-chiral halogenated substituted n-benzyl-n-phenyl aminoalcohol compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US10/017,819 Expired - Fee Related US6677341B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2001-12-12 (R)-Chiral halogenated substituted heteroaryl benzyl aminoalcohol compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US10/017,290 Expired - Fee Related US6803388B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2001-12-12 (R)-Chiral halogenated substituted n,n-bis-phenyl aminoalcohol compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity

Family Applications After (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/929,013 Expired - Fee Related US7122536B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2004-08-27 (R)-chiral halogenated substituted fused heterocyclic amino compounds useful for inhibiting cholesterol ester transfer protein activity
US11/373,770 Expired - Fee Related US7253211B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2006-03-09 (R)-chiral halogenated substituted fused heterocyclic amino compounds useful for inhibiting cholesterol ester transfer protein activity
US11/693,161 Abandoned US20070219274A1 (en) 1999-09-23 2007-03-29 (R)-Chiral Halogenated Substituted Fused Heterocyclic Amino Compounds Useful for Inhibiting Cholesterol Ester Transfer Protein Activity
US12/021,813 Expired - Fee Related US7700658B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2008-01-29 (R)-chiral halogenated substituted fused heterocyclic amino compounds useful for inhibiting cholesterol ester transfer protein activity

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (11) US6683113B2 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100298290A1 (en) * 2009-05-22 2010-11-25 Exelixis, Inc. Benzoxazepines as Inhibitors of PI3K/mTOR and Methods of Their Use and Manufacture

Families Citing this family (42)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6683113B2 (en) * 1999-09-23 2004-01-27 Pharmacia Corporation (R)-chiral halogenated substituted N,N-Bis-benzyl aminioalcohol compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US6924313B1 (en) * 1999-09-23 2005-08-02 Pfizer Inc. Substituted tertiary-heteroalkylamines useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
WO2004085996A2 (en) * 2003-03-20 2004-10-07 Albert Einstein College Of Medicine Of Yeshiva University Biomarkers for longevity and disease and uses thereof
WO2004106299A2 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-12-09 Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited Substituted pyrrole derivatives and their use as hmg-co inhibitors
WO2005030185A2 (en) * 2003-09-26 2005-04-07 Japan Tobacco Inc. Method of inhibiting remnant lipoprotein production
US7214825B2 (en) * 2003-10-17 2007-05-08 Honeywell International Inc. O-(3-chloropropenyl) hydroxylamine free base
ES2439229T3 (en) 2004-10-06 2014-01-22 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Relevance of achieved levels of systemic inflammation markers after treatment
ATE439347T1 (en) * 2004-11-23 2009-08-15 Warner Lambert Co 7-(2H-PYRAZOLE-3-YL)-3,5-DIHYDROXY-HEPTANIC ACID DERIVATIVES AS HMG-CO-A-REDUCTASE INHIBITORS FOR THE TREATMENT OF LIPIDEMIA
US7737155B2 (en) 2005-05-17 2010-06-15 Schering Corporation Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds and methods of use thereof
GT200600381A (en) 2005-08-25 2007-03-28 ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
KR101329112B1 (en) 2005-11-08 2013-11-14 랜박시 래보러터리스 리미티드 Process for (3r,5r)-7-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-isopropyl-3-phenyl-4-[(4-hydroxy methyl phenyl amino)carbonyl]-pyrrol-1-yl]-3,5-dihydroxy-heptanoic acid hemi calcium salt
US7888376B2 (en) * 2005-11-23 2011-02-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclic CETP inhibitors
US7652023B2 (en) * 2005-11-23 2010-01-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclic CETP inhibitors
US7790770B2 (en) * 2005-11-23 2010-09-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclic CETP inhibitors
CN101663262B (en) 2006-12-01 2014-03-26 百时美施贵宝公司 N- ( (3-benzyl) -2, 2- (bis-phenyl) -propan-1-amine derivatives as CETP inhibitors for the treatment of atherosclerosis and cardiovascular diseases
EP2379547A1 (en) 2008-12-16 2011-10-26 Schering Corporation Pyridopyrimidine derivatives and methods of use thereof
US20110243940A1 (en) 2008-12-16 2011-10-06 Schering Corporation Bicyclic pyranone derivatives and methods of use thereof
JP5659224B2 (en) 2009-05-15 2015-01-28 ノバルティス アーゲー Arylpyridines as aldosterone synthase inhibitors
CN102459247B (en) 2009-05-15 2014-09-17 诺华股份有限公司 Benzoxazolone derivatives as aldosterone symthase inhibitors
AU2010251967B9 (en) 2009-05-28 2014-04-03 Novartis Ag Substituted aminopropionic derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
SG176010A1 (en) 2009-05-28 2011-12-29 Novartis Ag Substituted aminobutyric derivatives as neprilysin inhibitors
ES2663351T3 (en) 2009-11-17 2018-04-12 Novartis Ag Aryl-pyridine derivatives as aldosterone synthase inhibitors
JO2967B1 (en) 2009-11-20 2016-03-15 نوفارتس ايه جي Substituted carbamoylmethylamino acetic acid derivatives as novel NEP inhibitors
JP5575913B2 (en) 2009-11-30 2014-08-20 ノバルティス アーゲー Imidazole derivatives as aldosterone synthase inhibitors
US20120053197A1 (en) 2010-02-19 2012-03-01 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Tricyclic pyridine derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their preparation
US8877815B2 (en) 2010-11-16 2014-11-04 Novartis Ag Substituted carbamoylcycloalkyl acetic acid derivatives as NEP
US8673974B2 (en) 2010-11-16 2014-03-18 Novartis Ag Substituted amino bisphenyl pentanoic acid derivatives as NEP inhibitors
ES2648788T3 (en) 2011-01-26 2018-01-08 Inserm - Institut National De La Santé Et De La Recherche Médicale Method to assess a subject's risk of having cardiovascular disease
US20130053404A1 (en) 2011-02-17 2013-02-28 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Tricyclic pyridine derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their preparation
US9150583B2 (en) 2011-08-17 2015-10-06 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Furo[3,4-c]quinoline derivatives, medicaments containing such compounds, their use and process for their preparation
EP2744788B1 (en) * 2011-08-19 2016-10-19 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Benzopiperazine derivatives as cetp inhibitors
UY35144A (en) 2012-11-20 2014-06-30 Novartis Ag APELINE SYNTHETIC LINEAR MIMETICS FOR THE CARDIAC INSUFFICIENCY TREATMENT
JP6295277B2 (en) 2013-02-14 2018-03-14 ノバルティス アーゲー Substituted bisphenylbutanoic acid phosphonic acid derivatives as NEP (neutral endopeptidase) inhibitors
WO2014170786A1 (en) 2013-04-17 2014-10-23 Pfizer Inc. N-piperidin-3-ylbenzamide derivatives for treating cardiovascular diseases
AU2014293387B2 (en) 2013-07-25 2017-04-20 Novartis Ag Bioconjugates of synthetic apelin polypeptides
KR20160031551A (en) 2013-07-25 2016-03-22 노파르티스 아게 Cyclic polypeptides for the treatment of heart failure
WO2016055901A1 (en) 2014-10-08 2016-04-14 Pfizer Inc. Substituted amide compounds
EA201791668A1 (en) 2015-01-23 2017-11-30 Новартис Аг SYNTHETIC CONJUGATES OF APELINE WITH FATTY ACID WITH IMPROVED HALF-PERIOD
JOP20190086A1 (en) 2016-10-21 2019-04-18 Novartis Ag Naphthyridinone derivatives and their use in the treatment of arrhythmia
UY38072A (en) 2018-02-07 2019-10-01 Novartis Ag COMPOSITIONS DERIVED FROM BUTANOIC ESTER SUBSTITUTED WITH BISPHENYL AS INHIBITORS OF NEP, COMPOSITIONS AND COMBINATIONS OF THE SAME
CN113574055A (en) 2019-01-18 2021-10-29 阿斯利康(瑞典)有限公司 PCSK9 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
AR127698A1 (en) 2021-11-23 2024-02-21 Novartis Ag NAFTYRIDINOONE DERIVATIVES FOR THE TREATMENT OF A DISEASE OR DISORDER

Family Cites Families (37)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2700686A (en) 1951-02-15 1955-01-25 Eastman Kodak Co Hydroxy substituted polyfluorinated compounds
US3359316A (en) 1958-02-24 1967-12-19 Colgate Palmolive Co Nu-nitroso-nu-phenylalkyl-amines
US3334017A (en) 1958-12-15 1967-08-01 Colgate Palmolive Co Phenylalkylhydrazine compositions
CH441366A (en) 1961-06-09 1967-08-15 Hoffmann La Roche Process for the preparation of substituted hydrazine compounds
EP0022321A1 (en) 1979-07-10 1981-01-14 Beecham Group Plc Benzene derivatives, their preparation and use in pharmaceutical compositions
DE3069468D1 (en) 1979-12-19 1984-11-22 Nat Res Dev Quinazoline derivatives, processes for their preparation, compositions containing them and their use as anti-cancer agents
US4705853A (en) 1982-09-30 1987-11-10 A. H. Robins Company, Inc. Fused aromatic oxazepinones, thiazepinones, diazepinones and sulfur analogs thereof
US4997848A (en) 1987-10-27 1991-03-05 Sankyo Company, Limited Octahydronaphthalene oxime derivatives for cholesterol synthesis inhibition
US5229383A (en) * 1988-02-15 1993-07-20 Farmitalia Carlo Erba S.R.L. Piperazine-substituted 1,4-benzoxazine derivatives and their use in treating disorders of the central nervous system
GB8803419D0 (en) 1988-02-15 1988-03-16 Erba Carlo Spa 1 4-benzoxazine & 1 4-benzothiazine derivatives & process for their preparation
AU619038B2 (en) 1988-08-24 1992-01-16 Teijin Limited Oxime derivatives and herbicides containing the same as an active ingredient
WO1990002113A1 (en) 1988-08-24 1990-03-08 Teijin Limited Oxime derivatives and herbicides containing same as active ingredients
JPH05320117A (en) 1990-01-25 1993-12-03 Teijin Ltd R optical isomer of oxime derivative and herbicide comprising the same as active ingredient
US5306718A (en) 1990-03-06 1994-04-26 Warner-Lambert Company Oxime and amine substituted azabicyclo and azocyclo muscarinic agonists and methods of treatment
JPH10500402A (en) 1994-04-29 1998-01-13 武田薬品工業株式会社 Fused heterocyclic compound or salt thereof, production method and use thereof
JPH0978277A (en) 1995-09-14 1997-03-25 Kanegafuchi Chem Ind Co Ltd Production of 3-amino-2-hydroxy-1,1,1-trifluoromethyl compound
JP3337884B2 (en) 1995-09-19 2002-10-28 東芝タンガロイ株式会社 Multilayer coating member
GB2305665A (en) 1995-09-26 1997-04-16 Merck & Co Inc Selective ß3 agonists for the treatment of diabetes aand obesity
US5707990A (en) 1996-01-30 1998-01-13 Ortho Pharmaceutical Corporation 2-substituted amino and thio alkyl benzoxazine antimicrobial agents
DE19610932A1 (en) 1996-03-20 1997-09-25 Bayer Ag 2-aryl substituted pyridines
EP0801060A1 (en) 1996-04-09 1997-10-15 Pfizer Inc. Heterocyclic Beta-3 Adrenergenic Agonists
AU2522197A (en) 1996-04-16 1997-11-07 Ube Industries, Ltd. Hydrazine compounds, process for the preparation thereof, and insecticides for agricultural and horticultural use
HRP970330B1 (en) 1996-07-08 2004-06-30 Bayer Ag Cycloalkano pyridines
DE19627431A1 (en) 1996-07-08 1998-01-15 Bayer Ag Heterocyclically fused pyridines
DE19627430A1 (en) 1996-07-08 1998-01-15 Bayer Ag Bicyclic condensed pyridines
DE19709125A1 (en) 1997-03-06 1998-09-10 Bayer Ag Substituted quinolines
JPH10287662A (en) 1997-04-08 1998-10-27 Kitasato Inst:The Fo-5637a and b substance, and their production
AU7473398A (en) 1997-05-07 1998-11-27 University Of Pittsburgh Inhibitors of protein isoprenyl transferases
AU9297798A (en) 1997-09-16 1999-04-05 G.D. Searle & Co. Substituted 1,2,4-triazoles useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
AU3285499A (en) 1998-02-13 1999-08-30 G.D. Searle & Co. Substituted pyridines useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
EP1142999A4 (en) * 1998-12-21 2002-08-28 Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd Novel protein and dna thereof
US6683113B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2004-01-27 Pharmacia Corporation (R)-chiral halogenated substituted N,N-Bis-benzyl aminioalcohol compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US20010018446A1 (en) 1999-09-23 2001-08-30 G.D. Searle & Co. Substituted N-Aliphatic-N-Aromatictertiary-Heteroalkylamines useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US6479552B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2002-11-12 G.D. Searle & Co. Use of substituted N, N-disubstituted diamino compounds for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US6677382B1 (en) 1999-09-23 2004-01-13 Pharmacia Corporation Substituted N,N-bis-phenyl aminoalcohol compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US6924313B1 (en) * 1999-09-23 2005-08-02 Pfizer Inc. Substituted tertiary-heteroalkylamines useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US6482862B1 (en) 1999-12-20 2002-11-19 G.D. Searle & Co. Method of using substituted N-benzyl-N-phenyl aminoalcohols for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100298290A1 (en) * 2009-05-22 2010-11-25 Exelixis, Inc. Benzoxazepines as Inhibitors of PI3K/mTOR and Methods of Their Use and Manufacture
US8648066B2 (en) 2009-05-22 2014-02-11 Exelixis, Inc. Benzoxazepines as inhibitors of PI3K/mTOR and methods of their use and manufacture

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US6683113B2 (en) 2004-01-27
US20030027826A1 (en) 2003-02-06
US20090156685A1 (en) 2009-06-18
US6544974B2 (en) 2003-04-08
US6803388B2 (en) 2004-10-12
US20030078264A1 (en) 2003-04-24
US6677341B2 (en) 2004-01-13
US7253211B2 (en) 2007-08-07
US6521607B1 (en) 2003-02-18
US20030040545A1 (en) 2003-02-27
US6723752B2 (en) 2004-04-20
US20060229304A1 (en) 2006-10-12
US20050043294A1 (en) 2005-02-24
US20070219274A1 (en) 2007-09-20
US20030050317A1 (en) 2003-03-13
US7122536B2 (en) 2006-10-17
US7700658B2 (en) 2010-04-20
US20020177708A1 (en) 2002-11-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6677341B2 (en) (R)-Chiral halogenated substituted heteroaryl benzyl aminoalcohol compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US6723753B2 (en) Substituted n-benzyl-n-phenyl aminoalcohol compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
CA2345103C (en) (r)-chiral halogenated 1-substitutedamino-(n+1)-alkanols useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity
US6677382B1 (en) Substituted N,N-bis-phenyl aminoalcohol compounds useful for inhibiting cholesteryl ester transfer protein activity

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION